English Grammar Pro | Beginner to Advanced (A1-C1)

1. FINISH English grammar!: this course is everything. Grammar and a lot more. It's also pronunciation, and those difficult congregations read, read Ben Bean. Neither neither either, either. And what about those terrible E D. Endings? And it's culture to like how in the US we really don't use the present perfect. We prefer the past simple, even when it's wrong. And like I said, Most importantly, it is everything grammar from beginner to advance. That's levels a one to see one if you're beginner, this course is designed so that you can study this from beginning to end. And if you're more advanced, I've organized this course with clear topics and categories to study on Lee. The grammar that you need, I'm callin and beginner or advanced finish this course to finish studying grammar. 2. 1.1 Intro: How course is organized: This course teaches the most popular and important grammar topics from levels a one to C one that's beginner to advanced English. If you are new to these grammar topics, if you haven't studied them before, you can actually study them in any order that you want. But I've also designed this course so that the most important topics appear at the beginning and what I think are the least important. You will see towards the end as well. As you continue to the end of the course. There is repetition to help you remember some of the important grammar vocabulary. Regular vocabulary as well is just general grammar topics and a lot of you year to our more advanced English students reviewing because of bad previous teachers because you forgot some of the grammar rules. Or maybe you were never taught some of the stuff in this course. For whatever reason, you'll find the grammar topics clearly organized to help you finally master English grammar 3. 1.2 Intro: Homework / Projects: in this course, I give you a lot of examples of how to use the grammar that we're learning. This way. You feel confident with it in any type of situation. Also, after explaining the grammar and giving some examples, I will often give you questions to answer on your own. You will hear a sound after I ask the question in the video. This tells you to pause the video and resume when you have answered, then watch and see if you got it correct. Additionally, almost every lecture has homework so that you can do additional practice by yourself. If you have a question about the homework or you're not sure why you got something wrong, ask me about it in the Q and a section of this course. 4. 1.3 Intro: What is language fluency?: this course goes up to see one in relation to the levels of language learning. That's because C two is actually native level, and when you go from C one to C two, there's no more grammar toe learn. In fact, it is just improving your conversational skills. See to does not mean fluency. In fact, for most language learners, fluency begins at be one that is intermediate English. You don't need to speak perfectly or use grammar perfectly to be fluent, because even as native speakers, we still make a lot of mistakes. Fluency is just being able to communicate your ideas and understand generally what other people are communicating to you. So finish this course really to learn all the grammar and to go one step further. To go from Level C one to C two, you need to improve your conversational English. And to do that, you need to consistently just for a little bit every day, read more, listen and improve your spoken English. That might mean by practicing speaking by yourself, finding an online language partner or getting a tutor. Whichever way, that is how you get to see two. It's not grammar. It's actually using the language you're learning 5. 1.4 Parts of Speech Intro: The parts of speech. I've gotten quite a few requests to focus more deeply on the parts of speech. So before we get to the main grammar topics in this course, let's go over what exactly these parts of speech are. The eight parts of speech are nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections. So when you hear parts of speech, it just means grammar and it includes everything I'm going to teach you in this course. But in this section, let's start simple. And to do that, we'll look at nouns. 6. 1.5 Identifying nouns and noun types: Types of nouns with nouns were taught that they can be people, places, things, animals, and ideas. And that means nouns are both things we can see or feel physically. Destinations we can visit, as well as ideas and concepts we can only think of in our heads or communicate to others by speaking or writing. If you're at school, some common nouns referring to people, our teacher, student, janitor, and advisor. At work. There's your boss, colleague, assistant, and supervisor. And once you're back home, you might see your brother, sister, mom, dad, husband or wife. For places I already mentioned, if you like, school, work, and home. But nouns can be any type of place, the city you live in, your favorite cafe where you eat breakfast, the park where you walk your dog. And France were a lot of tourists spend their summer vacations, moving on to things. You have a ton of them around you right now. I have my computer over here. There's the Cameroon recording me. There's flowers and a picture over on this wall. I have a table in front of me with a pencil and Notebook, and the fridge is over there with lots of food. Then there's animals. A lot of people have pets to keep them company, like a dog, cat, bird, or fish. In the city, I only see squirrels and bunnies, but at the zoo I can see lions, tigers, bears, and a lot more. Lastly, with nouns, we have ideas like our thoughts, opinions, beliefs, and emotions. We first get an idea in our head and then share it with other people by speaking about it, writing it down, or visualizing or expressing it in some way. Some of Albert Einstein's most famous discovery started as simple thoughts he had from dreams, which you would then write down and develop into scientific theories. Democracy is the idea that we should vote for people to represent our beliefs in government. Piece is the idea that we should live in harmony and avoid a different idea, anger. But peace is sometimes difficult because we have different ideas about how things should be and our emotions, like being selfish, can get in the way. How to use a noun. Let's look at the two main uses of nouns. First, nouns often do an action, meaning they are the subject of a verb. Let's use Albert Einstein as an example. Again. Albert Einstein created theories. The subject in our example is Albert Einstein and his action is the verb to create. But in our example, the action or verb is in the past simple tense, so we conjugate it as created. Another example, Coffey, who accept Callen. Coffee is our subject and it has a verb. The verb or action is to wake up. And who does the coffee wake up? Callen, that's me. I'm callin and coffee gives me energy and wakes me up. The action, wake up belongs to the subject and changes depending on the subject and tense we're using. The verb in this sentence is in the present, simple. But a verbal change. We will have to conjugate the verb differently depending on the subject and the tens we want to use. Second. Nouns can also be the object of a verb. You know, the subject of the verb is doing the action, but who or what is receiving the action. That's what the object of the verb answers. It tells us who or what the verb did. Before, I said, Albert Einstein created theories. What did he create? Theories. Theories is the object of the verb. I also said, coffee wakes up. Kaelyn. Who does coffee wake up? Kaelyn. Kaelyn is the object of the verb. 7. 1.6 Recognizing nouns: Tips on recognizing nouns. Some nouns have distinct meaning, clear, unique, and obvious endings. Some of these common endings are hood, NUS, ment, ity, ation, ants and termites. For example, neighborhood stupid, this disappointment, responsibility, formation, dominance, and consequence. If you speak a Romance language like French or Spanish, the words that end in ED, Anson ints are usually the same with only slight spelling changes. Another way to recognize a noun is by looking at what comes before it. In English, adjectives usually come before the noun. Big book, smart students, cloudy morning. Determiners, which includes the articles a and v, as well as words like this. These such and his also come before nouns, a book, and Apple. Thus smart student, these cloudy mornings, his umbrella, such arrogance. Types of nouns, names of specific people, places, animals, companies, and organizations. Days of the week and months of the year are proper nouns. You easily notice a proper noun because the first letter will be capitalised no matter where it is in a sentence. I've already mentioned Albert Einstein and my own name. Caliban. A few places are the United States, New Delhi, and the Amazon rain forest. As a child, I had a dog named Katie, and today my parents have cats called Orion and twain. A few companies and organizations or the United Nations, tesla, Xbox, and MasterCard. And I'm writing this on a Thursday, but I probably won't film it until Friday as well. It's January, so it's cold outside, but I'm looking forward to a warmer weather in April. If a noun is referring to a person, place, thing, or idea in general, non-specific way. That means it's a common noun and is not capitalized unless it's at the beginning of a sentence or used in a title like, this is a picture of the dog I had as a child. I told you before my dog was called Katie, but in this case, I'm not mentioning her specific name. Instead, using a common noun, dog to refer to what type of animal she was. Another example. This man is a writer. Man is a common noun referring to a person with a proper noun. I could also say Mark Twain is an author. Concrete nouns. If we have a concrete noun, that means that it is a physical thing, person or place that we can touch, smell, taste, hear, or see. Like cell phones, perfume, pasta, music, and the road when driving. We are constantly touching herself owns a nice perfume, smells great. I love the taste of a good pasta. I'm always listening to music and it's hard to see the road when it's really cloudy. Abstract nouns, the opposite of concrete nouns are abstract nouns. I just talked about how we experience concrete nouns through our five senses, which are touch, smell, taste, hearing, and sight. We don't interact with abstract nouns through our senses, meaning we don't touch, smell, taste, hear, or see them. Instead, they are related to our emotions, feelings, and concepts that we think. For example, happiness and sadness are opposite emotions. Who? Boredom is the feeling that we have when we are not entertained. While excitement means we are enjoying what is happening. Some important concepts that we tried to obey in our daily lives, our respect, courtesy and politeness. And whether you are a business person studying and abstract noun like statistics or his scientists developing a new theory. Also an abstract noun. Everyone should be respectful and courteous and as polite as possible. 8. 1.7 Plural noun rules: Singular and plural nouns. You probably noticed that nouns can be singular, meaning only one of them, as well as plural meaning more than one. Most often we simply add an S to the end of a singular noun to make it a plural noun, book becomes books, house becomes houses, wall becomes walls, and horse becomes horses, e es, plural ending. But I'm sure you also notice that a plural noun can be different depending on how it is spelt in the singular. First, if a singular noun ends in S, S, S, H, C, H, x, or z, we add an ES to the end of the word. Again, if it ends in as SSH, c, h, x, or z at an ES to make the word plural. Using this rule, bus becomes buses, dress, dresses, match, matches, box, boxes, blitz, blitzes, doubling letters. But sometimes when a noun ends in S or Z, you need to double those letters before adding the EMS ending for the plural. For example, quiz, quizzes, gas, gases. Notice, notice that we don't always do this as bus becomes buses. So checking spelling in a dictionary is useful. Changing f TUV next, a lot of words that end with an F or F, E in the singular, we change to VS in the plural. For example, leaf, leaves self selves. Like I said, a lot of words do this, but not all of them. Some common ones that don't change our belief, beliefs. Chef, chefs, chief, chiefs, roof, roofs, changing y to IE S. When a noun has a y ending in the singular and the letter before the y has a consonant sound, we erase the y in the plural and change it to I, E, S. If you didn't know a consonant sound is the majority of sounds we make when talking. In order to make these sounds, we have to stop the flow of air leaving our mouths by using our tongue or lips. Consonants are typically the letters B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, M, and PQRST, VW, y, and z as well. Sometimes the letter Y can sound like a consonant and sometimes it sounds like a vowel. Vowel is typically the letters a, e, I, o, and u. So using the y to IE as room and remembering what a consonant is, that means sky becomes skies. K is the continent in sky, and it comes before the y, so we change it to IES. Candy becomes candies. Here, d is the consonant, and poppy becomes puppies. P is a consonant and it comes before the y, so we change it. I, E, S. So if a singular noun ends in y and has a consonant sound before it, like sky, we change it to IES, but if they singular noun ends in y and has a vowel sound before it, we only add an S to the end. For example, toy becomes toys. The letter O in toy is a vowel, so we only add an S ending. Boy becomes boys because again, we have the letter O and Re becomes raise because we have the vowel a before the y and the words that end in o. Moving on, we have words that end in the letter O. There are two plural ending options, S and EMS. But unfortunately, there are quite a few words that end in o that don't follow the two rules I'm about to teach you. So always verify with a dictionary, but don't feel bad because even for native speakers, this can be difficult to remember. Like when in 1990 to the american Vice President, spelled potato wrong while on TV. In fact, the rest of the pleural rules I'm about to teach you are often forgotten or confused by native speakers. So don't worry if they seem challenging. Anyways, most singular words that end in 0 and have a vowel before the letter O. We'll take the s ending in the plural. Zoo, zoos. 0 is our vowel and comes before the final O in the word patio. Patios. I is the vowel and comes before oh, cameo, cameos. E is the vowel in this word and comes before the final O. And most singular words that end in 0 and have a consonant before the final oh, we'll take the ES ending in the plural, potato. Potatoes. T is a consonant, so we get the E as ending. Hero. Heroes are, is a consonant. So we get the EMS ending and banjo, banjos and j is our consonant here. A few exceptions to this rule, meaning they don't obey the rule, are related to music. So if music is something you'll have to be writing about in the future, make sure to memorize these duo, duo, those Solo, Solo's, soprano, sopranos, piano, pianos. Remember with this rule, you will more often be right than wrong, but there are a lot of exceptions for words that end in 0. So always check a dictionary if you can. Words that end in U, S. Continuing. We have singular nouns that end in us that will take the plural ending I. For example, cactus becomes cacti, focus, foci, octopus, octopi. The eye ending sounds quite academic and unnatural, and as a result, is often ignored in spoken informal English and replaced by an e as ending. So you often hear cactuses, focuses, and octopuses remember that technically these endings are incorrect. So while they aren't very common, some people might say you're making a mistake, changing on to, I've got another one that's difficult even for native speakers. It's for singular nouns that end in ON, lose the OH, and ending in the plural and are replaced by n. For example, phenomenon, a great academic word meaning event, becomes phenomena in the plural, meaning events criterion, which means standard or requirement, becomes criteria in the plural, meaning requirements or expectations going from IS to ES. And now we have singular nouns that end in, I guess these are pretty simple and all we do is replace the IS with N E S. The important part to remember though, if you want to sound more fluent, is the vowel changes that occur with the EMS ending. We get a longer dragged out e sound while with the IS, it's a quick sound. So analysis becomes analyses. Analysis, analysis. Paralysis becomes paralysis. Paralysis, paralysis. Psychosis becomes psychosis. Psychosis, psychosis, ellipsis becomes ellipses. Ellipses. Ellipses, nouns that don't change for our pen ultimate rule, meaning second to last rule. We have some nouns that don't change at all when going from singular to plural. So you have to memorize these. The most common are a sheep, fish, deer series and species one sheep, two sheep, one fish, two fish. Though, I went to mention that with fish, you might sometimes hear fishies when someone is joking, acting cute, or being sarcastic in a very informal situation. It's also common to hear young children say fishies because they don't know it's incorrect yet. Like if you take a child to the zoo and they say, I want to see the fishies. Next. We have one dear to dear one series, two series. That's a good one to know because we often talk about a TV series or several TV series, we like to watch one species, two species. A species is a classification of a living organism. And there's about 8.7 million unique species of animals in the world. Irregular plural nouns and last, but unfortunately that easiest. We have irregular plural nouns, which also require memorization because we don't have any rules to help us. This list include some important nouns like child, children, man, men, woman, women, person, people to teeth, foot, feet, and mouse, mice. 9. 1.8 Countable and uncountable nouns: Countable and uncountable nouns. I talk more about these in the article section, Section 13. But basically, a countable noun has both a singular and plural form that we are able to count. One car in line behind me, two cars in line in front of me, seven days in a week, 30 days in a month, $1 to buy a candy bar, $50 to have a nice dinner. With uncountable nouns. It's impossible for us to put a specific number in front of them. Some income, some uncountable nouns are advice, coffee, and clothing. These nouns are always grammatically singular, even though their meaning often seems plural. For example, his advice is always useful. The coffee they sell is too expensive at this cafe, all the clothing was damaged while being delivered. If you don't understand how those sentences are singular, watch the to be lectures in the present tense and past tense sections. And one last thing to mention about uncountable nouns. Sometimes they have different definitions and one definition can be uncountable, while the other is countable. Like with coffee, one definition is a type of hot drink from the roasted beans of a tropical plant. This is the uncountable concept or idea of coffee and how it's made or consumed. Some uncountable examples are, coffee is grown in South America. She enjoys drinking coffee in the morning. His coffee always taste bad. Espresso coffee is more expensive. The countable definition means a cup of coffee and amount of the drink that we can count and consume. Like I usually drink a coffee in the morning, but today I drink three coffees. Another way I can say the previous example is I usually drink a cup of coffee in the morning, but today I drank three cups of coffee and one more. Hello, I would like a large cup of coffee with uncountable nouns, there are two things to remember. First, we cannot use the indefinite articles a and n in front of them, because those articles are only put in front of countable nouns. With the coffee examples I just gave you. That's why I only put in front of the countable definition. But we can measure uncountable nouns using Measure words like a piece of, a cup of an article of, for example, a piece of advice. By saying a piece of advice, the meaning now seems singular. One individual piece of advice. While my previous example, his advice is always useful, sounds plural because it describes him giving a lot of advice and with no measure word, we don't know how much advice is being talked about. It's uncountable. When I talk about a cup of coffee, It's now one individual cup, thanks to the measure word. But when I say low coffee, they sell is too expensive. I'm describing all of their coffee style drinks as being priced inexpensive. That's the uncountable use. Finally, the clothing I was talking about in all of the clothing was damaged. Sounded like I was referring to several types of clothing. Maybe I ordered a shirt, a pair of pants, and a pair of socks. But when I say an article of clothing, it is one individual piece of clothes, like a shirt. 10. 1.9 Collective nouns: Collective nouns. A collective noun is a noun that refers to a group of people, animals, or things. If you examples are family, class and team. The confusing part is that we have a choice when using collective nouns, we have the choice to treat them as singular or plural, which means a collective noun can use a singular or plural verb. Like I can say the team plays on Monday, or I can say the team play on Monday. If you want to understand how we use both and what the differences, I'm going to do that now. But if you want the easiest option to be sure that you are always understood correctly, just to use the singular verb with collective nouns, because it's also the most common collective nouns as singular. Use a singular verb, meaning conjugated for he, she, and it. When you are thinking of the collective noun as a group or unit, that means you are not focusing on the individual components or specific members in the group. Rather, you are putting the emphasis on the structure that classifies and organizes everything under one term, like the team plays on Monday, I am focusing and the team altogether, not the individual members of the team. And I'm basically referring to the team as it. So it's like saying the team, it plays on Monday, it being the team. My family is not very political. I'm using the term family to refer to a group, not as individuals in that group. And I'm treating the subject as it like saying my family, it's not very political. It being my family, the class weights for the bell to ring. I'm focusing on class as a group of students, instead of focusing on them as individuals in the group. And I'm referring to the subject as it. So it's like saying the class, it waits for the bell to ring, it being the class collective nouns as plural. Use a plural verb, meaning conjugated for We, you, and they want to refer more to the individuals in the collective noun and highlight them personally instead of the unit that collects them together. This puts the focus on all the components and pieces inside of a group and is why we use a plural verb, like the team play on Monday. I'm focusing on the individuals now and not the unit. So it's like saying the team, they play on Monday, they being the players in the team. My family are not very political. Now family is treated as plural because when I say family, I'm imagining all the specific family members and it's a plural number of people. My family, they are not very political. They being the individuals in my family. The class wait for the bell to ring. Inside the class are individual students and they are waiting. That is how I under understand the term class in this example, the class, they wait for the bell to ring. In conclusion, for collective nouns, both are correct, but the difference is if you think about the noun as one unit that collects things inside of it, which is singular. Or if you are thinking about the noun by imagining the individual parts of it, which is plural. For that reason, you'll probably use both most people do, and depends on how your brain is thinking about the collective noun in that moment. 11. 1.10 Compound nouns, nouns as adjectives: Compound nouns. In English, a compound is a thing that has or is made up of two or more parts. And that's exactly what a compound noun is. It's a combination of two or more nouns and sometimes an adjective and noun together, that creates a new meaning. And even though a compound noun has two or more parts, we use it like as a single unit and can be modified by other adjectives and nouns. Some examples are credit card, sunglasses, and self confidence. As you can see, there are three spelling options for compound nouns. The words can be spaced, like in credit card. This is an open compound noun. The words can be hyphenated, meaning they have a hyphen punctuation mark between them, like in self-confidence. And lastly, there's sometimes is no space or hyphen between the words, like in sunglasses, this is a closed compound noun. There are no easy rules to know what compound nouns are open, closed, or hyphenated. So you need to look in a dictionary to check the spelling. A few more examples are mother-in-law, meaning the mother of your spouse. Check out eyeball, apple tree, football, textbook, and bus stop. Nouns that act like adjectives. Sometimes we can use nouns to add descriptions to other nouns, which means the nouns are acting like adjectives. A few examples are racecar, love story, Football, bike shop, and cricket bat. As you can see, the first noun always acts like an adjective, while the second noun is our real. Now, because of this, the first noun is almost always singular, but the second noun can be singular or plural. I'll say that again. It's the second noun that makes the word singular or plural. Racecar, racecars, love story, loves stories. Football, footballs, bike shop, bike shops, cricket bat, cricket bats. Finally, if you want to use an adjective in this situation, you simply obey the normal adjective rules and put it before the first noun. Nothing changes with that. For example, the new race car is fast while the old racecar, racecar is our slow. I prefer to read a long love story, but these are short love stories. One new football is on the pitch, but to old footballs are on the sideline. This is my favorite bike shop, and those are my least favorite bike shops. I prefer an expensive cricket bat to those cheap cricket bats. 12. 1.11 Possessive noun rules: Possessive nouns to show possession or ownership in English, meaning that one thing belongs to another. We put an apostrophe and an S at the end of a noun like this apostrophe S. You might have noticed that I sometimes use apostrophes in the course subtitles to highlight a specific word or sentence, but that is completely unrelated to this topic and is only meant to stress a specific word or show you that I'm giving an example. Let's look at some example sentences using the possessive S. That is Carolyn's book. Who does it belong to? Kellen. Whose is it? It's calendar. It belongs to callin me. Kaitlyn is a noun, so we put an apostrophe S at the end. That is the student's book. Who does it belong to? The student? Whose book is it? The students? It belongs to the student. Now, for singular common nouns that end with an S, like bus and witness, it's common to write the apostrophe S unless the next word also starts with the letter S. We do this, so the reader doesn't get confused by all of the different S's in a sentence. So the buses windows are large, but the buses seats are uncomfortable and low. Witnesses testimony was believable, but the witness's story was well told. Notice that I pronounced the possessive as even when it's not written. But what if we're talking about a person named Chris? Many students, some girls, or several black holes. If a proper noun ends in an S like Chris, it's your choice to write only the apostrophe or apostrophe S. That means you can write that is Chris's book or that is Chris's book. Chris is a proper noun, so it's your choice to write the S or not. Paris's weather is nice or Paris's weather is nice. With proper nouns like Paris, you can choose to write only the apostrophe or an apostrophe S, But this doesn't change the pronunciation. Plural common noun ends in an s, like students, girls, and black holes, and is followed by a word that starts with a consonant, like book and shoes. You only write the apostrophe at the end of the word. Those are the students books, and those are the girls shoes. In these examples, look plural. Common nouns were followed by words that started with consonants. So I only wrote the apostrophe and not the S. If a plural common noun that ends in an s is followed by a word that starts with a vowel. You have two options. You can write only the apostrophe or apostrophe S, like in the black holes, energy is massive, or the black holes energy is massive. We have two options since energy starts with a vowel. Next, the girls organization is allowing new members, or the girls organization is allowing new members. We have two spelling options after girls, because organization starts with a vowel, but the spelling doesn't change how we say the possessive words. Before we finish, I should mention that if you're going to be doing a lot of writing the spelling rules for the apostrophe as changed from region to region, university to university, business to business. So ask what style guide your institution uses to make sure you're following their specific rules. 13. 2.1 Present: 'To be': to be is by far the most important verb that exists in the English language. So it's super super important that you know how to congregate it to conjugated a verb means to change it. Depending on who the subject is, who is doing the action as well. With a lot of verbs, we can contract them. Combine them to make a shorter form with the subject. This is a contraction, so I will show you the contractions as well as the long forms in positive and negative sentences. So let's start with these things. Positive conjugation. So in the positive we have, I am, he is. She is. It is We are you are they are. We also have a short form. We contract or shorten these into something shorter. I am becomes I'm I'm He is, He's, He's, she is. She's, she's It is. It's It's It's We are. We're we're You are your your most often in spoken English. You hear this pronounced your so exactly the same pronunciation as the possessive pronoun your other times, depending on accent or situation. Some people say you were with almost an extra vowel sound in there for you make it easy. Always say your so exactly the same as the pronunciation for the possessive pronoun. And finally they are becomes there, There you do sometimes hear that with a little bit of that same extra vowel sound in the middle you were, But make it easy for yourself. Just say there. It's also the exact same sound of the possessive pronoun there. But now you know that sometimes you will hear it slightly different from native speakers. I am, I'm he is, he's she is, she's It is. It's also noticed that he is, and she is become he's she's the s has a Z sound or in British English A zed. However it is becomes its a soft s sound. Okay, we are Were you are your They are they're negative conjugation. But what about the negative? We use negative sentences a lot, So let's look at how we make to be negative. And we'll look at the short form, the contraction that the negative has as well. I am not so we can see that not is how we make this verb negative. And in the short form, the contraction. Remember, it's I'm not I'm not I am. I'm not. He is not. He's not. He's not. She is not. She's not. She's not getting a Z sound again Here, remember, It is not. It's not. It's not. But look, now we have that soft s sound. It's we are not We're not We're not. For were it sounds exactly the same as ear. But with a W At the beginning, we're You are not. You're not. You're not. They are not there. Not there. Not I am not. I'm not. She is not. She's not. He is not. He's not. It is not. It's not. You might have noticed too, that she he and it share the same conjugation. However, he and she have the Z sound and it has that soft s sound. We are not were not. You are not. You're not. They are not. They're not long form versus short form. So when do we use the long form? And when do we use the short form? A couple reasons. First in spoken English. We like to make things shorter and easier to say. So we contract that is we use short forms more often. It's just much more common in spoken English So in spoken English, the short form, the contracted form is much more popular in written English, especially in essays or your homework. We usually don't contract. We prefer the long form unless you are writing in an informal way, like with friends and finally in spoken English. We do sometimes use the long form, but really only when we want to emphasize something to stress it and focus on it a little bit more as well. We also use it in very formal situations, like an important work meeting or talking to your boss. Let me give you some examples and you try to tell me why we're contracting using the short form and why. Sometimes we're not remember pause a video when you hear the sound and press play again after giving your response, I still can't find it. I told you it is over there. I didn't contract in the second sentence because it's for stress emphasis. Dear sir or madam, it is an honor to write you this letter written English using a formal tone. Dude, it's so cool to finally meet you. This is spoken English and very informal. So we contract. Mr Parker, I am looking forward to watching your presentation this morning. Here. We don't contract because it sounds very formal. It looks like it might be a writing to No, the boss said. I am responsible for it. What? You are responsible for the project now. Here we are really stressing the subject, putting emphasis using to be with adjectives and when describing people I told you to be is very common and very important. We need to use it with adjectives and often when describing people like their age. Let's look at some examples, and also later in this course we will talk a lot more about adjectives to be scared of something. He's scared of slipping on the ice to be sick. She's sick, so she won't be at work today to be an age. I'm 44 my parents are both 70. Notice that in English, we used to be with age, not have or with many advanced students. Make this mistake, but not you, right? He's Brazilian and their Indian. No, you misheard me. I said that I am too tired to go out tonight. It's rainy today. If you're hungry, we can go to a cafe notice here it's to be hungry, not toe, have hunger that there and here. We're going to look more at thes later. But just to tell you right now how we contract them, we shorten them when followed by to be. And the rules about whether to use the long form or the short form are exactly the same. If the situation is formal or informal in spoken English or if our writing is formal or informal and we also don't contract if we want to stress something toe, emphasize or pointed out, here are some examples that there and here there's a new restaurant. Do you want to eat there? There is your car over there. Here's my address. Look forward to seeing you. That's my son in the front. Oh, here's the entrance. Excuse me, sir and madam, but there is no more seating available. I am terribly sorry. Wait. There is more seating or there is not more seating. Speak louder. I can't hear you. All right, So that was our introduction to the most important verb in English to be. So go do the homework and keep practicing 14. 2.1 LIVE 'To be': Hey, it's callin your grammar teacher and today's topic we are looking at to be in the present. We're going to look at how to form to be, how it agrees with the different subjects and we are going to look at the contractions. That is when something like I am becomes I'm as well as win to use the contractions in English. So I guess we should get started first with just how to form how to congregate. That means how to change the verb to be depending on the subject or the actor that we're talking about. So if it's high, I then we have I am So that is a conjugation completely by itself. I I am. Then we have another group, Which is he? She and it So these three all have the same conjugation he is. She is, It is. And then our final group is you and they and we and it is you are We are whoops And they are you are We are they are so those are the congregations. So I am happy. Ah, he is going to the store in the first example I used I am with an adjective I am happy. We always used to be with adjectives in the 2nd 1 I think I said he is going to the store. So we also need to be when using the present. Continuous. All right, so it's very, very important. That's why we have to focus on it. But now let's talk about the contractions. For the contractions we have, I am becoming I'm I'm I'm happy. I'm going to the store for the second group. He she it we have, he's and she's so here we get a Z sound, although it is felt H e apostrophe S S h e apostrophe s So he's she's and it's it's so now we get a soft s sound, it's it's happening. It's here. It's about time that you called me any of those. And for our last group, we are becomes were we year. It's like ear with a w sound ear were or you also do here. Some people pronounce it or if you're speaking very slowly, we your you almost get an extra vowel in there. We your But just say we're one syllable, very easy, and then we have you are becoming your That's the exact same pronunciation as the possessive pro. Now your so you're going to the store or your book, your book. That's the possessive pronoun. Go to the pronoun section. If you want more about that, and then they are becomes there again. That is the same as the possessive pronoun there. So they're going to the store. That's they are going to the store. Or that's their book that is the possessive pronoun. Their book. Let's see what else? Oh, guess the contractions win to use in the most general rule is that four contractions. We use them all the time and spoken English. Even in more formal situations. It's just easier to say. And in spoken English, we often even break the rules. Just so things are easier to say so in spoken English use contractions pretty much all of the time, unless if you're speaking slower or adding emphasis, like you are wrong. So I'm adding emphasis so I don't contract. But if I don't add emphasis, it's like you're wrong. So the emphasis is not on you is maybe more just on being wrong. There's really no emphasis there on, and then in writing, especially for essays formal writing. Maybe business emails don't use contractions. So contractions all of the time and spoken English pretty much in writing. If it's ah formal s saying, especially for a test like the aisles, Toefel or school and academic essay e don't use, don't use the contractions and for business emails don't use them. But if you're writing a business associate that you know very well or if it's not such a formal writing, especially like texting than definitely use contractions, it's not a strict rule. So if you have any other questions about that, just send me a message. 15. 2.2 Present questions with 'to be': forming questions with the verb to be. You've now got a good understanding of how to form and conjugated the verb to be. And now you're gonna learn how to ask questions with it. First. Here is a reminder of this simple, positive affirmative form of to be. I am. He is. She is. It is. We are you are they are to form a question. Now we are going to use what is called inversion. All that means is changing the order of the subject and the verb to be so questions With the verb to be start with either am is or are take a look. I am becomes am I He is becomes Is he she is becomes Is she? It is becomes is it? We are becomes are we you are becomes are you? They are becomes Are they notice? At the end of these questions, my intonation rises, my pitch gets higher and this shows that I'm asking a question. Let's do some examples. Are you hear already? Know I'm still at home? Am I allowed to bring a friend? Sure. You can bring whomever you want. Is it dark outside already? Yeah, it's really dark out. Are they in New York or California? My parents there in New York this week. Remember, when asking questions this way. The subject and verb simply change places. And we often replace the noun with a subject pronoun when responding to a question. Because it's just shorter to say. And it's easier to refer to something and sounds nicer not to repeat the same word. Is your brother at school? No, he's at home. Are your parents still married? Yeah, they're still married. Are Mark and Sandra from here? No. There from Dallas. Question. Words. You now know the most common way to ask a question, using the verb to be, which is simply changing the order of the subject and verb. We can ask a lot of different types of questions with this by putting a question word at the beginning. Thes question. Words are who, what, where, when, why and how. Let's look at some examples. Pause the video when you hear the sound and see if you guessed the right question. Word is your favorite color. My favorite color is blue. What is your favorite color? My favorite color is blue. Use what when talking about a specific person thing. Animal or object? Use which, when there is an option or a choice Are you from? I'm from Florida. Where are you from? I'm from Florida. Use where? When talking about location is in that car. I'm not sure who is in that car. I'm not sure. Use who when talking about a person. Are they upset? They're upset because they failed the test. Why are they upset? They're upset because they failed the test Use. Why toe? Ask for a reason or explanation? Are you? I'm good. How about you? How are you? I'm good. How about you use how to ask about a condition, quality, manner and way? Things are question. Word, short forms We also contract. Shorten the forms with the question words, and we use the short forms for the same reasons mentioned before. When using contractions. What's the date? It's Friday. The 22nd Who's the owner of the restaurant? I have no idea who it is. Where's your friend? Where is my friend? I don't know. She must be late. How are you still awake? I drink a lot of coffee 16. 2.3 Present simple tense: the present simple tense. The present simple is maybe the most important tense you'll learn in English, and we use it a lot. But before we talk about how or when to use it, it's important that you know how to form it. To do this, we use three popular English verbs to do to eat and to travel. Let's get started, the infinitive or base form to form a verb. We first need to know what it's based form, also called the infinitive, is the infinitive is the verb before it is conjugated before we change it to agree with the subject, the person doing the action, the base form often has to in front of it to eat, to travel, to do when you learn a new verb. You want to see what it looks like in its base or infinitive form. So you know how to change it. That is how to conjugated it. Let's look at how to congregate those verbs I just told you about. I do. We do. You do. They do. He does. She does it. Does I it really easily I do it very easily. She them before work. She does them before work. He mind for me? He does mind for me. They most of them they do most of them. You a great job. You do a great job. It seemed like a good idea. It does seem like a good idea. We have to leave early tomorrow. We do have to leave early tomorrow I eat, we eat, You eat, They eat, He eats. She eats it, eats I eat a lot. I can't eat right now he eats dry food only they eat after six. We eat in the kitchen. Usually I travel, We travel, you travel, they travel, He travels, she travels. It travels. You travel for work. Often we travel in summer. They don't travel much. I travel on weekends. Conjugation groups. The most important thing to remember here is the congregations. A conjugation is how the verb changes depending on the subject. So the congregation for I is I do. For he it's he does and there are two conjugation groups here. I we you they do like watch Have so they share the same congregation in the present? Simple. The other group is he she? It does likes watches, has for regular verbs in the present tense. We have two rules to follow for when we might need to change the spelling verbs that end in S S H or C H for verbs in the infinitive that end in s as age or ch. When we congregate them, they will end in E s when conjugated with he she and it. Here are some examples he watches football from to watch. She wishes she were taller from to wish Time passes very quickly from to pass He always finishes early from to finish verbs that end in why regular verbs in the infinitive that end in why will end in i e s when conjugated with he she and it. Here are some examples he tries to call once a day from the verb to try. She studies in the morning from the verb to study It flies very fast from the verb to fly The baby cries went hungry from the verb to cry. Now these are all regular verbs. Later we will look at more irregular verbs that do not follow the rules even more. And those you simply have to memorize because they don't have rules to follow when to use the present simple. First, we use the present simple to describe actions that happen all the time sometimes or never thes air like habits. I play the guitar. She studies English. They work too much. He never watches soccer. Second, we use the present simple to describe things that are generally true. So more of a fact or unchanging. School starts at 7 45 They require two forms of I D. People retire in their sixties stores close early on Christmas adverbs we use with the present simple. The adverbs we use with the present simple Help us demonstrate that something either happens frequently, sometimes or never. Some popular adverbs to do this with our always often usually sometimes and never. We most often used the present simple for habits or a lack off a habit. Like I mentioned before, thes adverbs give us an idea of how frequently or infrequently the action occurs. Here are some examples I always arrived to class first. We often play outside. If the weather is nice, usually we do something on the weekend. Sometimes we fight, but not always. I never eat candy for breakfast. Placement of adverb in present, simple As you can see, the adverb of frequency, which shows us how often something happens, comes before the present simple verbs follow this rule. Put the advert before the verb in the present simple. I'll give you a few more examples now. Also later in this course, we will discuss adverbs a lot more. I sometimes watch TV after work. They never call me this early. She usually wears blue. It often rains in spring. You should always give your grandma a hug. 17. 2.3 LIVE Present simple: So you guys our topic now our topic is the present. Simple. It's me. Hey, it's Cowen. Good to see you. So let's get started with the present. Simple. So first of all, who can tell me how we use the present? Simple. What is the present simple for? And I've got some images. I've got some images to help us. Okay. All right. So tell me, when do we use the present? Simple. Hey, what are you doing? Everyone, How is everyone? Good to see everybody. Nice to have you here. When do we use the present? Simple. And how do we form the present? Simple. So it's habits Perfect. That's that's the main use. Yeah. President. Simple for habits. It is the most common use of the presence of way. Use it a lot for I am going to college. That's the continuous I am going whenever you see the i N g. This is the continuous with the Gironde. When the work is going on not going on, we can say when the work happens and I will explain why in a second, so yeah, President. Simple for for habits, uh, customs traditions and hobbies. Not the current situation. It can be, but watch. I will show you right now. So we have the present simple here. Well, let me get rid of this. Okay, Here's the thing. The present simple can be happening now. Doesn't have to be like. For example, on on Fridays, I talked to live, so it means it happens in the past. It means it happens in the present and is probably going to happen in the future. It doesn't have to happen every single time, but it generally does happen. So maybe I'm sick today, so there's no life. But you know that it usually does happen. It repeats. It re cycles right. Here we go. Raul plays cricket. Exactly. So that means he has played it at least some in the past. He plays it in the present. Maybe he's not playing it right now. Uh, and he will probably play it again in the future, right? Because it's a habit and a hobby. So it's the present. Simple is for things that continue in the past, they happened. They will continue in the present, and they will continue in the future. All right. And they repeat this kind of a recycled, reused action. So keep that in mind. All right, so now give me your examples. Give me your your present. Simple examples. Talking about your hobbies. Tell me about your hobbies or your work. Ah, here We have some examples here. I used to take not to take a coffee, have a coffee or to drink to drink a coffee. We don't take drinks. We don't take food or drinks in English. It's weird. You don't You don't say that. Ah, where was that example? I used to have a coffee, but now I don't have it anymore. That's the past habit. We're not talking about that. We're in the present man. Ah, he likes to eat Momo's. What are Momo's? Uh exactly. That is perfect. He likes to eat. He likes to, uh I'm eating. No, Remember, if we say I am, that's the continuous. We can't say that here. We're just using I How do we form the present? Simple. It is the subject plus plus the present simple verb. Ok, there's no am is or are none of that. I usually work on Saturdays. Perfect. Veena. She loves to draw so much perfect. Holla. He goes to school. Karjala. Perfect. Perfect. Perfect. I'm seeing I'm looking at good grammar school, Sito. But it has to be. I am. No, it can't be. That's the continuous. So we can't say I'm looking at you guys. That is the present. Continuous. And we will talk about that next. Um so the present simple is just I look at photos because this means in the past now and probably again in the in the future. All right? I do my homework. Perfect, Davina. That means you usually do your homework. We're not talking about right now. Ah, Momo's are dumplings. Very cool. I wake up at 7 30 every morning. Perfect, Eddie, Thank you so much. Ronaldo and Messi play football because plural, They play Ronaldo and Messi becomes they. I like to sleep right after I come back from work. Perfect Recall. I write a letter. Excellent. Um, remember, this is the present Simple in the present. Simple. We're not talking about what we're doing right now. It is not. This moment is talking about what we do is a habit. Ah, custom or tradition. It's recycled at various points in the past, present and future. But it doesn't have to be specifically what we're talking about right now. 18. 2.4 Present negative: wasn't simple. Negative. We've just looked at how to make the present simple, positive or affirmative. Now you're going to learn how to make it negative. To do this, we're going to use the same three verbs from the last lecture to do to travel and to eat to review. We already learned how to congregate in the positive for the presence. Simple it's I do. We do, You do. They do. He does. She does. It does. And now in the negative sentence we use don't and doesn't to make it negative. And we put the infinitive form of the verb after the negation after Don't or doesn't This is why it's so important to know what the infinitive iss the base form of a verb because we need to use it. Ah lot, especially when making a negative sentence one more time we use. We put the infinitive form of the verb after the negation in the president's simple. We do not congregate or change our verb. So now in the negative I don't do we don't dio you don't do. They don't do. He doesn't do. She doesn't do it doesn't Do you remember in the lecture about conjugating the present Simple. We have two groups and now the first group I we you they use don't for negative sentences. And the second group he she it he uses doesn't for negative sentences. And after the negation, the does'nt or don't we put the infinitive? Here are a few more examples to make it clear. I eat, I don't eat, He eats, He doesn't eat. You travel, you don't travel, She travels, She doesn't travel. I eat early. I don't eat late. She eats late. She doesn't eat early. We travel in a group. We don't travel separately. He travels separately. He doesn't travel in a group. I do it by myself. I don't do it with your help. It does it better with a full battery. It doesn't do it better with a low battery Negative contraction don't and doesn't are short forms contractions of do not and does not Because as you know, I we you they do and we add not after it and do not becomes Don't I we you They don't you also know that he she it does and we had not after it and does not becomes doesn't I do not becomes. I don't don't. He does not becomes. He doesn't, doesn't? We do not becomes. We don't don't. She does not becomes. She doesn't doesn't. And we use the same rules as before. When contracting. When using the short form, the rules again are one. We use it in informal speech and writing and two informal speech and writing. We generally do not use contractions. 19. 2.5 Present questions: how to ask questions in the present. Simple. We are just about done with the present simple. All that's left to learn is how to ask questions. So let's learn how to do it, forming questions with the present simple do. And does we put, do or does now at the beginning, off our question sentence than the subject and finally the main verb in the infinitive. So we do not congregate or change our main verb. It stays in the base form. Let me show you, using our verb examples do eat and travel. Do I speak fluently? We used do here because I, we you they all use do and do at the beginning lets us know that it's a question. Does he like to travel? We use does because he she it all used does. And we don't say likes because in a question, we do not congregate. The main verb similar to the negative sentences. Remember, Do we have time before dinner we use do because I, we you they all use do? Does it belong to you we use does because he she it used does. And do you remember why we don't congregate or change to belong well because we use the infinitive when asking a question, just like we do in negative sentences. Word order. Most mistakes people make when asking questions in the present. Simple are related toe word order. That is the order you have to put the words in or how you arrange them. So let's look at the word order and see where to put those question words we saw before. Who, what, where, when, why and how the question Words come first in a question. Who, what, Where, When? Why? How are the most common question words? But we can also change them slightly. How often toe ask about frequency, how much and how many toe ask about quantity, then comes either do or does. That depends on the next part of the sentence, which is the subject. Whether we use do or does depends on our subject, and that comes in next. If we have an adverb of frequency, an adverb that tells us how much, or how little something happens that comes next, these are, like, always, never usually or seldom, and after that, we have the infinitive, and you know that we don't complicate this the infinitive stays in its base form and finally at the end, if we need it, we include our object. If you need more help with word order, it will be discussed later in this course, short responses and long responses. Whenever you have a question that starts with do or does, you can choose to give a long response or a short response to the question. There are a few reasons you might want to pick one, but they are not specific rules. You must follow their more related to culture and politeness. Generally, you will give a full, longer response if you are participating in the conversation and want it to continue other times. If you want to show that you are not interested, you are more likely to give the short response. Don't worry about that. It will probably be able to tell by the person's tone of voice if they are enthusiastic or sound upset or board. Finally, the short responses are just very common and spoken English because they're quicker and easier to say as well. The longer responses will be heard, more informal situations or when showing respect. I discuss short and long responses as well as the grammar. Later in the course, I'll give you a few examples now. Do you want to come with us? Yeah, I do. Do you know her? No, I don't know her. Who is she? Do they always act like that? Yeah, they do. Do you understand what is required if you get this job? Yes, sir. I do understand. And I am eager to succeed. What do you do? One last point. One last thing to mention about the question. What do you do now? You know that the present simple is about habits and hobbies. So this question does not mean What are you doing right now? It actually means, What do you do for work? What is your job? What is your profession? How do you earn money? So to respond to this question, you can say I'm ah, blank and then your position. Or you can say I work as a and then state your position. Hi, I'm Mark. I'm a software engineer. What do you do? Hi, I'm Sam. I work as an engineer. I I'm Hajar. I work as an engineer. What do you do again? Oh, I'm a sales person we haven't met yet. What did you say? You do? Yeah. Great to meet you too. I work as a freelancer. 20. 2.6 Present continuous/progressive: the present continuous or the present progressive. To begin with, you might know this tense. The present continues by a different name. The present progressive or just the progressive. There's also the past, progressive or continuous, and we'll talk about that later. In this course. I'm only going to mention it by the continuous, so just know that progressive, continuous, the same exact thing. So let's start by looking at how to form it, how to form the present continuous in a positive affirmative sentence. The order is subject than the verb to be and then the main verb ending in i N G. Here's how you congregate with the different subject groups I am doing eating, traveling. He she it is doing, eating, traveling. We you they are doing, eating, traveling. But you should remember from earlier on when learning to be that we often contract push words together so we can also say, I'm doing it. I'm I am becomes, I'm He's eating, he's she's traveling to Rome. She's it's moving its we're going. There were you're sitting your there speaking their present. Continuous in the negative is pretty simple. To make the present continuous negative. All you do is add not after the verb to be. Let's do it with the examples we just made I'm doing. It becomes I'm not doing it. He's eating, becomes he's not eating. She's traveling to Rome, becomes she's not travelling to Rome. It's moving, becomes it's not moving. We're going there, becomes we're not going there. What we use the present continuous four. We use the present continuous to describe actions that are happening now at the moment of speaking. That does not mean the thing has to be happening exactly when you are speaking or writing, but it is happening at that moment in your story. Don't worry if this is still a little confusing, we are about to look at some examples, and we will compare the present simple and present continuous more in a few lectures. Just know that it is not a completed action or habit from the past. It is not something that will happen in the future. It's something happening now. Can you please turn down the music? My parents are sleeping. I'm not reading the newspaper. I'm reading a fashion magazine. You can play with your friends after we're done eating. I love the shoes you're wearing today. Where did you find they're not coming right now? They will come this evening. Spelling rules. There are some simple spelling rules, but very important that will help you when forming the i N g form of the verb we need for the continuous. Just so you know, these sometimes change depending on if you speak British or American English, but both are correct, and you choose which spelling to use as well. Always check with a dictionary to see if a verb is regular or irregular before you memorize it. Thes rules work for the majority of verbs, but the English language has a very good number of irregular verbs that will change slightly. Verbs that end in E. If a verb ends in e like to take to write to arrive, the e disappears, we lose it. So they become taking writing and arriving verbs that end in N and M verbs that end in the N and M like when pin and swim will get an extra end and M in the i N G form. So they become winning, pinning and swimming firms that end in i e. Many verbs that end in I e like Lie, tie and Die will lose their i e. And they will be replaced with just a Why so lying, tying and dying one last time. One of the trickiest things about English is irregular verbs. So when you learn a new verb, check a dictionary and I offer my favorites in the first section. Even a lot of native speakers get confused with these verbs, so don't get upset when you dio it's normal. 21. 2.6 LIVE Present continuous: we'll talk about the continuous. It is continuous time. Today's topic is the present. Continuous. Hey, what's up? It's Callan. Good to see you. The present. Continuous. How do we form the present? Continuous How to form the present. Continuous. Now in the present Continuous. We use the verb to be. We need the subject. So it is like this. Let me actually let me rewrite this. So it's subject Plus to be plus the main verb in the I N g. Can anyone tell me what we call the I N g? There are two names for it. We were trooper traditional dress during low side. Where did that come from? I'm too focused on the grammar. You guys, someone tell me what to be called the I N g form off the first. There's two names for it. There's a slight delay. So I think I will put it. Toby, what is that? The chair. And there we go. The gerund is one, uh, Jared or the present participle. So when you see the i n g form of the verb, that is the gerund also known as the present participle. All right, so how do we form the present continuous. We need the subject. Plus, like I just said to be and we have to congregate to be That's why you have to start with knowing how to congregate to be. I am. I'm He is she is. It is It's He's She's we Are You are Hey hark Alan has been taking We don't take drinks, Joseph. We have or we drink a drink. So Callon has been drinking coffee 42 weeks. We use four plus the period of time. So we use the subject plus two b plus the i n g form I n g form of the verb. I'm watching Callens Life perfect. Perfect present, Continuous tense. That is what we're doing. Joseph Suffolk's. What about the suffix anyway? So I'm going. So here we go, because before remember I told you and now we always not almost the same rules for contractions exist here as I taught you with the president. Simple So I can say I'm going, I'm going, He's going, She's going. It's going. We're going there going. You're going. This is why you must know the present simple of to be you cannot. Here's the thing. You cannot use the present continuous or also called the progressive. Ah, if if you don't know how to form to be I'm watching you right now. Perfect. And that's the thing. I have to get rid of this screen. Here we go. The present continuous is right now. Now I'm chilling outside watching your video. Excellent, Tenzin. I'm waiting for him. It's now it is not talking about the past. There's we have no idea when the action happened by itself, he's always interrupting me. Excellent. We don't know when the action is going to happen just by itself, but we do use some propositions to help us know. For example, I am talking. I'm talking to you all until I have to leave. So until so, usually a present continuous or present progressive action will be interrupted sometime in the future because it has to end, right? You can't keep I can't keep doing this forever. It's raining outside. I'm watching mirrors. A poor never heard of. That sounds cool. You are doing so good. Thank you so much. Um all right, so yeah, it would be great if you can watch too. So this is when we use the present. Continuous happening. Now I'm eating breakfast, but I eat breakfast every day off the week, right? The president's simple does not have to be right now. The present continuous is right fuckin now. All right, So remember, presents simple habits, customs. Sometimes they happen. Sometimes they don't like any habit present continuous. Right now it's happening right now. 22. 2.7 Present continuous questions: asking questions with the present continuous toe Ask questions. With the present continuous, we use something called Inversion. All that inversion means is that we change the order of two B and our subject. So let's start by quickly reviewing how we form the positive affirmative form of the continuous and then look at how to turn it into a question. So let's get started. Here we go. I am going. I'm going. He she it is working. We, you they are playing. Now we're going to try forming some questions. So I want you to try first and then I will give you the answer. Remember, all we do is change the subject and the verb to be going with subject. I Am I going working? Use subject. He or she or it. Is he working? Is she working? Is it working? Playing Use subject. We, you or they? Are we playing? Are you playing? Are they playing word order for asking questions with present continuous Let's review the word order. The order of the sentence when asking questions a little bit more will also include the question words that help us ask more detailed questions. First come question words. These are the words. Like who? What, where, when, why and how then the verb to be It is either conjugated as M is or are depending on the subject and then the subject of the sentence, followed by the main verb. The main verb is the verb that ends in I N G. It's the continuous. Here are a few more question examples. Where are you going today? Who are they working with? When is been arriving for lunch? Why is Paloma acting so route? Why am I getting yelled at responding to questions? When you answer a question in the present continuous, he respond with a short or long answer. The long answer means that you respond with a verb in the continuous as well, Often repeating much of the question you're answering. You try answering these questions with a long answer. Later, in the course, we will focus more on the specific grammar related to long and short answers. Are you eating right now? Yes, right now. Are you eating right now? Yes, I'm eating right now. Am I doing it correctly? No. Get correctly. No, you're not doing it correctly. Is Mark coming to the party? Yes, to the party. Is Mark coming to the party? Yes. Mark is coming to the party. Short responses short responses are simpler and easier to make. The choice is completely yours if you want to respond with a short or long response. As I described earlier, it depends on the situation. And if you feel like explaining something in more or less detail, let's do the same questions. But with a short response Now. Are you eating right now? Yes, I am. Am I doing it correctly? No, you're not. Is Mark going to come to the party? Yes. He is positive versus negative short answers. You might have noticed that we don't contract in positive responses. But we do. And negative responses. Here's what I mean. Yes, I am. Yes, he is she Is it ISS? Yes, we are. You are. They are, but in the negative. No, I'm not. No, he's not. She's not. It's not. No, we're not. You're not there. Not with these responses. We are contracting. He is. She is. We are You are They are into he's she's were there and then adding Not so we can shorten it that way. But we can also contract is and not to get the exact same meeting. But by combining contracting two different words. So we get No, I'm not. This doesn't change. No, he isn't. She isn't. It isn't. No, we aren't. You aren't. They aren't. Let's compare it side by side now so you can see the options you have. You can either contract the subject and to be like he's were Or you can contract the to be verb and not No, I'm not. This doesn't change. No, he's not. No, he isn't. No, she's not know she isn't. No, it's not. No, it isn't. No, we're not. No, we aren't. No, you're not know you aren't? No, they're not know they aren't. This choice is completely yours to make. So use whichever one you like more or ideally, use both so that you can mix up at a little bit more to your English 23. 2.8 Irregular present verbs: to have and to go irregular verbs are verbs that do not follow the typical rules. In the English language, there are a good amount of irregular verbs. And for some people, this is the hardest part of the language. Toe learn. You do, however, have to memorize them one by one. In another lecture, I give you some pronunciation help with some of these verbs. But right now let's look at to go and to have to have I have we have you have they have to have is a very important verb to know because you need to know how to use it with the perfect tenses and when showing possession. So you must know how to congregate this one easily and correctly. I have some free time tonight. Do you have some time to talk later? She has two brothers. We have no more time off. December has 31 days in a month. My car has a flat tire. They have no excuse for why they're late to go. I go, we go. You go Vago, he goes, she goes, It goes as a rule. Words that end in O will often end in E s when conjugated with he she it. So that's an easy, irregular thing to remember. She goes there every Tuesday. Time goes quickly. When you're having fun, we usually go to our grandmother's house. He goes to the bathroom. A lot are establishes two of the most important irregular verbs throughout this course, you'll be seeing a lot more. See will be getting practice with some of the more important ones. But otherwise, as you learn them, or as you learn any verb, just make sure to check out its conjugation. You can do that with an online dictionary like word reference dot com and with any dictionary that you have available. So yes, irregular words are a bit challenging, but you can do it, so don't worry. 24. 2.9 Present simple or continuous?: president. Simple versus present, continuous. We often use these tenses together because they work very well when telling story, giving some narration or describing any event, they each have some more uses that will look at a little bit more in future lectures. But for now, let's focus on some of the more important aspects of when we need to use the president Simple. And when we use the present continuous present simple, we use the present simple to talk about things in general. So that means things that happen all the time, sometimes or never hobbies that we like to do but maybe aren't doing right now in this very moment because we're currently doing something else. So this could talk about our general work or school schedule. Describing fax, customs and traditions, A crocodile eats 50% of its body weight in one day. This is a fact. It's describing what a crocodile does or what it does to survive, and this happens every day or the crocodile might die. I play the saxophone whenever I have free time. This is a habit and hobby that were describing. It's something I do often, so I have done this in the past. I do it in the present and I will do it in the future. However, I am not saying that I am doing it right this very moment because obviously I'm talking about the hobby. I always eat breakfast at 6 a.m. Again, This is a habit that I'm describing. Ah, personal custom. I probably did this yesterday. I will do it again today, most likely, and in the future this will remain the same until I decide to change it. Present continuous. We use the present continuous to describe an action that is occurring at the time of speaking. It's happening now by itself. We don't know when it started, when it will end, or if it's a habit, custom or tradition. All we know is that it is happening. At this moment. A crocodile is eating a sheep. This is happening right now, but we don't know if this happens every day or if it's common or uncommon. Do crocodiles normally eat sheep? I don't know, but it's happening right now. I'm playing the saxophone. This is what I'm doing now. But we don't know if I do this often or if this is the first time I have ever played, and it sounds terrible. I'm eating breakfast. This is happening at the time of speaking. We don't know when all we know is right now. Maybe I actually don't even eat breakfast normally. But right now I am president, simple and continuous together. So the president simple tells us how often we do things if they are habits, customs. And if some things are fax or truths. The continuous tells us if it's happening now, so together they can tell us a lot of information. With our previous examples, we can now add a lot more details, and we will often use them both in one sentence using and or but to make a complex sentence . But and and our conjunctions, and we will learn more about them later. In this course, a crocodile eats 50% of its body weight in one day, and that's why it's eating a sheep right now. So now we know that to be a healthy crocodile, it eats a lot of food, and apparently a sheep is part of that diet, and that in this very moment it's eating a sheep in order to survive in order to get 50% of that body weight. I'm not playing the saxophone right now, but I play whenever I have free time. So I'm probably busy right now. Actually, I'm talking to you because I'm not playing the saxophone. But in general, I do play whenever I have free time. I always eat breakfast at 6 a.m. And that's why I'm eating now. So this is a habit which explains why I'm doing it now and normally at around 6 a.m. Verbs that don't go in the present continuous. We don't put some verbs in the present continuous these air called state of verbs. And they typically describe a state of being dynamic Verbs describe actions. And so in this course, I will call them action verbs to you have to memorize these. I'm sorry. And in the future, we will look at some that you can sometimes use in the continuous, depending on its use, but sometimes not depending on its use. But for now, we don't put the following verbs in the present continuous Use them only in the present Simple. Remember, forget like want no prefer, believe, mean need and understand. If you want to focus a little bit more right now on state of versus dynamic verbs, I have put some materials that you can look at in the practice homework document. 25. 2.10 Present: Have got: a lot of the time when we think of have we think of the perfect tenses. But there is another way to use have and have got that isn't for the perfect tense. We use it to show possession. We can use it for physical things like toe have or have got a car. And we can use it for personal characteristics like when describing someone how they look, their eye color or hair. So let's take a look to have something the congregation is simple. All you need to do is remember how to congregate. Have I have green eyes? We have two days until the project is Do you have an amazing smile? They have two sons. He has a new house. She has a beautiful purse. It has a bone to play with. This is the verb I most often see advanced learners make mistakes with have take your time and really practice because it sounds strange If you say I has we need to say I have you have she has to have got the meaning is exactly the same toe have or have got they mean the same thing and they both are very popular In fact, in spoken English all over the world, we often don't say the have and have got instead we just say, I got we got you got it is much, much more informal and you will hear it a lot. Just don't write that on a test because technically, it's incorrect. It is on Lee for spoken informal English and to remember, Here's how to congregate. Have got the correct way. I have got I've got some free time. We have got We've got two coffees you have got. You've got a nice computer. They have got They've got a good education. He has got He's got no more time. She has got She's got the right answer It has got its got no more clean water to negate Have and have got I we you they don't have or long form Do not have he she it doesn't have or does not Have I the answer? I don't have the answer. He the time he doesn't have the time It that feature, it doesn't have that feature and for have got to negate it we say I we you they haven't got or have not got he she it hasn't got or has not got again. Contractions are much more common in most spoken situations. The long form might be used for a formal situation or writing or again to add emphasis or stress asking questions with have and have got, have and have got have different ways to ask questions. So pay attention. Do and have with toe. Have we just put, do or does At the beginning of the sentence? Do I have? Do we have? Do you have? Do they have? Does he have? Does she have? Does it have I have enough time to eat something? Do I have enough time to eat something? It have those features. Does it have those features? They have the right instructions. Do they have the right instructions? She have my number. Does she have my number? Questions with have got have got is slightly different. And here we will use inversion. Do you remember what inversion means from before? We just change the order of subject and verb. That's inversion. Let me show you. I've got the wash becomes Have I got the watch? She's got brown eyes becomes Has she got brown eyes? Have I got have we got? Have you got? Have they got? Has he got? Has she got? Has it got it? Enough gas for the trip, has it? Got enough gas for the trip? You got my backpack? Have you got my backpack? We got the money to go. Have we got the money to go? I got enough credits to graduate. Have I got enough credits to graduate? 26. 2.11 Present: 52 Most common verbs : how to pronounce the 52 most common present simple verbs. In this lecture, I'm going to give you the pronunciation of 52 of the most common verbs conjugated in the present Simple. I will first give the pronunciation for the verb when conjugated with I we you they. So, for example, ask and then for he she it asks. In previous lectures in this section, I discussed the pronunciation much more regarding to be toe have and to go in the past 10 section. I give the pronunciation for the same 52 verbs in the past, many of which are irregular. One ask asks to to be I am he she it is we you. They are three. Become becomes for begin begins. Five call calls. Six. Camp Can is a motive. Herb, so it doesn't change. Go to the models section to learn more. Seven. Come comes. Eight. Could could is a motile verb, so it doesn't change. Nine. Do does 10th drink drinks. 11. Feel feels 12 Find fines. The D becomes a much softer finds. 13. Get it gets usually want a verb or noun ends in a T and is followed by an s the T sound becomes much softer or disappears completely. Get gets, get gets 14 give gives 15. Go goes 16 have has 17 17 here. Here's 18 help helps 19. Keep keeps 20. No Nos. 21 leave leaves 20 to let let's 23. Like Likes 24 live lives. 25 look Looks 26 make. Makes 27 May May is a mortal verb, so it doesn't change. 28. Mean means 29. Might Might is a motile verb, so it does not change. 30. Move moves. 31 Need needs 30 to play plays. 33 put puts. 34 Read reads 35 run runs. 36 se says this is an extremely common mistake and will make your English sound worse than it is if mispronounced. So. First, it's say, for I, we you. They also the command say it, but for he she it, it's says so. It's pronounced as if it were written says I say he says We say she says, You say, he says. They say it says 37 c. C's when conjugated with he she it. The pronunciation of to see is exactly the same as the verb to sees something 38 seem seems 39. Should should is a moat over. So does not change. 40 Show shows 41 starts Starts 40 to take. Takes 43 talk talks 44 Tell tells a 45. Think thinks 46. Try tries 47 turn turns 48 Use uses 49. Want wants Here The T sound disappears completely. 50 Will Will is a modal verb, so we don't change it. 51 work works 52 Wood and wood is a motile verb, so we don't change it. 27. 3.1 Past simple: 'To be': to be in the past. Simple. It's time to go into the past. And to do that you need to know how to use our most important verb to be in the past. You need to know how to congregate it in a positive form toe Ask questions with it and to make it negative to be is the most irregular verb you'll see. But it's also the most important. So please, please, please, If you're going to pay attention to any lecture, pay attention to this one. To be in the present versus the past to help you understand how the verb changes depending on subject. Let's start by reviewing with to be in the present. I am. He is she is it is we are you are they are in the past the subject I now joins the he she it group of congregations In the present I is by itself I am. But this is nice because now in the past you have one less conjugation that you need to worry about. So remember in the past I was he was she was it was. But in the present I subject I is completely by itself with I am or I'm I he she It I was He was She was It was we you They We were. You were They were I at home last night? I was at home last night. You at school? Yesterday. You were at school yesterday. It in your briefcase? It was in your briefcase. We late for the meeting. We were late for the meeting to be passed. Simple. Negative. I was not. I wasn't He was not. He wasn't. She was not. She wasn't. It was not. It wasn't. We were not. We weren't. You were not. You weren't. They were not. They weren't examples. I at home last night. I was not at home last night or I wasn't at home last night. You at school? Yesterday. You were not at school yesterday, weren't you? Weren't at school yesterday. It in your briefcase? It was not in your briefcase. It wasn't in your briefcase. We late for the meeting. We were not late for the meeting or we weren't late for the meeting to be passed. Simple questions. We use inversion here, so it's pretty simple cause we just have the subject and the verb and they're going to change positions now was I? Was he Was she Was it Were we were you were they? I was at home last night. You were you You were at school yesterday. I was I It was in your briefcase. It was it. We were late for the meeting. We were we to be short and long answers The long answer to the question repeats most of what you were asked. But we can replace that with the short answer which only repeats the main verb in this case , the to be verb short responses. Yes, I he she it Waas Yes, we you They were No, I he she it wasn't or was not? No, we you they weren't or were not. Your dad said you were at home last night. Were you know I No, I wasn't or no, I wasn't at home last night. You were at school yesterday. Was I? Yes, Yes, you were. Yes. You were at school yesterday. It was in your briefcase. Was it? Yes, Yes, it waas Yes, it was in your briefcase. The boss said we were late for the meeting. Were we? No, we weren't. No, we weren't late for the meeting. In these examples, you could have responded with the long form or the short form 28. 3.2 Past simple -ED endings: regular verbs in the past. Simple for regular verbs in the past. Simple. They will get an e D ending. So you take the infinitive or the base form of a verb, and you add an e. D. At the end that shows us that we're using the past. Simple play played, watch, watched, want wanted. The e D. Ending does not change. Depending on the subject, it stays the same. Let's look at this a little bit more use of past simple before I tell you more about the e d past simple ending, just a little explanation of when we use the past. Simple. We will focus more on this later. But for now, let's just say that the past simple is for an action that was done and completed in the past. It happened at a specific moment and ended at a specific moment. This is the most important meaning and the only one you need to know right now. In a few lectures, we will also compare it to the past continuous as well as how to use the past simple for habits, examples. I walked to the store yesterday. We played football before lunch, she studied at the same school. They wanted to arrive early. Pronunciation of E D endings There are three simple rules to follow to help with pronouncing the e. D. Endings in the past. Simple. We will discuss them a little together, and I will put a lot more resource is to help you in the homework for this lecture. Before I explain the three rules, I'm going to use the terms voiced and voiceless. Constant toe Help you with the E. D. Endings. Ah, continent is any sound we make that is not a vowel like B and P to say ah voiced continent like B. As in Boy, your vocal cords vibrate. They move quite a bit to say an unveil oise constant like P as in pig, your vocal cords move very little or not at all. Let's continue now to the three E. D. N things. A real one t sound. The e D ending is pronounced as t, after all, voiceless constant like P, f, K s and X. However, not after tea. The tea sound has its own rule, and that's rule number three. Some examples for rule number one ask asked, dance, danced, help helped photograph photographed publish published rule number two D sounding E D Ending the et ending is pronounced as the after ah voiced constant like B g J L M N r the Z and after bubbles like a e i o U. If award ends in D that sound. The D Sound has its own rule for Rule number three, and it's shared with the T sound. Here are some examples for rule number to advise advised apply applied borrow, borrowed perform performed prepare, prepared, cool cooled Rule number three it sounding e D. Endings. By now, you should know that Rule three Onley includes words that end in a T sound or a D sound. And what happens here is we add an extra syllable for this e d ending. It has an ed sound. So for rules one and two, we just add that sound but not the extra syllable. Look at the following examples to see what I am talking about except accepted. Add add Did distribute distributed land landed last lasted state stated. If you want it and I recommend you do, there are links to practice this more in the homework, just like the pronunciation rules we looked at. There are also some spelling rules you must memorize with the e D. Ending verbs that end in why in the infinitive, when a regular verb in the infinitive ends and why it will change, too i e. D. In the past, study becomes studied, cry becomes cried. Spy becomes spied tighty becomes tidied verbs in the infinitive that end in P and N When a one syllable regular verb ends in a vowel, followed by a constant P or an, we add an extra P or N to the spelling. In the e. D ending, chop becomes chopped. Slip becomes slipped. Plan becomes planned. Fan becomes fanned. Irregular verbs in the past. Simple. I've mentioned irregular verbs a few times now. This is probably one of the most difficult things for English learners because there are so many of them. Two of the most important verbs to be and toe have are irregular. This is why it's so important to learn vocabulary as you see it and use it not by memorizing random lists. When you see a new verb check to see if it is regular, a website like word reference is perfect for this, and most dictionaries will tell you to. In the homework, I will put a link to some of the most important irregular verbs, as well as some popular videos, with unique and impressive ways to memorize them. 29. 3.3 Past simple negative & questions: asking questions in the past. Simple. In the previous lecture, you learned how to make the regular past tense of herbs. We add an e D ending and the pronunciation can change as well as the spelling. Now that we have that finished, let's look at how to ask questions with the past. Simple toe. Ask questions in the past. Simple. It's pretty easy. We just put Did first, then the subject and then the verb in the infinitive. Do not conjugated the verb. Leave it in its base form. I'll show you a couple examples and then we'll do some together. Did you go to school yesterday? Yeah, of course I did. Wow. You were there when it happened. Did you feel scared? What you do when you found out? What did you do when you found out how your mom arrives so early? How did your mom arrive so early? Who most of the work who did most of the work is pretty easy, right? Did never changes, Not even depending on the subject. And as you saw W h question words. Who what? Where, when, why and how all come first. So it goes, wh question word if you use one, then did and we need did here. Absolutely needed. It tells us that we're asking a question, then is followed by the subject and finally, the infinitive form of our main verb. Do not conjugated it past simple negative We also use did in the past. Negative. But unlike when asking questions, it does not come first. Here is the word order for past negative sentences in the simple First the subject then did not or contracted didn't so in the present, we say doesn't and don't depending on the subject. But in the past, we used didn't for every subject. And then finally our verb, the verb is still in the infinitive. Don't conjugated it. Don't change it in any way. I'll give you a couple examples now and then we will do a few together. I didn't understand your question. Can you please ask again? You didn't finish your homework. Notice that the verb remains in the infinitive. Our main verb. Don't congregate it in a question or in the negative sentence. We go to the mall because of the weather. We didn't go to the moment because of the weather. He watched the new episode yet he didn't watch the new episode yet. You meet my brother yet? No, I meet him yet. Did you meet my brother yet? No, I didn't meet him yet. Native Speaker Pronunciation in colloquial spoken English there are two popular ways to pronounce. Didn't one is exactly as I have taught you so far. Didn't pronounce every letter. Clearly, this is still very common. But another very common pronunciation is didn't so the second d The middle d is silent. This is much more common in spoken informal English. And the only time that you want to use this pronunciation otherwise say didn't in more formal situations. What's nice is that you will probably be more in informal regular general conversation. So just say, didn't no matter what the we don't change the spelling. We always spell it. D I d n apostrophe t. I'll give you a few sentences using both and see if you can notice the difference in pronunciation. I didn't do it on time. I didn't do it on time. Yeah, I didn't understand either. Yeah, I didn't understand either. We didn't ask for permission. We didn't ask for permission. Responding to questions as we've already talked about. There are long responses to questions and short responses along response means you basically repeat the entire question that you were asked. A short response is composed primarily of just the subject and verb. Let's take a look at the short responses in the positive. And then the negative. Yes, I did. Yes, we did. Yes, you did. Yes, they did. Yes, he did. Yes, she did. Yes, it did. No, I didn't know. We didn't know. You didn't know? They didn't know. He didn't know. She didn't know it didn't. Now let's compare some of the short and long responses. Did you see him? Yes, I did. Yes. I did see him. Yes, I saw him. Did they go to the park? Yes, they did. Yes, they did Go to the park? Yes. They went to the park. Did we win the game? Yes, we did. Yes, we did win the game. Yes. We won the game 30. 3.4 Past continuous/progressive: the past continuous is used to describe actions that were happening before now. Actions that began in the past and at the time of speaking were continuing. So these actions continue at the time of speaking in the past. So they express unfinished or uncompleted actions in the past that are often better defined by using them together with the past. Simple. The past continuous is also very often used to describe what was happening at a moment in the past in a more general sense, kind of like narration. And then we add more specific detail by using the past simple as a complementary tense, basically to describe what is happening in the story in the past. Let's take a closer look now, at the past continuous. When I arrived home from work, he was watching TV, so when I got home, he had already started watching TV and was in the process of doing it. So with this sentence by itself, I don't know when he started watching TV, and we still don't know when he stopped. All we know is that it was happening at that point in time. When I got home, I tried to call her, but she was busy washing her hair. So we have a past simple action that only happens once. And then it's done the attempt at calling someone. And then there is another action. The woman was washing her hair. All we know is that she started before the call was continuing to do it during the attempt at calling her and continue to do it after the call. We'll look at some more examples later, but for now let's see how to form the past. Continuous past, continuous positive, like the present continuous. We need to use the verb to be when using the past continuous. So for the positive form the order is subject was or were and the verb ending in i n g. I was visiting. He was visiting, She was visiting. It was visiting. We were visiting. You were visiting. They were visiting. Let's do some examples together. I TV. I was watching TV. They my name. They were calling my name. We to the store. We were going to the store. He school at the same time. He was attending school at the same time, past continuous negative. All we need to do to make the negative is add not after the verb to be so was not or wasn't warrant or we're not. I wasn't I was not visiting. He wasn't. He was not visiting. She wasn't. She was not visiting. It wasn't it was not visiting. We weren't visiting. We were not visiting. You were not. You weren't visiting. They were not. They weren't visiting. Let's do some together now, she reading. When I arrived, she wasn't or was not reading. When I arrived, we speaking loud enough. We weren't or we were not speaking loud enough it operating properly. It wasn't was not operating properly. They paying attention to me. They weren't or were not paying attention to me past continuous questions to ask questions in the past, continuous. We use inversion if you forgot. Inversion is when we change the order of the subject and verb not our main action verb that ends in I N G, though that stays at the end. So the word order is now. Was I doing it wrong? Was he running late? Was she visiting you? Was it working properly? Were we going to be in trouble? Were you asking a question? Were you playing outside wh question words. And if you want to add a wh question word Who, What, where, When, Why or how that goes at the very beginning. Off the question. So one last time to review the word order is a first. Our question word. If you want to include one than the verb to be conjugated, as either was or were the subject and then the main action verb. Let's do some examples together. Were you planning to arrive tonight? When were you planning to arrive tonight? Was she talking to at the party? Who was she talking to at the party? Was it functioning during the demo? How was it functioning during the demo? Were they sending in the mail? What were they sending in the mail? President? Continuous versus past continuous. Both of these tenses have similar meanings, but one is describing the past while the other is describing the present. So they are actions happening now. At the time of speaking that have no clear starting point or finishing point will end with a few examples. I'm studying now. I was studying yesterday, so in both situations, I'm studying. We don't know. When I started or when I finished. But at some point in time, this is the action that was occurring. It's snowing this morning. It was snowing last night. This morning it is snowing. It started some time earlier and is continuing right now with no obvious end. The same thing happened last night. It was snowing and we don't know when it started last night or when it finished last night . In fact, it's possible that it's the same snow we're talking about this morning. And if it was in this case, we could say it was snowing last night and it's still snowing this morning. What are you doing right now? What were you doing at 2 p.m. In the first example, I'm asking what they are doing this very moment. In the second example, I'm asking what they were doing at two. PM I'm not asking when they started or finished just what they were doing at that specific time in the middle or in the process of doing it 31. 3.4 LIVE past continuous: to when I told you about the past continuous Look at the past continuous past continuous time. That is today's topic. It's me. Hey, what's up? Callin a lot of grammar? Uh, let's keep going here. So the past continuous How do we form it? Well, you need to know how to congregate to be in the past. All right. Who could remind me? How do we congregate the verb to be in the past? Someone tell me, May I ask him up? What may I say felt the moocher practica prosciutto Don't worry, it's OK. We're all working on this together. So to use the past continuous we have to know how to congregate to be so I was going She he he it was going They we you were going exactly was and work. Thank you. Martini, go. I don't know how to say that wasn't where exactly so to form the past continuous all we need is the subject puts to be in the past And then again, the i n g form off the verb. So the general So I was eating. She was playing, But you might be asking How is this different? You're probably thinking, Hold on a calendar. How is this different from the past? Simple. Let me show you. All right, so here we got the past continuous. There is no we don't know when the past continuous action started. We don't even know when it's exactly going to finish. We just know it was happening in the past. The past simple has a very obvious finished point. A very obvious point when the action stops, the past continuous is different, is more ambiguous. We don't have such an easy idea quips about when when the action stopped or finished. But we can by using adverbs and time references. Let me give you an example. I was reading not I was read. You're combining different tenses. I would really suggest that you go to the to be section A swell is the past simple to be section. Okay, so here it was Oh, yeah. So often times the past continuous action is interrupted The past continuous action is often interrupted. For example, I was eating when she called me. Not only is it interrupted what's the past continuous is is usually interrupted by the past simple most of the time. So again another example. Uh, I was doing my homework when she called me See past continuous stops because 11 action happened, uh, later on in the past. So let me show you. Here we go. Yeah. Uh, so here were in the past, right? Let's say I'm exercising. I was exercising when she called me. So then the action stops, and then I get on the phone and blah, blah blood stuck. You guys give me a couple examples using ah, past continuous action that is interrupted by the past. Simple. Let's see what you can do. All right. Hello. Hello. I was watching TV while you came. No, that's That's a little convoluted. That's this. We're not using the right tenses there. We don't say while I fell asleep while I was this This use of wild works you can look at while in the, uh, the conjunctions section clauses and conjunctions. While that was good tens and I was working out when he called me perfect. Malik, I was wondering usually to ask in the I don't know what you're asking you to me. Can you ask that one more time, please? Or send me a message? I was sleeping excellent, but now interrupted Tried to interrupt that action with a different, uh, past simple action I was drawing when I saw your live notification. Perfect. I love it. So basically you were drawing. But then the action stopped. And then you saw my notification and the past. Simple only happens once and then it's finished. You were drawing, but that was interrupted because then you saw my notification. And you only see my notification once or twice. Let's see what we got here. I was having lunch when I received your INSTAGRAM warning. Notification is better, Julio, but great example. I was eating when the bill ran when the bill arrived. I think like when you got the bill, I was reading a book when he called me to go for a walk bell. Oh, Cassie. My like I was reading When my son arrived, I would I went to swim Nessie Hey, or ex soy ZX soy. You're combining different tenses. Slow down. I suggest you go back earlier in the course. Go to the to be in the present and to be in the past simple. You are combining different tenses. Okay, I need more practice here. I was listening to music, always to listen to something excellent. I was eating when my mother came, bro. You got it? Oh, no. I have to say I I don't know who that was. He said my name. OK, Callan. Good to see you, Esra. I was playing guitar when I saw your notification. Excellent examples, okay? 32. 3.5 Past continuous or simple?: past continuous versus past, simple. The past, continuous and past simple, are often used together in the past to describe a moment, narrate or describe a story, and to talk about what was happening when something else happened. Because of that, we often use conjunctions like and but when and before the's conjunctions help us to combine different elements, Intense is in the story. I was going to the store when my car died in the middle of the highway. So there's the action that was happening here, and it was interrupted by a different action that occurred at a more specific moment in time. The specific moment is the car dying or stopping? The house was looking worth every day until someone decided to buy it. In this case, the past continuous action was the house continually looking worse, constantly looking worse, this action was interrupted by someone deciding to buy it. The decision to buy the house only happened once, and then it was finished. That's why we put it in the past. Simple. Let's make a few simple stories to clarify this. Make it more obvious the use between the two of them. I was taking a bath. Someone knocked on the front door. I stopped my bath. I answered the door. My bath was interrupted. We don't know when I started my bath, but it was interrupted when someone knocked on the door, so I answered it. So the past simple actions tend to stop a continuous action or make something else happen. The past continuous actions tend to be interrupted by something else. You can also think of it this way. What was I doing when someone knocked on the front door? I was taking a bath. I was in the process of taking the bath when someone knocked on the door. So I stopped my bath and answered the door. Let's look at the past simple, a little bit more and give some examples to better explain its use. I watched a movie yesterday. This means I watched the entire movie from beginning to end. I was watching a movie yesterday when the power went out, so my movie watching was interrupted. It was stopped because the electricity went out. Stopped working. We don't know when I started watching the movie, but at a specific point the electricity stopped functioning and the movie must have stopped ending that action. It didn't snow when I was on vacation. So here, during my entire vacation, from beginning to end, there was no snow. If we knew the specific dates of my vacation, that could be. From January 1st to January 7th, for example, it was snowing when I left work yesterday. Here I am saying that when I left work, there was no snow falling from the sky. I'm describing that specific moment. It does not mean it wasn't snowing before I left or after I left. But when I left at that moment, that specific moment it wasn't snowing. There will be some more practice with this in the homework, and as we continue, you will learn more about the conjunctions and adverbs that help us know when to use president or pass simple and when to use present or past continuous and how to combine them . 33. 3.6. Past habits: talking about past habits. These are things that you maybe did a couple times as a tradition or a hobby. So let's look at how to talk about these Past activities used to used to is the most common way to do this. I used to play outside all day as a kid. I used to live in New York. I used to drink three cups of tea in the morning. These are all things I did as habit or custom in the past, but we don't know if I continue to do them today. If things are different now, we use. But like I used to live in New York. But now I live in Chicago. You can also use the combination of, but not anymore. I used to live in New York, but not anymore. If the past habit or action continues today we use and or the combination of, and still I used to live in New York, and I do today or I used to live in New York, and I still do so to form this. We put the subject first, then used to make sure to put the D u S E D to it sounds like used to and then the main verb in the infinitive. The main thing you're describing, where you lived, what you did questions with used to You just learned that toe ask normal past heads questions. We use the question word did and after did we used the infinitive form of our main verb, so used to becomes used to? The pronunciation is almost identical, so don't worry about it. In regular speech, no one will notice the difference between use to and used to, and it's understood based on context. However, in writing there is a big difference between the two of them, especially if you're writing an essay or something more formal. Did you use to live in New York? Yes. I used to live there. Did they used to visit you? They used to visit me, but not anymore. Did we usedto have breakfast here? I think we used to, but not recently used to in the negative. In this section of the course, you've also learned how to make the past tense. Simple negative. We used didn't and then the infinitive of our main verb. So this becomes didn't used to. We didn't use to have breakfast here. They didn't used to visit me. I didn't used to live in New York, passed Simple for habits. The past Simple is used just almost as much as used to for describing past habits, and it's easier to form to. So how do we know when the past Simple is referring to pass habits and not just one completed action from the past? It depends on context, so you need to pay attention to what is being discussed, how it's being talked about in any relation to time or repetition. I lived in New York for 10 years, so already to say I lived in New York, tells us that this happened for an extended period of time and for 10 years tells us even further that this happened for quite a while, almost a decade. They never visited me back then, to express the idea of habit. Here we used the adverb, never adverbs most often tell us if the past simple is talking about ah habit or just one action in the past. But wait. We can also use simple past tense negation, so they didn't visit me back then also works back then is a general reference to the same period of time in the past. We can't use never because we already have the negation in the past. Didn't did not, and in English we do not use two negatives. We had breakfast here a lot. Ah, lot tells us that this is referring to a habit or a custom, and it's to have breakfast, Remember? So we did this a lot. We ate breakfast at this restaurant quite a bit quite frequently in the past, and just like with used to, we can use and or but to show if the habit continues or not in the present past habits with would we use would very similarly to how we use used to end the past. Simple when talking. What past repeated actions and habits, however, do not use wood. If you are describing past states that is Onley for use to and the past simple. Here are some examples to explain what I mean. I used to snowboard a lot. I snowboarded a lot. I would snowboard a lot. This is an action to snowboard so we can use all three options. I was a student for many years. I used to be a student for many years we can't use would here because this is describing a past state being a student, that is not a repeated action or habit that we use would for. 34. 3.7 Past perfect & continuous: past perfect and past perfect continuous. Both of these are used to show that one action in the past or event happened before another action or event in the past. The past perfect continuous focuses more on the duration and the length of the action. Let's get started so I can show you how to use both and also form them. The past Perfect is used to show that one event or action happened before another event or action in the past. So most commonly the past perfect is used before the past simple and is also an important part of the third conditional. You can learn the conditional if clauses towards the end of this course if you're interested. The past continuous is used differently. We use the past continuous to show that one action started in the past and continued happening until another moment in the past. The past simple is usually used with the past perfect, continuous to show when the action ended. Let's start with the past perfect and how to form it toe form the past perfect. We have the subject plus had, plus the past participle of our main verb. The only thing we have to be ready to change them is the subject which is often contracted , shortened with had and pay attention because the contracted form of a subject and had is the same as the contracted form of a subject and would toe learn about would go to the motile verbs section. Anyways, here's how the past perfect contractions look and sound Along with some examples I had eaten before you arrived home I'd eaten before you arrived home. I had I'd I'd he had already left when they called. He'd already left before they called. He had he'd he'd she had decided before they called on her. She decided before they called on her she had shed shed. It had happened previous to his arrival. It happened previous to his arrival. It had it It noticed here that we really just get an I e d. Sound it when we contract, the T sound disappears. It had it. We had bought our tickets two days before We bought our tickets two days before we had We'd we'd You had had a child before you turned 30. You'd had a child before you turned 30. You had you'd you'd they had graduated before we started school. They've graduated Before we started school. They had they'd they'd passed perfect negative to form the past. Perfect negative. All we do is add not after had had not this could be contracted to form. Hadn't hadn't. I hadn't eaten before you arrived home. He had not already left when they called. She hadn't decided before they called on her. It had not happened previous to his arrival. We hadn't bought our tickets two days before You had not had a child before you turned 30. They hadn't graduated before we started school past perfect questions, Questions in the past Perfect are super easy. Just change the order of the subject And had When we do this, it's inversion. Had I eaten before you arrived home? Had he already left when they called? Had she decided before they called on her? Had it happened previous to his arrival? Had we bought our tickets two days before? Had you had a child before you turned 30? Had they graduated before we started school? Some examples with the past Perfect. Basically the past perfect takes us earlier than the past. Simple happens before the past. Simple. That's it. I'm going to give you some situations to try and explain this better pass. Seema and Raul go to school together and often times they eat. At the Moon Cafe, Raul ate lunch at the Moon Cafe yesterday by Seema also ate lunch at the Moon Cafe. Yesterday, however, they went to eat lunch at different times and did not see each other. Raul ate lunch at noon and returned to school at 12 45. Bossy want ate lunch at one PM and returned to school at 1 45 so she arrived at the cafe 15 minutes after Raul left. We can say when Bass Seema arrived to the cafe, Raul wasn't there. But this doesn't tell us who arrived first and who arrived last. We use the past perfect to explain this and organize the past events. When Besim arrived at the cafe Raul had already left. He had left 15 minutes earlier, were using the past perfect now to show that a past action happened before another past action. They both did something in the past. Yesterday they ate lunch and now we can see the order of these past events and understand why bass Seema didn't see Raul at the cafe. Our next example. Jake has a son. His son was born five years ago, before Jake Son was born. Jake traveled around the world. These are two separate actions in the past. His son was born five years ago, and before his son was born, Jake traveled around the world. So Jake Traveling happened first a longer time ago. Here's how we can combine these ideas in one sentence with the past. Perfect and past simple. Jake had traveled around the world before his son was born five years ago. The past Perfect makes it easy to organize past events. We know clearly that Jig did something travel around the world before his son was born. Depending on the situation, we don't have to use the past perfect. You could also use the past simple. Twice. Jake traveled the world before his son was born five years ago, using past perfect and past simple together helped organize these events better, though, if we just repeat the past simple. We know that things happened before, but the order of events is not as clear. The past perfect, continuous, the past perfect simple that we just discussed is used to show the completion of an event in the past. The past perfect, continuous. What we're just about to look at shows that an action or event in the past was still in progress before another action. The meanings are very similar. The primary difference is that the verb in the past perfect continuous focuses more on the length and duration of the action. The past perfect simple focuses on the completion of the action, the end of it as well. In the continuous tenses, state of verbs and verbs of sense are usually not used. Their preferred in the simple tenses. Verbs like to know, like understand, hear, smell and taste. Finally, actions that are completed at a specific moment are done and finished are not used in the continuous tenses. Verbs like to start, stop and leave. Let's look at how to form the past perfect, continuous and make some more examples to understand it better. How to form the past perfect continuous to form the past perfect continuous. Its subject plus had plus Ben plus the i N G form of the verb. So we add Ben and don't use the past participle Instead, we use the present participle, the i N g form of the verb. That's the same as the gerund. And remember I mentioned before that in the US we pronounce it Ben, like the man's name and in the U. K. And that was where they pronounce it being like the beans that you eat as well. The subject and had contractions are the same as before to I had been eating before you arrived home. He had already been preparing to leave before they called. She'd been deciding what to do before they called on her. It been happening previous to his arrival. We'd always been buying our tickets in advance before this problem occurred. You had been wanting a child long before you turned 30 before they got in trouble. They had been leaving school early without permission, past perfect, continuous in the negative, to form the past perfect, continuous negative. We just add Not after had and before Ben had not been. But that means there are two ways to contract in a negative sentence contract the subject and had or contract had, and not so. For example, I had not been or I hadn't been as an American contracting the subject and hat sounds more British. It's more common in the U. S. To contract had. And not, though, when we do want to add more stress to the not emphasized the negation here in the US, we contract the subject and had so not is by itself adding more emphasis to the negation. I hadn't been eating before you arrived home. I had not been eating before you arrived home. He hadn't already been preparing to leave before they called. He had not already been preparing to leave before they called. She hadn't been deciding what to do before they called on her. She'd not been deciding what to do before they called on her. It had not been happening previous to his arrival. It not been happening previous to his arrival. We hadn't always been buying our tickets in advance before this problem occurred. We had not always been buying our tickets in advance before this problem occurred. You hadn't been wanting a child long before he turned 30. You've not been wanting a child long before you turned 30 before they got in trouble, they hadn't been leaving school early without permission before they got in trouble, they had not been leaving school early without permission. Some examples, like I mentioned there are two main differences between the past perfect and past. Perfect, continuous, most important state of verbs and verbs related to actions completed at a specific moment aren't used in the continuous as well. We generally don't use sense verbs in the continuous either. It's the same for present, continuous, past, continuous and future continuous. So my first example for the past perfect simple. When bass Seema arrived at the Cafe Raul had already left cannot be changed to the past. Perfect. Continuous because you leave once. It is not an action that continues, you leave and then the action is finished. You don't continue leaving, you leave and then you are gone. But our other example Jake had traveled around the world before his son was born five years ago can be turned into the past. Perfect, continuous in the past. Perfect, simple. It focuses on the end of Jakes travels before something else happened. What stopped Jake from traveling? What ended his son being born that ended his travels? Let's turn this example into the past perfect, continuous Jake had been traveling around the world before his son was born five years ago . First of all, the meanings are very similar. There is one slight difference. Now more focus is on Jake traveling and less focus on what ended his traveling. So are the past perfect, continuous and past perfect, simple, very different in meaning? No. The bigger difference is related to state of herbs, sense verbs and one time actions that cannot be used in continuous tenses. So use whichever tense you like, the sound of more and just be sure the verb can be used in that tense. 35. 3.8 52 most common verbs: most common past simple verbs. In this lecture, I'm going to give you the pronunciation of 52 of the most important verbs in the past. Simple. Many are irregular, so they don't follow the typical rules, so this will help you with the pronunciation as well as how to form them. Additionally, I'm including the past participle. Since when the verb is irregular, this is often irregular, too. Don't try to memorize all of these at once. Only the most important verbs, according to the English you use or are trying toe learn. If you need to memorize these words or want to do it more quickly, make flashcards to learn them through repetition and practice with learning. New vocabulary, repetition and consistent study is the most important, so make sure to review the more difficult words at least once a day or a few times each week and use them in your own examples and sentences in writing and saying them out loud. In previous lectures in this section, I spend a lot more time with the verbs to be to have and the past tense E. D. Endings. So if you want to focus on those things a little bit more go a little bit earlier in this section off the course as well. There is a similar lecture to this one in the present tense section so that you can learn how to pronounce these words in the present. Simple to ask asked past participle asked to be has to congregations in the past. For I he she and it we say waas for Wii U. They, we say were the past participle. Is Ben as pronounced in the US then and being if you are in the UK being to become became past participle become to begin Began past participle begun to call called past participle called Can Could no past participle to come came past participle. Come Could could is a mode over so it doesn't change to do. Did past participle done to drink, drink past participle drunk to feel felt past participle felt to find found past participle Found ticket got past participle Gotten to give gave past participle given to go went past participle went to have had past participle. Had to hear heard past participle heard to help helped past participle. Helped to keep kept past participle kept to know new past participle known to leave left past participle left to let let past participle, let to like liked past participle. Liked to live, lived past participle, lived to look, looked past participle, looked to make made past participle. Made May May is a motile verb, so it does not change to mean meant past participle meant Might Might is a motile verb, so it does not change to move. Moved past Participle. Moved to move. Moved past. Participle. Moved to need. Needed past participle needed to play. Played past participle. Played to put put past participle. Put to read. Read past participle. Read the spelling of to Read stays the same in the past and past participle, but in the past simple and the participle. It's pronounced as the color red I read before but in the present and for the infinitive is pronounced. Read, read to run ran past participle Run to say said past participle said. Like in the present, this is a very often mispronounced word. In the past, the infinitive is, say, the same vowel as hey, but the past, simple and participle is said with a vowel like the man's name, Ed said to see saw past participle seen to seem seemed past participle seemed should should is a motile verb. So does not change to show showed past participle shown to start Started past participle. Started to take. Took past participle. Taken to talk. Talked past participle. Talked to tell told past participle. Told to think thought past participle thought to try. Tried past participle. Tried to turn turned past participle turned to use. Used past participle used to want wanted past participle. Wanted will Will is a moat over. So we do not change it to work. Worked past participle worked, would and would is a motive, Herb, so we do not change it. 36. 4.1 Present perfect USE 1: present perfect conjugation before we look at the present Perfect. It's very important to know how to form it. So let's start here. I have becomes, I've I've we have becomes we've we've you have becomes you've you've they have becomes. They've they've he has becomes. He's he's she has becomes she's she's it has becomes its It's after have or has we put the past participle? The past participle is the form of the verb that ends in e. D. For regular verbs like watched, played wanted, some popular irregular verb past participles are done for to do Ben or being for it to be and gone for to Go. Let's see some examples with both regular and irregular conjugation. I've cleaned the kitchen and how it looks great. We've finished cooking the chicken and now we can eat that. They've done their homework so they can watch some TV. She's already gone to bed, so she'll talk to you tomorrow. You've been asked that question a lot. It must be annoying. Present Perfect. Negative. I have not becomes. I haven't I haven't. We have not. We haven't. We haven't. You have not you haven't. You haven't? They have not. They haven't. They haven't. He has not. He hasn't. He hasn't. She has not. She hasn't? She hasn't. It has not. It hasn't. It hasn't. Let's make the negative together, using the same examples from the positive. Also pay attention to why you think we're using the present perfect in these examples. Because they are all for use one. And we're going to be looking at four uses for the present. Perfect. In this section, I clean the kitchen, so it doesn't look great. Now I have not. I haven't cleaned the kitchen, so it doesn't look great. Now we finish the chicken so we can't eat yet. We have not. We haven't finished the chicken, so we can't eat yet. They done their homework so they can't watch some TV. They have not. They haven't done their homework. So they can't watch some TV. She gone to bed yet? So she can talk to you for a little while. She has not. She hasn't gone to bed yet, so she can talk to you for a while. You been asked that question a lot. That must be nice. You have not. You haven't been asked that question a lot. That must be nice present. Perfect questions. We use inversion for asking questions here for the present. Perfect inversion means that we change the order of the subject and the verb to have Have I finished? Have I finished? Have we done a good job? Have you answered the question? Have they returned yet? Has he been fired? Has she gone to the store? Has it happened already? So the word order for asking questions is have or has followed by the subject and then the past participle. Let's quickly review the past participle, the regular past participle for regular verbs. The past participle ends in e d. Walk, walked, look, looked, want wanted irregular past participle for irregular verbs. The past participle does not end in e. D. For some irregular verbs, their irregular past simple form will be the same as their e regular past participle form like had and brought. But this is not always true. And for other verbs, their past simple and past participle are different. Like I broke it, it has broken. I spoke. I've spoken, so you will just need to memorize these works. That's why I always recommend that you look up. You look at a new verb that you find or learn in the dictionary to see how regular or how irregular it is. Present perfect use one. The first use of the present perfect is to show that something happened, occurred or was finished in the past, and that there is some result or consequence that affects us. Impacts us right now. In the current moment. Let's look at our examples from before to see what that exactly means. I've cleaned the kitchen and now it looks great. I did the cleaning earlier. The cleaning is already finished, but now in the present moment I can see that it looks great. That is the effect or consequence of the previous action. How does it affect us now by looking Great things look better now than they did before. We've finished the chicken and now we can eat. So we finished doing something before we finish the food because we finished cooking now we can eat it. The result now is that we can eat. If we didn't finish then right now, we would be unable to eat. They haven't done their homework so they can't watch TV. The kids didn't finish their homework before. So the consequence now is negative because the action wasn't completed in the past. The result in this case is bad. They can't do what they wanted to do right now because of something they did not do earlier . She hasn't gone to bed yet, so she can talk to you for a little while. If she already went to bed, then she would be unable to talk Right now. The past action would prevent the present action. However, she did not go to sleep yet. So the result is that she is able to talk now to summarize the first use of the present. Perfect is to show that something has or has not been completed and what effect that has or had on the present moment. President Perfect in the United States. Oftentimes American speakers will use the past simple instead of the present perfect to describe use one. Really, we use both, but you will also often very often hear America speakers use the past simple to describe an action that was or was not completed and its effect on the present situation. So this is acceptable, very acceptable in spoken American English. However, on a test, you must use the correct tents or you will lose points. Let's use our previous examples one more time to show you how an American might say these things. I've cleaned the kitchen, and now it looks great. An American might say I clean to the kitchen and out looks great. We've finished the chicken and now we can eat. We finished the chicken, and now we can eat American and British speakers and the pronunciation of Ben or being in the United States, we pronounce Ben ah, lot differently than most other parts of the English speaking world in the U. S. Ben sounds exactly like the man's name Ben. However, in most other parts of the world, it's pronounced bean, as in a bean like you eat us, Ben everywhere else being I've been to the store today, I've bean to the store today. She's been here for 20 minutes. She's being here for 20 minutes. I teach American English, but I want to make sure that you know these differences geographic differences in the language because it will make a big difference depending on what types of materials you listen to or watch or who you're speaking with 37. 4.1 :LIVE Present perfect 1: topic present. Perfect use one. And how is it different than the past? Simple. So let's say we have this, actually, I should tell you. First of all, in the United States, we don't use the present perfect for this. We use past simple so in the US, for everything I'm about to tell you, we generally use the pass simple, but I'll tell you when we do use the present perfect, especially if you want to be very specific. So here's an example. In the past, I did laundry. It's fairly reasoned in the fast. So in the past I did laundry. Maybe it's it's a chore. It's something I had to do. So I've done the laundry. So now I can play video games. So it's something I did. And how is it affecting me right now? I'm able to play video games, so it's something I did fairly recently. Okay, so I've done the laundry. So now in the present. So we have the recent past not too long ago, And how is it affecting me in the present? Well, it's allowing me to play video games, so maybe maybe my mom said, you cal it if you want to play video games, you have to do your wash. You have to do your laundry first. So I have done my laundry. So now I can play video games. Here's the thing with this is use one. What we are doing is with the present perfect for use one the most important to use for the present. Perfect. We're showing that we did something in the past, not too long ago, or or just not so long ago, because it still has a strong impact on the present. This is the main difference, because in the past, simple. What we're saying is we did something in the past and there's just not much of an impact, not as much as the present perfect. And I'll give you the same example in the past. Simple. I can also say, you know, I did laundry, but there's really no emphasis, no focus on the present. So I could say in the past I did laundry and that's it. I'm just focusing on something in the past is completed. It's done. It doesn't really affect me now. So I could say in the past, you know, I did my laundry That's it. Who cares? And now I'm play video games is not connected to this past action. So we used the past simple primarily for inaction that's completed in the past. It's done and it doesn't really have a strong effect on us in the present. The present perfect for use one is really trying to focus on how something we did more recent in the past is affecting us. Now let's say I have drunk coffee. You can also say drink and spoken English. You could say in further for the present. Perfect. You could say I've drunker. I've drank same thing. So I've drink coffee. I've drunk coffee this morning and now I feel really caffeinated. I have tons of energy because of all the coffee I drank. So when we use the present perfect. If you're ever taking a test, you should do this aisles. Tofel towing any English test You should know this when you use the present Perfect. It's somehow affecting us. Now talking about uses 23 and four. That's when we use yet already Ah, have ever these types of expressions tell us that we're using the present perfect. So if you use just or yet, or already use the present. Perfect because it's grammatically correct. But in the US, we often don't use the present. Perfect. So here in the US, I could say, I've just drank coffee and now I have lots of energy. Technically, you should use the present perfect, because that's the grammatically correct structure. But in the US, we don't like the present perfect. We just used the past simple, except sometimes some times in the US if we really this is really the only time we use it. If we want to emphasize that we just did something or that it happened more recently, like in the more recent past, we will use the present perfect. So if I really, really want to stress it like you know, I've I've done my wash is really not even focusing on anything happening here. It's really kind of for us, just a way to say the past simple but moving a little bit closer to the present. So in the US for use, want for use one. We don't really use this. We just use the past simple, and we used time adverbs to make it clear and obvious. about what we're talking about when the action happened, just moving a little bit closer to the present and that's it. So again, if you're in the UK, Australia, New Zealand, the Caribbean, you know any English speaking part of the world, not in the US you want to use the present perfect to describe something that happened recently in the past and it affecting you now. So that could be like I've done my wash meaning. I have washed my clothes and now I can play video games. So this past action in the present perfect use one is affecting me Now. I did something and it has an effect on me now. This is the most important thing to realize for the present. Perfect in English. I'll give you one more example. Let's say I've eaten. So let's see, I ate right, So I can also say I ate by itself. It's a past completed action with no focus on how it effects or influences me in the presence. But if I say I ve eaten and now I'm full. So I'm really focusing on the effect, how eating influences me. And basically I'm saying I've eaten and now I'm full. So we use the present Perfect to say that we did something recently and that it is affecting me. Some how now? But in the in the United States, we don't really care about that. So I can also say by eight and now I'm full. So in the US, we use the past simple in the exact same way that most other people will use the present. Perfect. So in the US, for the exact same meaning I can say I ate and now in fourth, most other people will say I've eaten and now I'm full. So in the U. S. You can use the past simple. Actually, it's it's much, much more common instead of using the present perfect. However, sometimes if we really want to focus like I said, we will use the present. Perfect. So again I ate and now in full, I've eaten and now I'm full. The present perfect really shows us that connection. So for use one, this is the most important thing to realize. But in the U. S. There's really no difference between the present perfect and the past simple to show this connection, but generally for correct grammar. You should say the past simple for actions that are finished and done and don't really affect us. Now, President Perfect affects us now some way, All right, so that with our main focus 38. 4.2 Present perfect USE 2: president. Perfect Use number two. So I just introduced you to the present. Perfect how to for Mitt and its first, maybe most important use. But there's also three other ones. So let's cover use to and what that means present Perfect. With just we used the present perfect with just to describe something that happened very recently A short time ago, very recently in the past Word order we put just in between in the middle of have or has and the past participle I we you they have just arrived. He she it has just happened. I'm going to give you a few examples with just you will have the complete sentence And I want you to explain in your own words what just means in the sentence and why we're using it. Then I will give my explanation so that you can hear what I think about it. Let's do it. Is your friend here? No, he's just left left is irregular, comes from to leave and in my opinion, were using just to explain that my friend very recently, just a few moments ago, left, went home or decided to go somewhere else just is great for telling us that the action happened a very short time ago, so recently, so recently that maybe we can still find him leaving or have him return if we wanted to. Do you want something to eat? No, thanks. We've just eaten. No, I don't want more food. Why? Because me and my friends and very recently, eight I don't say win. Exactly. But it was recent enough that I am not hungry again at the moment that the person asks, Did you hear what happened? I've just read an article about it. So there's something important that happened. We don't know when that happened, but it sounds like it was also fairly recently because of the way we're talking about it. But what we know happened is that very recently a short time ago, I read an article about it. That's why I use just and a quick but very helpful pronunciation tip for the infinitive. It is to read in the present simple. I read. He reads, she reads, present continuous reading doesn't change future will read same. But in the past, I read just like the color and in the past participle I've read. So whenever you are in the past. It sounds like the color red I've read. I read it, and from the present to the future, it's always read if you're in a perfect tense and you need to use the participle red like the color a note about regional use in the U. S. And spoken English, we often, like I mentioned, use the past simple instead of the present. Perfect. This is the same for use to with just I just ate. I just went to the store. You can and we sometimes do, but less frequently use the present perfect with just too mean a short time ago. But more commonly, we will just use in the United States the past simple president, Perfect with already. Okay, so the word order doesn't change at all. Already comes just like with just before the main verb. And here the main verb is our participle. When used with the present, perfect already means that something was done before it was expected before it was planned . Also, it can just mean early or before. Let's look at some examples, pause the video and try to explain why we use already and what it means in the sentence. Do you want to see that movie tonight? Oh, I've already seen it. I saw it last night with Sarah here. For the person asking the question already sounds like before, expected or planned because they wanted to see it with me first. But for me, the person responding, it sounds more like before or previously. Hey, I'm calling to see if you remember to pick me up from school today. Oh, of course I've already left. So I will be there in just five minutes. In this example, the first person is asking to see if their friend remembered to give them a ride home after school. And we know they remembered because they already went to get them meaning before even making the call to see if they remembered their friend was on the way to get them. They left Previously left before, earlier, Prior to my friend bought me this book for Christmas, but I've already read It is Christmas. Your friend bought you a book, but you read it in the past before they bought it for you as a gift. You already read it. You read it before it was given to you. You read it previously. Earlier. So for your friend, you read it earlier than they expected earlier than they planned. They would not have bought you the book if they knew you already read it. Notes again about American English. This is a huge difference between American and British. English is very common in American English to replace this use of the present perfect almost entirely with the past. Simple, however, for a British or other English speaker, it probably sounds wrong because, though of American film and culture, on TV and in movies, it is becoming much more normal and typical to hear this. But for many English speakers outside of the U. S, they will still say it's wrong. But like I said in the US, it is much, much more common to use the past simple here. But even if you are in the U. S. If you're taking a test, used the corrected grammar. Don't use the regional choice unless you get permission present. Perfect with yet in a question we use yet toe ask if something has happened by that particular time. We're asking if it has happened until that moment. If it has already occurred in a negative sentence, were also saying that it has not happened. Did not occur before that moment. So Onley use yet in the negative ending questions. There are two ways we can use yet in a negative sentence and in a question, so in a negative sentence, that means it's either used with hasn't or haven't in a question. As you know, the word order changes and have or has now goes to the beginning of the sentence. Where to put. Yet the word order for yet is different from just and already yet comes at the end of the sentence one more time put. Yet at the end of this sentence, here are some examples you give your explanation and then listen to mine. Let's watch that new movie. Have you seen it yet? No, I haven't seen it yet. Let's watch it this weekend, the first person asked their friend if they have already seen the movie. But we don't use already because we use yet in questions and the answer is no. The friend has not seen it yet. So up until their conversation, neither of them has seen the movie Not yet I can't go shopping today because I haven't been paid yet. What's going on here? Someone needs to go shopping, but they can't. Why not? Because they haven't been paid before and up until the moment when they are needing the money to do something. They haven't received the payment yet. They did not receive the money previously, so they cannot do that activity. This shows us that they will be paid sometime after this conversation. But it did not happen before or during the conversation and noticed that the Verba have is negative. Haven't If it's not a question, then we need the negative. Well, that's if we want to use. Yet. Have you asked your boss for the day off yet? No, not yet. Someone is asking their friend if they already previously asked their boss not toe work on a specific day. Their friends says no. They did not previously already ask to not work that day, so we can assume they will ask later. But we really don't know use in the United States. The main rules stay the same for yet. It has to be in a native sentence or in a question, However, since we often use it with the past. Simple. We use didn't instead of haven't or hasn't and we use did toe ask a question instead of have remember in the US it is perfectly fine to use the present perfect. But it's not as common as in the UK or other parts of the English speaking world. Let's change our examples from before to a more American style. Let's watch that new movie. Did you see it yet? No, I didn't see it. Let's watch it this weekend. First, we can still use the examples from before in the present. Perfect. We still do that in the US But here we use did now because more common here. And we're asking a question in the past. Simple. So we need did in our main verb stays in the infinitive. I can't go shopping today because I wasn't paid yet. We used the past simple in the negative was not or wasn't and change nothing else yet still goes at the end of the sentence. Did you ask your boss for the day off yet? No, not yet. Were only changing the tents from present perfect toe pass simple. And this sentence has a question. So the question is, in the past, simple. Which needs did, followed by the infinitive, which here is ask yet still goes at the end, and the other person's response doesn't change at all because it is a short response that doesn't use a verb. American versus British. I just want to clarify to make it clear in the U. S. You can still use the present perfect whenever you want to, and no one will care or notice. However, it is more common, much more common for native English speakers from the US to use the past simple instead of the present. Perfect for this use. So if you want to sound like an American, start doing this. If you want to sound more British, don't make this change. Continue to use the present. Perfect. Finally, on a test whether you are in the US or the UK, use the present perfect when you are supposed to 39. 4.3 Present perfect USE 3: present Perfect use. Three. Use three is the most popular use for the present. Perfect. It's especially popular for asking someone about things they have or have not done in their life. At some point toe ask about anything from their past until the present moment. It can be big questions or small questions. So let's figure out how to use this use for the present. Perfect. Hear the questions are mundane. Pretty small. Have you watched this movie? Yes, I have. It's great. Have you talked to her today? No, I haven't talked to her yet. Have you? Ever. But if we had ever to the question Although it's not necessary now we are asking about life experiences. If you have done or experienced something ever at least one time in your life, these questions tend to be bigger of Mawr significance. Have you ever traveled to France? Yes. I have traveled to friends before. Several times. Actually. Have you ever been in a car crash? No, I've never been in a car crash. Has your son ever broken a bone? Yeah, he has twice. It was terrible. Has your daughter ever failed a class? Yes. She once filled in art class, I have never. And as you can see from the previous responses, if you haven't done something, the negative response to ever is never Have you ever lied to your parents? No, I've never lied to my parents. Has it ever stopped working without warning? No, Never. It's always worked great. Has anyone ever broken into your house? No. No one has ever done that. And remember in English, we cannot have a double negative. That's why we say no one ever not No. One. Never before. Also, if you have or haven't done something before, it is common to put before at the end of your response. I have never been there before. I've met him before. She has never taught that before. He's used a computer before American Cultural Note. So far, I've been telling you that Americans don't use the present perfect. But when asking about life experiences or what people have ever or never done, we do use the present perfect. Quite often, though, we do. Sometimes again, he was the present simple. When we feel like it, have you ever It's just a great way, and it sounds pretty nice to in the present perfect when asking people about previous experiences or about things they've done, witnessed or fulfilled. And in the US, we still use it. Like I said, Not always, but it's more common here for this use use three. 40. 4.4 Present perfect USE 4: president. Perfect use for the present. Perfect is used to talk about things that happened in the past and continue to the present moment. Propositions for and since are often used to describe these types of situations and therefore are used very, very often with the present. Perfect. If you're using foreign sense, they're probably in the present perfect or one of the perfect tenses. But I'm not going to tell you how to use foreign since yet that's for the next lecture. I am going to use them in our examples in this lecture, but I want you to try to notice first their use before I explain it in detail in the next lecture. Right now, I'm going to give you some examples with the present perfect help. You understand its use and you are going to pay attention to four. And since to see if you see any clues before I explain it, markets in Las Vegas from March 1st toe, March 7th. Today is March 4th. So he is in Las Vegas right now. But how long has he been there? How long has Mark been in Las Vegas? This might be a question people ask him during his trip. There are two ways he can answer this question. He can say I've been here for four days or he can say I've been here since March 1st. What Mark is saying is that he already arrived toe Las Vegas and is still here. Let's do another example. It's the year 2020 and linen Rick are married, so they are married right now. Someone asks them, How long have you been married? They can answer in two ways. They can say we've been married for 10 years and they can say we've been married since 2000 and 10. So they were married in the past and are still married today and continue to be married when they give their response in the present. One final example, I have a friend named Briana. We met in the past and became friends in the past. We actually became friends in high school. We were in high school about 20 years ago. We continue to be friends today. Someone asks me, How long have you been friends with Briana? I have a couple ways to respond. I can first say I have been friends with Briana since high school. Or I can say I've been friends with Briana for about 20 years. We became friends in the past sometime during high school or about 20 years ago, and we continue to be friends today. This is what use for off the present. Perfect is four to show that something happened in the past and continues to the present moment. A note about American use of use. Four off the present. Perfect. This is another perfect tense that Americans use. Quite commonly, we do not use the simple past described this meeting. So here we must use the present perfect tense at all times as a basic rule when we see four , and since every English speaker will use the perfect tense so as a note and a really helpful tool for you when you see four incense, you are overwhelmingly likely to use one of the perfect tenses 41. LIVE: Present perfect, uses 2, 3 and 4!: present perfect uses 23 and four. As you're about to see, I'm going to use similar examples for each of the for each use to illustrate the differences in meaning care. So let's get right to it. Use to is basically whenever we use just already. And yet for just in a statement, it goes between have or has in the participle. I have just hiked up the mountain. We have just made a snowman. They have just flown to the moon in a question. It goes between the subject and participle. Have I just hiked up the mountain? Have I just made a snowman? Have we have they just flown to the moon? So why use? All right, so I use it. Why is just to show that something happened Super recently, Not long ago at all? Mere moments ago. And we often add more emphasis to the word just because we want to make that the focus of the sentence winded. I do these things. I just did that for already here. The grammar is exactly the same. But why do we use already to show something happened before happened previously or toe? Ask if something happened previously. I already hiked up the mountain. I already, uh or or I already hiked up the mountain. We already made a snowman. We already made a snowman. They have already flown to the moon. Have they already flown to the moon? And finally, yet yet always goes at the end of a sentence, and it's on Lee, used in negative sentences and in questions in negative sentences, is the negative form off already. So the things that did not happen previously, I didn't hike up the mountain yet. We didn't make the snowman yet. They didn't fly to the moon yet in questions, we are asking if something happened Previously did I hike up the mountain yet? Did we make a snowman yet? Did they fly to the moon yet? And finally, if you're in the US, we use the past simple more often for use to, but on a test, you should always use the present perfect. When you see just already and yet use three, it's we're asking about moments in a person's life. If they did something especially big, important events to do this, we ask, Have you ever And in the participle for the action the big thing they might have done. We can also ask about other people. Has she or has he ever uh, have you ever hiked up to the top of a mountain? Your daughter? Has she ever made a snowman? Have you ever flown to the moon? Typically, it's for big moments, but it might be for any curiosity you want to talk about for use three. Most Americans prefer to use the present perfect here. It just makes the question sound bigger, more important and makes the speakers curious. Okay, Use four use for happened before and continues. It continues to the present moment. The big thing to realize here is that we almost always use four. And since for this meeting for and since both show us the duration of a time but in different ways, we put a period of time after four, and we put a date or definite time after since I have hiked up this mountain since I was a child, or I have hiked up this mountain for decades Here. This is an action that I do again and again. I started doing it in the past and continue doing it. Uh, I have made snowmen with my daughter since we moved here or have made snowmen with my daughter for many years Now again, it's an action. We repeat. We have done it every winter until present. Maybe it will change in the future, Who knows? And I have been on the moon since 2010 or I've been on the moon for nine years here. This action has been constant. I have not returned to Earth in nine years because I've been on the moon, and at this time I continue to the on the moon and for use for we always use the present perfect. As a rule, use it when you see four and since related to time. So those are uses 23 and four. If you got some of your own examples, send them my way, and I guess that's it. 42. 4.5 Since / Ago: four, and sins both, for instance, are used to mean how long, but we use them differently, depending on how we describe or think about a duration. So when the last lecture, we focused on situations using four. And since, let's look specifically now at the use of four and since four use four plus a period of time by period of time, I mean for seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, years, decades and so on. It can also be more general expressions like for a long time, for a short time as well. When you see or want to use four, it will most likely be in a perfect tense. I'm going to give you some examples. So if you haven't watched the previous lecture about how to use the present perfect for use four. Watch that first. I've waited for one month for my package to arrive, so I started waiting in the past and continue to wait at the moment of speaking. Will it arrive soon with the information available? We don't know yet. She's been waiting for 10 years for this promotion. She started waiting at least 10 years ago to get promoted and is still waiting at the current moment. Will she get the promotion? Unfortunately, we don't know with just the information in this example. She's lived in Mexico for six years, so she started to live in Mexico six years ago, and at the time of speaking, she still lives in Mexico, continues to live in Mexico. Will she live in Mexico a lot longer? We don't know. He's saved up for a long time to buy a new car. Now we have a less specific period of time, but it's still a period of time. He started saving money a long time ago. We don't know when exactly, but in his opinion it was a long time ago and at the time of speaking continues to save money for that new car. Will he save enough with this information from the example? We don't know, since we use since plus the start of a period of time, that is a specific date, a specific time, not a period of time, not a duration of time for a date or time, we say, since since nine o'clock since Monday, since 1990 since yesterday, it can also be more general since I was a child since my early teenage years since I became a father. Let's use our last examples and change them to use since instead of four. I've waited since April for my package to arrive. In the for example, I said, I've waited for one month. So if this is the same situation, it must now be may when I say this. So April. Here is the start of that period of time, and one month is the period of time, the period of time lasting one month. She's been waiting since 2000 and seven for this promotion, so she has been waiting a long time since 2000 and seven. Another way to say it, like in the original example, is for 10 years, because that's the current year. In this example, 2007 is when she started toe weight, and 10 years is the duration the period off her weight. She's lived in Mexico since her first child was born. Originally, we said she's lived there for six years. That's the duration off her time until the present moment. We can also say, since her first child was born, she's lived in Mexico. That is one way to describe the start of her time in Mexico. So at the time of speaking, her firstborn child must be six years old. He saved up, since he can remember to buy a new car. Originally, we said he's been saving up for a long time, which is not such a specific amount of time. Maybe his idea of a long time is not our idea off a long time, but it's still a period of time and needs four to describe it now, using since, he says since he can remember, this is even more general now, even less specific, However, it does describe the start of a period of time. It is for him the start of being able to remember anything, so that must be really far back in time. But listening to this guy, I think he is exaggerating. Who really knows how long he has been saving money for this car? Do you see how similar sense and four are since and four can be used to describe the exact same amount of time? We just use one with periods of time. Like for two years, I've saved all my money and the other with the start of that period of time. Like since 2018 I've saved all my money ago, we most often used since and four when using one of the perfect tenses. But with ago, the main rule is don't to use it in a perfect tense. That's because ago usually describes an action that started and finished in the past. And the present perfect usually continues right up until the present moment. So don't use ago in the perfect tenses, because it doesn't make sense. So what does ago? Tell us I'm going to give you three examples first, and you try to guess before I give you the exact definition. When did you get home? Today. I got home about two hours ago. When did you start working at your current company? But while ago I started working at my current job. Like 12 years ago. When did you meet your boyfriend? Pretty recently. We met each other about two weeks ago. So ago Means before now, two hours before now, 12 years before now, two weeks before. Now, if you look at the examples, these air periods of time from the past that stopped in the past do not continue now. And when we describe something that started and ended in the past, that is not the present perfect notice. Also that ago comes after follows the period of time that it describes. 43. 4.6 Present perfect or past simple?: present perfect vs past. Simple. We use the past simple to talk about things that have already finished were completed in the past and do not affect us right now. In the present moment, their consequences were felt much more in the past. We're not focusing on now. There are some adverbs and other time references that really help us know which tends to use. We'll look at that a little bit more in this lecture as well. Some other aspects to differentiate know the difference between when to use present, perfect and past simple. I did it yesterday. I did the action. I started it and I finished it yesterday. That means it is not close to the present, which is what we use. The perfect tense four. I saw a movie last week. Again, I watched the movie last week, which is far removed from now. The action was finished a while ago, and there's no way that I can continue watching it until the President moment. If I did it one week ago, I ate lunch at noon. My lunch was eaten at new. The action has a clear start time and end time. I started at noon and ended at noon. I started and finished during that one hour. It is removed from the present, so I can't use the present. Perfect. I must use the past Simple. My son was born in 1990. We don't know what year it is when the person says this, but we do know Ah, person is only born once and they were born in 1990. There is no way we can use the present Perfect when we know that this happened in the past . Sometime in 1990 I met my girlfriend for the first time. Two weeks ago I met her and then sometime after that, we began dating Pay attention. Though I met her the first time two weeks ago. The two weeks ago tells us that the action happened in the past and stopped completely. We have to use the past simple to express that if you try to use the present perfect, it will be very confusing because you cannot do something until the present moment. If it ended two weeks ago, questions with the past. Simple. When asking questions with when and what time you will want to use the past. Simple and not the present perfect. That's because we are asking about things that began and ended in the past and don't affect us right now in the present. Also, some people pronounce the H in what and when most people don't. So you might hear some people say when and what most people will say when and what. Here are some examples. When did you visit your parents? I visited them last weekend. No matter what the response to this question is, it must have already happened and already finished sometime in the past. Unless if I did not visit my parents yet. But that's the past. Simple negative. What time did she call you? Oh, she called me at midnight. It's the same here. The call happened in the past and is removed from the present. Any type of question where we ask what time will be asking about an action that has already been completed and finished present, perfect and past simple comparison. I'm going to ask very similar questions, one in the present, perfect and one in the past. Simple. After hearing the question, pause the video and try to explain, in your own words, what differences there are using past simple versus present. Perfect. Then you will hear my explanation. Good luck. I've lost my wallet. I lost my wallet last month. Let's start with the past. Simple. This event happened a while ago last month. So at the time of speaking, it has a very little consequence for the present. But when I say I have lost my wallet, it is affecting me greatly in the present. Maybe we're about to leave the house, but now I can't find it. Or maybe we recently ate at a restaurant, and now it's gone. Probably still at the restaurant, we use the present perfect to show that the action is having a strong, obvious impact on the present circumstance. The past simple can still have some impact. Like maybe I never found my wallet last month and I'm still trying to get new credit cards . But that requires extra context and still doesn't give the same meaning where Sarah she's gone toe work where Sarah she went toe work a while ago. Pretty similar sentences right in both. Sarah is no longer at that place where I'm asking the question, but there is one important difference that both American and British speakers recognize when you use the present perfect. The action is understood to have happened more recently. So in the present perfect example, maybe it's possible to see her just by looking out the front window. If she's just, if she's if she has just left for work and in the past, simple. We don't use adverbs that mean very recently, or we shouldn't with proper grammar, like when you're taking a test. We use adverbs related to time that tell us that something happened longer ago. Further in the past, completed and done, and a while ago means she left not recently, but longer in the past. Remember past simple with adverbs of time that are further in the past, present perfect with adverbs that are more recent like just American use. It's important to understand the small, subtle differences between the present perfect and past simple. Even though Americans don't always use the present perfect, we still can understand the difference in meaning when it is used, and use it intentionally when we need to communicate these important ideas related to time . So just because you want to focus on American English doesn't mean you can ignore the present perfect, because we still use it a lot in the United States, though not as often, and we still communicate with a lot of native speakers from outside of the U. S. 44. 4.7 Present perfect continuous: president Perfect. Continuous. The president, perfect continuous can be used to describe actions that have just ended as well as other actions that continue. The main difference between the present perfect, continuous and the present perfect is that the president, perfect continuous focuses more on the duration of these actions. The present perfect continuous has two main uses. First for actions has started sometime in the past and continue at the present moment. This can even be like living somewhere, which is like a repeated action or hobby, because usually we start a hobby in the past and continue doing it until the present time and probably keep doing it later as we continue second for actions that have just finished and have consequences in the present. So very similar to the president. Perfect, simple, but a stronger focus on the duration in the US We use the president perfect, continuous ah lot, but really only for the first use for Americans. We often use the present simple instead of the present perfect continuous with its second use, but they do use it a lot in the UK and other parts of the English speaking world. This is similar to how we often avoid using the present perfect. Let's start by looking at how to form the present perfect, continuous, and then we'll look deeper at its use and meaning how to form the present. Perfect continues. First, we need the subject, then have or has plus Ben and the i N g form of the verb, the president participle. If your subject is I we you they use have If your subject is he she it use has we pronounce it? Ben in the U. S. And in most other parts of the world is pronounced closer to being. And after that, our main verb ending an i n g. The present participle. Today I have been playing computer games or contracted today. I've been playing computer games this week. He or she has been calling me a lot or he or she's been calling me a lot. Lately. It has been working well or lately. It's been working well this year we have been working on a lot, or this year we've been working a lot. Recently you have been acting strange or recently you've been acting strange this afternoon they have been busy or this afternoon they've been busy present, perfect, continuous in the negative to form the negative. All we do is add not after have or has contracted. He's become haven't and hasn't haven't. Hasn't we have to contraction options, shorten the subject and have or has or shortened, have or has with not contracting, have or has with not is more common and contracting the subject and have or has as more stress to the negation by leaving? Not all by itself. Today I haven't been playing computer games or today I've not been playing computer games this week. He or she hasn't been calling me a lot, or this week he's not or she's not been calling me a lot lately. It hasn't been working well or lately. It's not been working well this year. We haven't been working a lot, or this year we've not been working a lot recently. You haven't been acting strange recently. You've not been acting strange this afternoon. They haven't been busy this afternoon. They've not been busy asking questions with the present perfect continuous asking questions with the present perfect Continuous is super easy. Just change the order of the subject and have or has as Well, our time references will now go to the end of the sentence. Have I been playing computer games today? Has he or she been calling me a lot this week? Has it been working well lately? Have we been working a lot this year? Have you been acting strange recently? Have they been busy this afternoon? Present Continuous versus perfect. Continuous. Now you know how to form the president. Perfect. Continuous. But before we do some more examples to make everything easily understood, you need to know the difference between present continuous and the present perfect continuous. The present continuous Onley cares about what is happening now. It does not care about when something started or when it ends. The present perfect continuous does care. That's something started in the past and with a second use. It can also mean that the action very recently ended and has an impact on the present moment. So present, continuous on. Li tells us what's happening at this moment that an action is continuing without any idea about when it started or might end The president perfect. Continuous either tells us that something started in the past and continues at the current moment. That's the first use. Or that inaction started in the past and very recently ended and has some effect on the present. That's the second use. Hey, what have you been doing today? Oh, today I've been busy. I've mostly been studying for the test tomorrow, but I've also been preparing for a job interview. The initial question, What have you been doing today? Is asking us about things we did recently specifically today. They might be things we stopped doing earlier today, or maybe were still doing them because their meanings are so similar. You can actually respond with the present. Perfect too. So I've studied for the test tomorrow, but I've also prepared for a job interview with the present. Perfect. Continuous. There's more focus on the length and duration of the action. Plus it might still be continuing. Hey, wool, I haven't seen you in a long time. Have you been staying up to date on the news? So someone has not seen me in a long time? An expression for this is a long time. No see. Their question is in the present. Perfect. Then they ask wool a question in the present perfect continuous have you been staying up to date on the news? To stay up to date on something is to remain informed, know what's happening. So he's asking wool. Have you informed yourself about the events in the news events starting in the past and continuing until the moment he asks him the question. Have you been staying informed about events happening until now? Have you been sick this whole month? What's being asked here? They're asking the person about how long they have been sick. They got sick sometime in the past and either continue to be sick in the present, used one or just recently stopped being sick in the past use to. So let's look at how we can respond for both. Yeah, I've been sick this whole month and still am or yeah, I've been sick this whole month, but I just got better. Now. I have a ton of work to do. Basketball is his favorite hobby. He's been playing it for 10 years now. I guess that means he's been playing it since he was 12. Here's our hobby example. It could be a habit, custom or anything else has started in the past and continues. Until now, she hasn't been living in Thailand for a year. She's only been living there for a month. This is still use one, and this time it's about living somewhere. A slight difference here with the perfect continuous, is how something can sound more temporary. For example, if I was born in Thailand and lived there for my whole life, it sounds more permanent to use the present perfect. The present perfect continuous can sound like inactions, more temporary compared to other events, but not always so. While she has lived in Thailand for a month, it's a relatively short amount of time, and we don't know if she plans on staying there very long into the future. 45. 5.1 Future with present continuous: future plans with the present continuous Now you might be thinking that, Hey, we already looked at the present continuous and we know how to use it. But you can also use the present continuous to talk about the future. So let's do that right. So we really looked at the present, continuous with some examples we looked at like I'm eating right now. He's trying on clothes at the store. Currently, we're watching a movie at the moment. With these time adverbs now, currently end at the moment, it's obvious that we're describing things happening now, but we also use the present continuous to talk about the future, especially future plans. Later, in this section, we're going to learn how to use will and Will is usually four plans farther in the future, while the president continuous is generally for plans that are closer to the present, just like now, currently and at the moment, tell us that something is happening Now we use the present continuous with adverbs related to the future to let us know that we're talking about the future or future plans on eating at the new seafood restaurant tomorrow. Here Tomorrow tells us that We're not doing this activity now. We're planning to do it later. He's traveling to Spain next year. He's not traveling to Spain right now. He's traveling to Spain next year. It's his plan for the next summer. Maybe. What are you doing tonight? If I just asked, What are you doing? It would sound like I was asking about this very moment, but I asked about tonight. So I'm asking about your plans tonight. What you're doing later, Not now. Are you going to class today? Let's say we're in college class hasn't started yet, and it's optional to go. So I'm texting you and asking if you plan to go to class, because if you aren't going to class today, then maybe I'm not either. So we use the present continuous when talking about the future for plans and arrangements in some languages, like in French and Spanish. You can use the present simple to do this, not in English. We never use the present simple to talk about future plans. If you use the present simple to talk about the future, it will sound strange. So don't do it. Timetables and programs for things that have a set schedule. That doesn't change. We use the present simple, like a bus schedule or when a movie starts or finishes or when a TV show is on each day of the week. These air closer to being habits, which is when we use the present. Simple. So if you're describing the bus scheduled to a friend, we say the bus comes at noon. This is not actually talking about the future. It's talking about something that happens every day. It always comes at noon. It's a schedule that doesn't change now. If you change your meaning in situation, you can also say the bus is leaving at noon, but now it sounds like you're currently running to the bus. You have no idea about its regular schedule, and Onley know that it is leaving at this moment. And you were planning to get on at this time. The same if you go to the cinema toe, watch a movie, we say the movie starts at nine. I'm not expressing an idea about the future. I'm describing how every day while the movie is playing at this cinema, it is shown at 9 p.m. That is the program and just like with the bus example. If we change or meaning, we can say the movie is playing at nine, but now we're not talking about its daily schedule. We are talking about what is going to happen later today, one specific moment in the future that we are planning for. Same with TV shows on TV. That's the TV programming, and it is fixed and constant. So maybe my favorite show airs or is on TV Mondays at five oclock in the evening. I use the present simple because that time doesn't change. It's the TV programming schedule, but maybe its regularly scheduled programming is interrupted by a football match. So to describe this one specific change, a change I'm planning for, I can use the future if I want. So no, today it's airing at 7 p.m. Instead of 5 p.m. Because of the game, this is now describing a future plan, one specific moment and that of regular program or schedule. And so you know, Ah show or Siri's airs on TV, meaning it is on TV 46. 5.2 Future with 'going to': going to do something Going to do something has the same meaning as when we just use the present continuous with a future time adverb to relate or express something about the future. I'm playing soccer tonight is the same as I'm going to play soccer tonight, but we're going to We don't even need a time reference because it's understood immediately that we're talking about something in the future. But time adverbs are always super helpful to answer the question when, especially when exactly so both of these going to and just the present continuous are very good for talking about things we already decided to do are planning on doing and again this general idea of maybe being closer to the present compared to will in the future. The future simple. Let's look a little bit more now at going to do something, how to form it. I am going to do something. He is going to play a game. She is going to play a game. It is going to play a game. We are going to be late. You are going to be late. They are going to be late. So as you can see its first the subject, the conjugated form of To Be in the present. Going to that never changes. And then finally the infinitive form of our main action verb going to in the negative. I am not going to do that. He she it is not going to work properly. Also, he's she's it's not going to work properly. And he she it isn't going to work properly. We, you they are not going to talk about it any more. And also we you they aren't going to talk about it anymore. So then not comes before going to and can be contracted put together with the verb to be asking questions. Am I going to miss the bus? Is he she it going to yell at me for being late? Are we you? They going to get upset? So we use inversion again to ask a question with going to so the to be verb goes to the front, and now the subject comes second, followed by going to and finally our main verb in the infinitive, or base form use of going to like I said before. If you are going to do something, you already decided at some point in the past that you were going to do it in the future. You have the intention or desire to do something, so you're going to do it later. You made that decision and now it's a plan. It's an arrangement. Here are some more examples. I've just decided to do it. I'm going to fly to Russia next week. I thought about it yesterday. And you're right. I'm going to apologize for my rude behavior. Don't worry. We're going to finish the project before class tomorrow. Hey, Jim, are you going to be home tonight? No. I'm not going to be home until tomorrow morning. Predictions We can also use going to Fort Predictions things we think will happen or are with some certainty goingto happen. Look at the dark clouds. There's going to be a big storm. You haven't even started working on the project. You're not going to finish in time. She shouldn't go toe work. If she's feeling sick, she's going to make everyone else gets sick 47. 5.3 Will / Shall: how to use Will Will has a lot of uses and in this lecture we will discuss them. But first is most important that you are comfortable and confident with the pronunciation and conjugation of Will will in the positive I will. I'll I'll I'll he will heal he Oh hell, she will. She'll she'll She'll it will it'll it'll It'll we will. Real real well, you will you'll? You'll you'll? They will vale Vale Vale. I'll go tomorrow He will become a manager in five years. She'll tell you soon. You'll know when the time is right. It will get worse. If you don't fix it, we'll never understand him. They'll be there if you need help, will in the negative. I will not. I won't. I won't. He will not. He won't. He won't. She will not. She won't. She won't. It will not. It won't. It won't. We will not. We won't. We won't. You will not. You won't. You won't. They will not. They won't. They won't. You won't be on time. He won't have an extra. I won't want to help. They won't understand the problem. We won't do it properly. It won't improve. She won't give it to you. Some pronunciation notes, as you can see with won't when we have a word coming after it. The T gets either much softer or almost completely disappears before another constant sound . So even if we have a word that starts with a vowel after, won't it gets reduced, we get it kind of a soft D sound like it won't improve. And then, if it's a constant after, won't it almost completely disappears. I won't want help using will in questions in questions. We use inversion here, so put will at the beginning of the sentence, the subject after it and then our main verb in the infinitive Will I get in? Were they understand? Will you be on the bus? Will we finish on time? Will it still be there? Will she accept the deal? Will he buy a new one? How to use? Will we use will to talk about the future? Well can also be used to talk about the near future events and situations not too far away , and it is used to talk about the distant future events and situations that will not happen for a while. In spoken English we often ignore this, but if you are taking a test, remember it. I will do it when I have time. She will probably move to France after this year. They'll decide what to do. Next quarter will have to make up our minds soon Will versus going to, as described in the last lecture going to and the present Continuous are used for things that you have already decided already arranged or planned to do. We can't use will in these situations. We're going to fly to New York this summer. You want to come with its something we already planned in the past and are going to do in the future? We've already decided to do it later. We can't use Will Onley going to or the present continuous. I'm not going to school next week. This is something that I planned or decided on in the past and now I'm planning not to do it. I'm working tomorrow so I can't to do it. It's already been decided that I won't be at work tomorrow and I'm talking about my future plan. So I use the present continuous. I could also say I'm going toe work tomorrow We don't always follow this rule now, having said that in spoken English, at least here in the US, we don't always follow the rule about will versus going to or the present continuous. Unfortunately, there is no strict rule to follow. Here sometimes will sounds appropriate as a replacement, and sometimes it doesn't so pay attention when talking to native speakers, watching a show or listening to music to see when native speakers break this rule and when they follow it, using will toe offer help, we use the contracted forms of will. Like I'll. She'll heal etcetera when offering to do something for someone like giving them a hand, meaning help or advice, or when deciding to do something. Here are some examples that looks too big to move by yourself. Here, I'll move it for you. Oh, you left your jacket here one second. I'll check to see if you left it here. The weather looks pretty bad. Will update you soon about the road conditions expressing your opinion with will. Another way we can express an opinion or that we're making a decision is first, I think or don't think followed by. I will. You can use this with any subject and I'll give you a few examples of how to form it. Are you ready to order food? Yes, We think we'll order a bottle of wine and will also have to of the chef's specials. What do you think will happen to him? I think he'll get in a lot of trouble if he keeps lying. Depending on the weather, She thinks she'll probably stay home tonight. How to use show First of all, shall should only be used with two subjects. I and we I shall we show. Do not use show. Do not use shall with he she it you they using show for the future shall means the exact same thing as will. When talking about the future, I will go tomorrow I shall go tomorrow we shall ask him at the meeting. We will ask him at the meeting. The only real difference is that when using Xiao to talk about the future, it sounds much, much more formal. That's when talking about the future. But we have one more use for show that is commonly used and does not sound formal using shall for suggestions. It is very common to you Shell when making suggestions or offers or asking for advice. This is the only use of shell that is still very popular today. The other ones are only for very formal situations, like in legal documents. Let me give you some examples of the common use of shall when suggesting offering and asking for advice. It often means something like, Should we or should I? Or do you think it's a good idea? Do you agree? Do you like the idea? Shall we do it? It might be a good idea. It's getting late and we need to drive home still. Shall we go? Shall I close the window? It's getting cold in here. Just remember, you should only use show with I and we 48. 5.4 Future continuous: the future continuous. The future continuous is used to talk about events and actions that will be happening in the future. Compared to the future. Simple, the future continuous focuses more on the duration and length of an action in the future. So let's look at how to form the future continuous and understand its meaning a lot better . Future continuous structure The future simple is just the subject plus will plus the infinitive form of the verb for the future. Continuous its subject plus will be plus the i N g form of the verb and from the future. Simple lecture. You know that we can contract the subject and will in the positive form. I will be going to the store. When you call me, she will be looking for you. So pay attention. He'll be attending college from January to May. It'll be happening later today. We will be waiting for them to arrive tonight. They'll be investigating the crime. Later you will be deciding what to dio Future Continuous versus future. Simple As with all continuous tenses, usually state of verbs, verbs like to know to be and others cannot be used except in some cases with idiomatic meanings as well. Most works related to feel and sense, as well as verbs related to quick actions like to start or to stop, are not generally used in the continuous tenses. So in the future, simple, we can say I will be there later, but we cannot say I will be being there later. That does not make sense. But here are some of the examples I just gave you to compare how these tenses are used differently, how they're used in the future, simple compared to the future. Continuous. It will happen later, versus it will be happening later with the future simple were focused on the moment the action will happen. We don't know when exactly, but it will happen and finish with the future. Continuous. The action will happen and continue for a longer duration and can be used with simple tenses to know rate a more complete story like it will be happening when you leave work. Both of these tenses can be correct, but the meaning changes slightly and changes focus. Are we focusing more on the completion? The end of the action? Are we focusing more on the duration and length of the action. She will be looking for you versus she will look for you. The main difference is that the continuous gives us the idea that she is spending more time looking than in the future. Simple because the continuous focuses more on the length and duration of inaction. It's ongoing and can be affected by other actions. The future simple focuses primarily on the action happening and ending the difference is subtle and again, in most situations, both can be correct, making the future continuous negative to make the future continuous negative. All we do is add not after will. So it's subject and then will not and then be and the i n g form of the verb. This means we have to contraction choices. We can still contract the subject and will. So I will not be attending the party. Or you can contract will and not to become won't I won't be attending the party won't is more common and contracting the subject and will as more emphasis to the negation by leaving, not by itself. Here are the previous examples in the negative. I will not be going to the store when you call me here in the negation is a little stronger because not is more noticeable. She won't be looking for you, so pay attention. This is more typical. He won't be attending college from January to May. It won't be happening later. Today will not be waiting for them to arrive tonight. They'll not be investigating the crime. Later. You won't be deciding what to do. Asking questions With the future continuous to form questions, we change the order of the subject and will. So this is pretty easy because everything else remains the same. Will I be going to the store when you call me? Will she be looking for you? Will he be attending college from January to May? Will it be happening later today? Will we be waiting for them to arrive tonight? Will they be investigating the crime later? Will you be deciding what to do? Let's look at some more examples and out to investigate the use. She will be driving to work when it begins to storm. She will be doing one action when a different one begins. Driving is in the continuous and has more focus on the duration. And even though it begins to rain. She continues to drive, so the rain starts sometime in the future. That's all we know about that. We also know that the driving started before the rain and continues when the rain starts and after it starts. The main focus is that the future continuous action driving is longer and continues after the other action starts. Because he's in trouble, he won't be playing in the next match here. We are kind of using the continuous to talk about a complete action in the future. We're talking about the entire game and what the player won't be doing during it so we can use the future continuous to describe a specific period with a clearer beginning and end. When we do this, it's similar in meaning to going to do something. I will be waiting for your call when I'm on the bus at the moment were on the bus and another action is also happening. Waiting for a phone call. The future continuous tells us that we are in the middle of doing something waiting while we are also on the bus. So using the future continuous tense makes that action seem longer and more important at that time as well. It is ongoing, has no definite beginning or end 49. 5.5 Future perfect continuous: future perfect and future perfect continuous. The future Perfect is used to show us how one action will happen in the future before another action in the future. The future perfect continuous also puts us in the future, but it reviews the duration of an activity from the future. These two tenses can be a little confusing even for native speakers. So let's take our time and learn how to use these two important tenses. Before we look at the structure, let me review the basic use of these words before we look at them later in this lecture in more detail, the future Perfect is used to show that in the future, one action will finish before a different time or action in the future. The action will already be completed before another time in the future. The future perfect continuous also puts us in the future but reviews the duration of a future activity from the future. It's used to describe an action that will continue up until a point in the future. Let's look at the structure right now for the future perfect, and we'll use a lot more examples for these two tenses to help you understand them. The future perfect structure to form the future. Perfect. We start with the subject plus will have plus the past participle. And remember, we can contract the subject and will like I will. He will becomes ill. Hell, I will have gone to the store already. He will have finished school before March. She'll have eaten prior to their arrival. It will have updated before then. We'll have seen the movie before you do. You will have learned about it before college. They'll have understood how it works by them. Cultural note. As with most perfect tenses, they're not super common in the US In this case, the simple future with after and before is more commonly used instead of the future. Perfect. So in the US were more likely to say I will go to the store before you. He'll finish school before March. She will eat prior to their arrival. It will update before them. We'll see the movie before you do. You will learn about it before college. They'll understand how it works By that, sometimes when you do this, you will have to change the time adverb like I did in the first example because already is typically only used with perfect tenses and is always used with perfect tenses. When you're taking a test asking questions with the future perfect to form questions with the future perfect, you just change the order of the subject and will So our previous examples become well. I have gone to the store already. Will he have finished school before March? Will she have eaten prior to their arrival? Will it have updated before then? Will we have seen the movie before you? Will you have learned about it before college? Will they have understood how it works by that future, Perfect in the negative, to form the negative we put not after, Will will not. This could be contracted to form won't And in the negative we now have two possible ways to contract. We can contract the subject and will or will and not, for example, I'll not have been there or I won't have been there. When not is by itself, it adds more emphasis to the negation. I won't have gone to the store already. He'll not have finished school before March. She won't have eaten prior to their arrival. It will not have updated before then. We won't have seen the movie before. You do. You will not have learned about it before college. They won't have understood how it works by them. Let's look at some future perfect examples toe look at the meaning and use. I will have finished my homework before dinner. In the future. Two things will happen in this example. Finish my homework and eat dinner. I will finish my homework before dinner. That's how we usually say it in the U. S. So the homework is finished before dinner starts and the future perfect is used to show which future action happens before a different future. Action she will already have exercised before her friend gets to the gym to things are going to happen. We use the future perfect to show the order of these actions. Plus, we can use adverbs like already to make it really obvious which action was completed before the other action. So does her friend to get to the gym first Or does she finish exercising? First she finishes first, then her friend arrives in the U. S. You might hear she will finish before her friend gets to the gym. By the time they arrived, the show will have finished to future events and arrival and the end of a show, which happens first in the future. The show finishing happens first. How do we know? Because it's in the future, perfect as well. The expression, by the time plus an action means before another action. So before they arrive, the show will finish future. Perfect. Continuous. The future Perfect continuous is similar to the future, perfect in how they show relationships of events in the future. The future perfect continuous is a little more complex with the future perfect continuous were putting ourselves in the future and looking back at the duration of the activity. The duration were looking back on. Reviewing can be in the future, present or past. I told you the future perfect isn't used much by Americans, but the future perfect continuous is so you must learn it. Let's start with the structure and then explain in detail with examples. First, we need the subject and then will have, plus Ben and the present participle, the i N. G form of the verb. And like before we can contract the subject and will. Here's some examples in May, I will have been studying German for 10 years. He'll have been working here for two years After tomorrow she'll have been exercising for 30 minutes after this next set starting tomorrow, it will have been happening for one month. The food will be done in 15 minutes. We'll have been waiting for an hour. Your 50th wedding anniversary is next month. Can you believe it? You will have been married for 50 years. Wow! When we cross the state border will have been driving for nine hours already negative to form the future. Perfect continuous in the negative. We just add not after Will will not have been. You have two options for contracting in a negative sentence. Here you can contract not with will which becomes won't or you can contract this subject with will and leave. Not by itself. This style really emphasizes the negation. In May I won't have been studying German for 10 years. He'll not have been working here for two years After tomorrow she won't have been exercising for 30 minutes. After this next set starting tomorrow, it will not have been happening for one month. The food will be done in 15 minutes will not have been waiting for an hour. Your 50th wedding anniversary is not next month. You won't have been married for 50 years when we cross the state border will not have been driving for nine hours already. Questions with the future perfect continuous for questions. We change the order of the subject and will its simple inversion in May. Will I have been studying German for 10 years? Will he have been working here for two years after tomorrow? Will she have been exercising for 30 minutes after this next set starting tomorrow? Will that have been happening for one month? The food will be done in 15 minutes. Will we have been waiting for an hour? Your wedding anniversaries next month? Can you believe it? Will You have been married for 50 years when we cross the state border. Will we have been driving for nine hours already? Examples. Let's look at the examples we've been using for structure toe look much deeper into how we use the future. Perfect continuous. In may, I will have been studying German for 10 years. I have not yet been studying German for 10 years in May. It is my 10 year anniversary of studying German, but May is in the future. It hasn't happened yet, so I used the future perfect continuous to express the duration of my German studies using a future date to make this analysis. So in May, I can say I have been studying German for 10 years, but I have to wait until May and to continue studying German until that time to use the present perfect continuous to say that he'll have been working here for two years after tomorrow. I have had my current job for almost two years. It will be my two year anniversary at the company tomorrow. So in the present moment, the anniversary is in the future and we discuss that future moment, my two year anniversary, by discussing it from a point of time in the future. It also sounds logical that I will continue working at that company, so it will continue the action of working there tomorrow and probably for many days after she'll have been exercising for 30 minutes. After this next set, a woman is exercising at the moment of speaking. She has not been exercising for 30 minutes. Maybe the beginning of this set indicates that she has worked out for 25 minutes so far. When she finishes this set, it will be 30 minutes of working out at the time of speaking, were putting ourselves five minutes into the future and analyzing the action by looking back in time. We don't know if she's finished working out after 30 minutes, if she'll work out a different part of her body or if she'll take a break or if she'll just stop and go home. We don't have that info. Starting tomorrow, it will have been happening for one month. Something has been happening. We don't know what it is, but we know it has almost been happening for one month. At the moment of speaking, it has not yet been one month. In fact, we are just short one day off a month, a complete month. So, for example, if tomorrow is January 1st, then today is December 31st. So we're projecting ourselves, putting ourselves one day in the future and analyzing the length of this action. It will happen tomorrow, and I want to explain right now for how long? By using a future time to make the description. If I used a president time to make the description, I could say it has been happening for 31 days. Tomorrow will be one month. The food will be done in 15 minutes. We'll have been waiting for an hour at the time. Speaking, this group of people has been waiting 45 minutes for their food. How do I know this? Because in 15 minutes it will be a total of one hour of waiting. So at the same moment as our example, they could also say the food will be done in 15 minutes. We have already been waiting for 45 minutes, but instead they are examining the length of their weight from 15 minutes in the future. Your 50th wedding anniversary is next month. You will have been married for 50 years. This couple is going to celebrate their 50th wedding anniversary in one month. At present, the couple has not been married for 50 years. They have been married for 49 years and 11 months. But I put myself in the future to describe the length of their marriage from that point in time. Wow! When we cross the state border will have been driving for nine hours already. At the moment of speaking, the people driving did not cross the state border. It will be happening in the future. In fact, they might just be planning their trip right now and looking at how long it will take to get to the state border. Or maybe they are halfway. We don't know. All we know is that in the future when they cross the state border, they will have driven for nine hours to get there. So they are imagining themselves at the moment of crossing the border and how much time it would have taken them to get there. 50. 5.5 LIVE Future perfect simple & continuous: what we're talking about today is the future perfect? Simple. And the future? Perfect. Continuous. Uh, so how do we form it for the future? Perfect. Simple. It's just the subject will have in the past. Participle. So by the end of this lecture, I will have taught you more about the future. Perfect. Simple. And I guess let's just start with why do we use it? Why did I just use it is to show that in action will happen, Will end will be completed, will finish before another moment in the future. Let me give you a visual representation. This is the right one. So this is us. Actually, this is us right now. And let's say this is the end. So here we are in the present. And this is the end of this lecture. So I will have so in this moment I am here. But I'm talking about the future. So when I use the future of perfect simple, I'm putting myself in the future. So by the end of this lecture, so the lectures goes from now until here, Pretty much so. By the end of this lecture, I will have taught you more about the future. Perfect. Simple. So the lecture finishes ends and then after that you will know more. You won't have more information by the end or at the end of the lecture. But that's complicated, isn't it? When we say will have done is the structure is not used because it's too complicated. I can understand it easily, but it's still very difficult for me to explain. So what you should use instead is just the future. Simple. It's excellent. So, like I just said, I will have taught you more about the future. Simple. I can just say, uh, after this lesson, I will. I will teach you more. I will teach you more about the future. Simple. This really is the same. The future. Perfect civil. I'm confusing myself here now. So instead of using the future perfect simple, you can just use the future Simple. I think the example I have here is by the time we arrive. By the time we arrive, he will have finished playing all right. But we can also say by the time we arrive he will finish or he will finish. By the time we arrived, it's a lot easier just to use the future. Simple. Often when we do that, we add some things like before and after to explain that something happened before or after something else. So I can say, um, after lunch, I will finish eating or I will finish before you arrive. Okay, let's look at this again just so I can give you the visual representation here. So let's say I'm playing the saxophone again. That's what I'm playing. So I will finish the saxophone before you arrive. So I'm still in the present. I'm telling you what I will do in the future, and that this thing I'm doing will finish before a different time after that. So I will finish playing the saxophone before you arrive. Just use the future simple, but we can also say I will have finished before you arrive. We use it sometimes and spoken English. It's more formal and just less used. We don't like it. Let me give you some other examples. So let's say, for example, here's the question. Have you ever wondered what will happen by a specific moment in the future? What will happen in the future? For example, I can say I think we will have traveled to Mars by 2040 the year 2040. So here I am. I'm talking now, but I'm imagining sometime in the future, the year 2040. So I think we will go to Mars before 2040. That's basically what I'm saying. I'm saying between here and now, sometime in here, I think we will go to Mars. I think we will go to Mars before 2040. Or I can say, I think we will have traveled to Mars before 2040. So before and after is often a good sign that you can use the future simple or that we might be using the future Perfect to give that same meaning as the future. Simple. All right, now let's move on to the future. Perfect. Continuous. The main difference here is that the future perfect continuous focuses more on the action continuing toe happen so the meanings are quite similar. But the future perfect, continuous, like was all continuous tenses focuses on the action, continuing, not on the action. And so now we have this, um and actually let me use our last example first, So I was saying, By the time we arrive, he will have finished plane. I could say By the time we arrive he will have been finishing playing, so he's not finished yet. He's getting close to finishing. That's the main difference there. And how do we form? It's just the subject will have been and then our present participle. So now we use the i n g form of the verb and not the the past participle that ends in E. D. For regular verbs. So we can't replace this now, though we can't replace the future. Perfect, continuous, even have trouble just saying these names The future perfect continuous cannot be replete, replaced by another tense. So we do use it a little bit more. All those still not very often it's just We can't replace it with the simple and anymore. So when do we use this? Mostly when talking about goals and accomplishments that we want to accomplish in the future. So especially talking about the future. So let's say this is the year. Let's say this is when I turn 30 years old. This is when I turned 30 but right now I'm not 30 yet. So I'm in the presence still. But, um, one thing I like to do is study Spanish. So on. That's it. At this moment, I study Spanish. I have studied it for four years. So in one year, when I turned 30 that will be five years of studying. So right now I am 29 here in one year. In the future is my birthday. I will be 30. When I turned 30 I will have been studying Spanish. Um, so now also is this the right one flips? You should not be using this now. Um, I will have been studying for for five years and it will continue. That's the main difference. The action continues when we use the future. Perfect. Continuous. So that's the biggest difference. We're not focusing on the action ending. It actually continues. So let me give you an example or a question. Actually, will you have finished studying English today after this lecture? So we started the lecture, were in the middle. Now off the lecture and I'm asking at the end. Will you finish basically future perfect. Simple. Will you have finished by the end of election, or will you have just begun studying. So you'll continue. Ah, studying English today. Well, are you going to continue or are you not? If you're if you're done, use the future. Perfect. Simple. If you're going to continue, use the future. Perfect. Continuous. Or what about this? Um, here's another example. Let's say by the time you leave the house, I will have been waiting for 30 minutes. So let's say so. Here we are. By the time you leave the house, I will have been waiting for 30 minutes. Now I'm just trying to imagine this in my head because it's still very complicated even for native speakers. So let's say you leave the house by the time you leave. So this is the future. This is when you will leave at this specific point in the future. So in the present, you you didn't leave yet. I'm still waiting. So I have been waiting. I started in the past. I continue to wait when you finally leave. At this point in the future, I will have been waiting for 30 minutes and I will continue to wait. It continues Now. Let's we could change this to the future. Perfect. Simple. Um, by the time you arrive. I will have waited for 30 minutes. Now what we're saying is when you arrive in the future in the present. You did not arrive yet. But when you arrive, that's how long I will have waited. I will wait for 30 minutes before you arrive. Theo Example we have here is tomorrow. Callan will have been playing birth. What, 20 years? Maybe I play the saxophone. I do a little bit. So tomorrow I have not. So far. I have not played for 20 years. But tomorrow will be my 20 year anniversary of playing the sax of home. So that's we're talking about the future. We're actually in the present at the moment of speaking. And tomorrow is my 20 year anniversary. So I have started in the past. The action continues, and it's going to continue probably after my anniversary. I'm not going to stop like, oh, 20 years of playing the saxophone. Time to quit. I'll probably continue, right? That's why we use the future perfect. Continuous. Because the action continues. Those are the main difference. Future. Perfect. Simple. Just replace it with the future. Simple, really. But we use that to show that an action finishes in the future before something else. Future. Perfect. Continuous. Again. We're talking about us or in action in the future, but it doesn't stop before another action, it continues, continues through it, and those are the main differences. 51. 6.1 Passive voice: the passive first, the passive isn't actually attends is what we call a voice, but we can still think of it as a tense just to make it a little easier to learn. The main thing that the passive voice does is turn the object of a sentence into the subject. This is especially common when reporting information, especially on new shows or when watching the news late at night. While the active voice is much more common and preferred compared to the passive voice, we still do use it a fair amount in English, especially compared to other languages. But before we go much deeper into the use of the passive, we're going to convert some sentences from active to passive. Then we will focus on how to use the passive in the present and past. The Children wash their dirty clothes. This is an active sentence because we have the subject, the Children doing something. Our focus is still on the subject, and the action that they are taking the dirty clothes are washed by the Children. This is now the present passive. The subject of the sentence is now actually the dirty clothes, and that's why we're attention is to we used by to show that the Children did this action. So the clothes are the new subject in this sentence. He crashed his car. This is an active sentence. The subject. He did something. What did he do? He crashed his car. His car was crashed. Now we're less concerned with the person who crashed. In fact, in this sentence we removed the original subject completely. The main focus is now the car, which is also our subject in the passive. And we forget about the man who crashed the car in the active example. This is why new shows often do this because people care more about what happened and not who did it. Using the passive in the present. Simple. We form the present simple passive with the subject and then to be conjugated in the present, followed by the past participle. So the past participle replaces our active verb. I'm going to give you some sentences now first in the passive and then in the active. I'm angered by this news. This news angers me. He's called him by his friends. His friends call him Tim. She's reported by the store clerk. The store clerk reports her. It is made with milk. We make it with milk. Were asked for in the office. The students ask for us. They're angered. He angers them. You are never invited. They never invite you passive negative in the present. Simple. The negation is pretty simple. We just add not after the verb to be. I'm not angered by this news. He's not called him by his friends. She's not reported. And so on present passive questions to ask a question with the passive, We use inversion. So the subject and conjugated to be change places and my angered by this news is he called him by his friends. Is she reported and so on? Passive in the past? Simple. The only thing that changes here is how we congregate to be, because now it's in the past. So let's change our present simple examples into the past. Simple. Pause the video and do this Now, before I show you the answers. I was angered by this news. This news angered me. He was called Tim by his friends. His friends called him Tim. She was reported by the store clerk. The store clerk reported her. It was made with milk. We made it with milk. We were asked for in the office. The students asked for us. They were angered. You were never invited. They never invited you making it negative Negation is the same in the past. Just put not after our conjugated to be verb. I was not angered by this news. He was not called him by his friends. She was not reported and so on asking questions in the past and again to ask questions. We use inversion. So flip the subject and the to be verb Was I angered by this news? Was he called him by his friends where she reported and so on using by in the passive in the passive, we often used by to show who performed in action who or what did something. I was raised by my mother. The iPhone was created by Apple. This desk was made by a Kia. We were helped by a nice worker. Should you use the passive? There are a few situations when the passive voice is preferred. One when the actor is unknown, if you don't know who did something, it will sound better to use the passive voice. Since we don't focus on who did something in the passive, they're beautiful, but we still don't know who the paintings were made by two. We don't care about who is doing it. We just care about what is being done. A large number of windmills were constructed outside of the city last week. Three. You want to focus on the object, not the actor. The first personal computer was created in 1974 4 reports, especially scientific reports, tend to be in the passive to remain objective and scientific. The result was observed in nine out of 10 cases. When to avoid the passive, avoid the passive when you need to use direct and brief language, the passive voice is regarded as being wordy and a bit formal or stuffy. That's why we often associate it with news and reports. Finally, it's purposefully vague. We generally want to focus on who did something in the active voice and not the something that someone did like in the passive. So when essays or when talking, you want to use the active and not the passive voice to be engaging and clear 52. 6.2 Passive in more tenses: using the passive and other tenses from the last lecture you now understand when we want to use the passive and when we don't want to use the passive voice. I explained all of that using the present simple and the past simple, but we can use the passive in other tenses. So let's look at the other tenses where the passive can commonly be used. The perfect. If you want to express a present perfect meaning in the passive, it's pretty easy. If you don't know the main uses of the present perfect already or how we often ignore them in the US than go back to that section. Let's look at how to make the present perfect passive, and then we'll do a few examples together for the president. Perfect. We first put the subject followed by has been or have been, and then the past participle has for he she it have for I we you they it has been answered already. We have been helped. Now you turn the present perfect into the present perfect passive, and I'll tell you if you were right, so pause the video when you hear the sound and then press play. He's just given me the news. The news has just been given me. Probably tricked you here with news. News is uncountable. Go to the article section to learn more about that. We can also say by him to express who gave us the news. We have finished the house. The house has been finished. And if you want to say by us, the house has been finished by us. I've delivered the package. The package has been delivered. If you want to include the actor, we can say the package has been delivered by me. Questions. We invert the subject and has or have to make a question here. That means we flip The order was turn our previous examples into questions. The news has just been given to me. Has the news just been given to me? We have finished the house half we finish the house. I've delivered the package. Have I delivered the package? The house has been finished. Has the house been finished? The package has been delivered. Has the package been delivered? Negative. It's easy to make the passive perfect Negative. We just add Not after have or has So now change these two sentences into the passive negative. The news has just been given to me. The news hasn't just been given to me. The house has been finished. The house has not been finished Continuous. You're doing great. Now let's shift our focus to the passive voice in the continuous first, how to form it. The subject plus is or are followed by being plus the past participle. I am being asked. He is being taken. She is being taken. He is being taken. We are being driven. You are being driven. They are being driven. We're now ready to do some examples. Change the following sentences into the passive. The workers are constructing the bridge. The bridge is being constructed. Remember, the subject changes. So so does the conjugation of to be the passive needs to agree with the new subject. The police officer is bringing us to jail. We are being brought to jail. The doctor is mistreating her. She is being mistreated. Questions. I hope you remember what to do when asking questions In the continuous, we use inversion again. So am is or are comes first and then the subject followed by being and the past participle Let's change our last examples into questions. The bridge is being constructed. Is the bridge being constructed? We are being brought to jail. Are we being brought to jail? She is being mistreated. Is she being mistreated? And finally, in the negative? We just need to add not after m is or are followed by being and the past participle. Let's change our original examples again, this time into the negative. The bridge is being constructed. The bridge isn't or is not being constructed. We are being brought to jail. We are not or we aren't being brought to jail. She is being mistreated. She isn't or she is not being mistreated. Will. And finally we have the simple future passive with will. The meaning does not change at all regarding the passive. But the time were referring to does. So let's look at how to form it. I will. I will be or I'll be He will be or he'll be. She will be or she'll be. It will be or it'll be we will be or we'll be You will be or you will be. They will be or they'll be so that is the subject will plus be and in the past participle. So it will be decided later. Will be asked some questions. You'll be seen shortly. They will be chosen soon. He'll be taken there. She'll be spoken with. I will be picked up. That's two questions now. I think you know this, but I'm going to tell you again. Toe form a question. Here we use inversions. We invert or change the motive. Herb will and our subject. So here are the same examples that I just gave you. Will I be picked up? Will he be taken there? Will she be spoken with? Will it be decided later? Will we be asked some questions? Will you be seen shortly? Will they be chosen soon? Negative and last but not least the negative. And all we do is put not after will. And we have our simple future passive in the negative. So our same examples from before But now in the passive are I will not or I won't be picked up. He will not or he won't be taken there. She will not or she won't be spoken with. It will not or it won't be decided later. We will not or we won't be asked some questions. You will not or you won't be seen shortly and they will not, or they won't be chosen soon. 53. 7.1 There/it: There is/are: there is, and there are in English. We always need a subject, Okay, except in a few cases, like when we use the imperative for commands anyways there and it can function as subjects . They're actually functioning as dummy subjects, meaning that they are fulfilling grammatical requirements that we have in English without having any riel meaning. Let's start by looking at their and it in the present simple, and then look more closely at its rules and uses at the end of this lecture singular, positive in a positive sentence, we say there is or contracted or meaning shortened. There's the rules of contracting or shortening are the same as always in spoken English, we almost always contract unless we want to add emphasis as well, sometimes informal writing and speaking situations. We don't use contractions either. There is a dog in front of the house. There's a dog in front of the house. There is a person in that car. There's a person in that car. There is something I want to discuss. There's something I want to discuss. Singular questions for their in a question. We use inversion, meaning we change the order of their and is to become is there? Is there a dog in front of the house? Is there a person in that car? Is there something I want to discuss? Singular and negative. Forming the negative is pretty easy. We just put not after is, but this results in two possible contractions. There isn't and there's not. They both mean the exact same thing, so use either or use the long form. There is not. If you prefer, there is not or there isn't or there's not a dog in front of the house. There isn't or there's not or there is not a person in that car. There is not, There isn't and there's not anything I want to discuss their plural. That is how we use the singular form of their in the present. Let's look now at how we form the plural. Starting with the positive there are is the plural form of there is. There is no contraction here, though In spoken English, it almost sounds like they're is a contraction. Let me give you a few examples of how it said properly, and then how you will hear it from native speakers. There are many options. There are many options. There are no reasons why. There no reasons why there are two books there, two books. Basically, when speaking fast, we pronounced, there are more as there, with a slightly stronger emphasis on the are Don't worry about speaking like that. But if you hear something like that now, you know. So now let's change our previous singular examples to the plural. There are dogs in front of the house. There are people in that car. There are some things I want to discuss. And again, if you were hearing a real conversation between native speakers, it might sound something more like this. There are dogs in front of the house. There are people in that car. There's some things I want to discuss. The are really gets mushed together. Plural questions we make a question with. There are the same way we did with There is. We invert, make our there are examples into questions and continue the video. When you are ready, there are dogs in front of the house. Are there dogs in front of the house? There are people in that car. Are there people in that car? There are some things I want to discuss. Are there some things you want to discuss? Plural. Negative. The negative isn't too difficult now. We just add not after our which can be contracted to aren't there. Aren't dogs in front of the house? There aren't people in that car. There aren't some things I want to discuss. Just a minor note. Usually things will turn into anything. Usually some things or something will turn into anything in the negative. But we will discuss some in any later. In this course in spoken English, however, this rule is often ignored uses of their Let's look at how to use their now, and this use applies to all other tenses. So pay attention. First, we use there to draw or bring attention to something and introduce a new topic or event. There is a play tonight and I want to see it. Look, there's a person standing there. Traffic is terrible. Is there an accident? No, there isn't an accident. There's construction. Are there people outside? It's so loud. Second, with numbers and quantities, there's a lot of snow today. There are many people here. Are there a lot of you? Is there a seat available there? isn't a single person here third to say where something is? Is there a backpack on the table? There are people at the party. There is a mailbox at the end of the street. There are frogs in the pond. There aren't batteries in that drawer force with an expression of quantity and the to infinitive. Is there anything to do here? There is a lot of time toe waste. There aren't many times available to call. Are there any games to play? There are a few ways to do it. Fifth, with an expression of quantity and an I N g verb. There are some people asking about you. There is a bunch of food going bad in the fridge. Is there someone waiting for me? There aren't any movies being released. There are a lot of people trying to do it. Native speakers and incorrect. There's use for the present as well as the tenses in the next lecture. A lot of the time US native speakers will say there's instead of there are because it's just easier to say, even though it's incorrect. We don't always do this, but it is always in more informal conversations, so pay attention because if you hear it, it's probably just because theirs is easier to say than there are, and also because there's Ben is easier to say than there have been. You shouldn't do this, though, at least not on a test. 54. 7.2 There/it: There in more tenses: using their in different tenses. This lecture is only focusing on how to form there in the past. Simple, present, perfect and the future simple. So if you need to understand how to use their the uses for it, go to the previous lecture. And if you have trouble forming any of these tennis is, then go to those sections of the course there in the past. Simple. Positive we say there was for singular, and there were for plural. Let's take a look at some examples. There was a boat by the shore. There were some boys playing basketball. There was a guy asking for directions. There were some ladies who asked to try it there with past simple questions to form a question. Here we need to invert. So was or were goes in front, and there comes after. Was there a boat by the shore? Were there some boys playing basketball? Was there a guy asking for directions? Were there some ladies who asked to try it there with the past simple negative to form the negative. All we do is at not after was or were. There wasn't a boat by the shore. There weren't any boys playing basketball. There wasn't a guy asking for directions. There weren't any ladies who asked to try it there with the present perfect positive. The present perfect is pretty easy. We just say there has been and the past participle for the singular. And we say there have been and the past participle for the plural. There has been nothing good toe watch this week. There have been some people looking around. There have been a few offers. There has been an accident on the highway. There has been a change in weather there, with present perfect questions to ask a question. All we need to do is change the order of have or has and they're the rest stays the same. Has there been anything good toe watch this week? Have there been any people looking around half there? Ben. A few offers. Has there been an accident on the highway? Has there been a change in weather there, with present perfect negative. Forming the negative is a cinch, meaning it's easy. All we do is add not after have or has, or we can contract them to form. Haven't or hasn't there hasn't been anything good toe watch. There haven't been any people looking around. There haven't been any offers. There hasn't been an accident on the highway. There hasn't been a change in weather using their with future simple positive. The future simple is easiest because it only has one form. So we don't change it for the plural or singular though we can use it for both. Always say is there will be There will be many opportunities. There will be a thunderstorm tonight. There will be a new coach. There will be a new building here. There will be a few people at my house tonight. Contractions in spoken English. We often contract there will into their Oh, there. Oh, as with all contractions, this is more informal and much more common in cloak will spoken English and informal writings. Zero. There will be many opportunities there. Oh, there will be a thunderstorm tonight. Zero. There will be a new coach their own. There will be a new building here. Zero There will be a few people at my house using their with future simple questions. Questions are a breeze meaning easy. All we do is put will at the beginning and follow it with their be will there be Will there be many opportunities? Will there be a thunderstorm tonight? Will there be a new coach? Will there be a new building here? Will there be a few people at my house there with future simple negative To make the negative we add not after will or we can combine will not toe form won't There won't be many opportunities. There won't be a thunderstorm tonight. There won't be a new coach. There won't be a new building here. There won't be a few people at my house tonight. 55. 7.3 There/it: How to use 'it': how to use it. It is ubiquitous, meaning it's everywhere in English, but you still need to learn how to use it. Let's look at the most popular and important uses and rules for it, so that you can fix any mistakes that you're making in your English grammar and easily sound more fluent by the end of this lecture. Using it with time. One of the most common questions in English you will ever hear is What time is it? And you respond by saying it is, or more commonly it's. What time is it? It's nine AM, It's new. It's 10 30. It's early. It's time for you to get a watch. We just say it's and the time you want to describe. And if you want to refer to a pastor future moment, use a different tense. It was 10 o'clock more than an hour ago. It was late before. Now it's really late. No, it's time to leave now. It will be too late later, using it with dates. We use it in a very similar fashion, very similar way when describing dates, and we have another very common question. You will hear what day is it. So how do you respond? It's Sunday. It's January 1st is 1992. It's our anniversary. Next month, it's time to buy a calendar. We use its plus whatever day, month, year or whatever time reference you want to talk about and again change the tents, depending on when the thing happened or is going to happen. It was Sunday, yesterday. Today is Monday. It was in 1992 that it happened. It was just our anniversary last week. It will be my birthday tomorrow, using it to talk about the weather. We use it when describing weather. What's happening now? How it is outside, how it feels or looks. It's a rainy day. It's a nice day outside. It's sunny today. Is it sunny? It's going to snow three inches. Is it going to snow? It's cloudy. Does it snow in Florida, using it to describe distance? We also use it when describing the distance between two things or between two locations. Often, when doing this, we use far to mean something is not close to describe or ask about something being near you , we can use close. How far is the beach? It's close. It's only two miles from here. Are you sure you want to walk? It's five miles to get to the store. That's not too far, is it? It's a nice day toe walk, and it's not too far from here using it to give your opinion about a place or thing. We use it a lot when giving our opinion about a place, a thing or the weather. It's good that you came home early. It's a really nice day today. It's a beautiful dress. It's too warm upstairs. It'll only get worse, using it to describe an opinion followed by the to infinitive. Same rule as before, about giving advice or an opinion. But now we follow that with a verb in the infinitive. It's good to see you. It's a great dress toe where tonight it's a really nice day to go for a walk. It's amazing that he asked to do it, using it with an opinion followed by the I N G form of the verb and the exact same thing here except now, followed by an I n G verb. Instead of the to infinitive, it's easy pretending to know it's hard walking in the snow It's complicated talking about this. It's great speaking to you. It's odd hearing it from him, using it to talk about people. And finally, we use it when talking to and about people. Here are a few important uses to help you understand using it to introduce yourself on the phone and in the text. Whenever you call someone on the phone, the person answering your call will say something like, Hello, you will say it's and then your name, for example. For me, I'll say it's Callen or Hey, it's Callen. Hello. Hi. It's callin. I'm calling to see what you're doing tonight. Hello? Hey, it's Mark. I'm calling for Lisa. And if someone asks who you're talking to on the phone, if I ask something like, Who is it? Just respond. It's and then the person's name. Hey, who's on the phone? It's Callan. He needs directions. Who is it? It's my mom. She's not feeling well using it with texting. We do the same thing with a text or a messaging online, so maybe you got someone's phone number at a party. The next day you will text them for the very first time. So when introducing yourself, you will say it's and then your name. Do not say I am Callen or I'm callin This sounds extremely strange. That is not how we introduce ourselves in texts or on the phone or on some type of social media app that's on Lee when you are in person introducing yourself. So if you're texting using social media, app or online, say it's like it's Callen. And I only say this once because it's for introducing yourself the very first time. After that, they know who you are. Hey, it's Callen we met at the party. Oh, hey, Callen. Did you have a good time? I I'm texting to see if you're free tomorrow. Oh, it's Sam, by the way. Hey, Sam. Yeah, I'm free tomorrow using it when arriving. And an unseen person. When someone arrives at your house, we can't see them, but we can hear them knocking on the door, ringing the doorbell or no, they are there somehow because we don't know who it is and can't see them. We will ask who is it? We use this in any other situation where we know someone is present but can't see or identify them. like maybe you're at home, hear a noise, but don't know who it is who might be making that noise. Who is it? It's your dad Opened the door. We need to talk. What was that sound? Who is it? Who's there? Hey, it's me. I came home early from work using it when noticing someone or something for the first time . When you see someone and this is your first time noticing them or want to make sure someone else notices them, we use it. We can also do this for things and animals. This is to point them out to draw attention to them. And when we do this, it's either our first time noticing them. Or we assume the other person hasn't noticed them yet. Hey, look down the street. It's my brother. Oh, you're right. I thought he was out of town this weekend. Let's say hi. Wow, it's the Queen of England. Look, Wow, it is. That's amazing. Who is that? Is it your dad? Yeah, it's My dad already talked to him. What's making that noise? Oh, it's a rabbit to summarize, and a lot of these examples it doesn't really mean anything like there, it often functions as a dummy or empty subject, meaning we need it just so. The sentence sounds right and has the correct grammar, though it lacks any riel meaning. 56. 8.1 Modals: May / Might: might in May 1st, might in May are super useful for saying that something is possible. We're not saying yes or no, and we're not saying that something definitely will or will not happen dramatically when we use May. It means that something has a slightly higher percentage or slightly higher chance of happening and is less likely to happen when used in the negative. But in spoken English, I would say they're identical. So they both just mean that something might occur or may occur or happen we can use might in May with a variety of tenses. So let's look at that a little bit more before we look more deeper into the use. 24 might and may. In the positive. We always need the subject and then might or may followed by the infinitive, the base form of the verb. I might be right. She might be leaving soon. You might have made a mistake, and it's exactly the same with May. I may be right. She may be leaving soon. You may have made a mistake, the negative to form the negative. All we do is at not after May or might. I might not be right. She might not be leaving soon. You might not have made a mistake. And with our May examples, I may not be right. She may not be leaving soon. You may not have made a mistake questions when asking questions, especially for permission. It's more common to use May, but you can use might to for questions with May. And might they basically mean the same as Is it okay to or is it okay that I or can I? When we formed questions with May in Might, we put them at the beginning of this sentence, immediately followed by this subject? Might he come with us? May I go to the bathroom? Might they have a reason why may we have the password? We can also use can instead of May and might here, and that's more common in spoken English. Use one possibility. The most common use of May and might is in positive sentences, showing the possibility of something if you want to be grammatically correct, May is supposed to mean something is more or less likely to happen in the negative. So if I say it may rain grammatically, it's something like a 50% chance of raining, and if I say it might rain, it's lower, maybe 30% chance. But like I said before this distinction, this difference doesn't exist in spoken English for native speakers used to reported speech reported. Speech is discussed later in this course in the reported speech section. An indirect reported speech may changes toe might. So if you are concerned with this topic, go to that section to learn more. 57. 8.2 Modals: Can / Could: can and could. Cannon could often mean the same exact thing used in the same exact way to make it a little confusing. Could is also the past tense form of can, meaning to be able to do something capable, and there are just a few situations where they are used differently. Cannon could let's start by looking at the able to structure and its meaning present tense , able to can doesn't change depending on the congregation, meaning it doesn't change when the subject changes because it's ah, motile verb. So like any good present, tense sentence. We have the subject, the verb can, and we follow that with our main verb, the action verb in the infinitive. Here are some examples I can run really fast. What I'm saying is, I'm able to run fast. It's something I can do capable of doing. They can speak four languages. I'm saying it's a skill they have. Maybe they're not speaking those languages right now, but they are able, if need be past tense for able to the past tense form of can is could. So now, in the past, we have the subject, then could, in our main action verb in the infinitive. Remember that in the present we use can to mean something we have the ability to do. It's a general characteristic, so when we use could, it sounds like a past habit or characteristic that has changed in the present. We no longer have this skill, don't or aren't capable of doing it today. That's why often after a past tense sentence with could we hear but to explain how things are different today. Let's put our previous examples into the past to make it clearer. I could run really fast, so I'm talking about some moment in the past. Maybe when I was a teenager in high school, I could run really fast. But now, today, maybe I'm really old, so I can't run fast anymore. So could describe something I used to be able to do. A past ability or characteristic that has changed does not exist anymore. In the present, they could speak. Four languages were in the past again. Now let's say the people were talking about lived in several different countries as Children, so when they were young and using in practicing these languages, they could they were able to speak them But now let's imagine that they are adults. They stopped living in those countries long ago, and as a result they no longer practised the languages and forgot them. So in the past they could speak the languages. But not anymore. Can't versus cannot. Of course, we can also make can negative. It's pretty easy to do. We still put the subject first than cannot or can't, and our main action verb in the infinitive so can not is often contracted, shortened to can't. There's really no difference here. All the same contraction rules I've told you about before apply here as well. Cannot is used for more emphasis to really stress the negation in terms of formal informal , though there's not really any of that can't is just much more popular. Let's turn our present examples from before into negative examples. I can run really fast becomes I can't run really fast or I cannot run really fast. They can speak four languages, becomes they can't speak four languages or they cannot speak four languages. Pronunciation. Before we make the past negative, we have to focus on the pronunciation of can't for cannot. It's pretty similar for British and American English. No real difference cannot cannot but can't has a very big difference in pronunciation. Starting with Can Brits and Americans pronounce this the same can can can. But in the negative there is a big difference in American English. We just add a T sound to the end. Can becomes, Can't can, can't the vowel does not change. This can cause some confusion because sometimes we don't hear the T at the end. So we say you can or you cannot. However, in British English, they change the vowel sound of the A when it's negative, so it becomes cont, cont, cont, cont. But if you want to speak American English, if you want an American accent, you have to say Can't because when I hear cont, it sounds very British. You need a consistent accent, so you need to sound completely British or completely American. It's your choice, but pick one past tense negative was not able okay. Making the past negative with could is easy. We just add not to the end so we can say Could not or the contracted form couldn't so could in the positive becomes could not or couldn't couldn't. I couldn't run really fast and I still can't or I couldn't run really fast. But now I can. They speak a foreign language and I still can't or they couldn't speak a foreign language. But now they can remember. We often use could to show that something is different today and to connect those ideas we use but to show difference. But we can also use it to show that something is the same. Has not changed to do this. We use still to connect those ideas. Question time questions are easy. All we do is move can to the beginning of the sentence, follow it with the subject and finish with our main verb in the base form. Make our original examples into questions and see how you do. I can run really fast. Can I run really fast? Yes, yes, I can or no, I can't. They can speak four languages becomes Can they speak four languages and you can respond? Yes, yes, they can or no, no, they can't past questions. Now let's do the same for the past. We put could at the beginning of the question, put the subject after it and finish with our main verb in the infinitive. So starting with it in the positive I could run really fast as a question. Could I run really fast and to respond? Yes, yes, I could or no, no, I couldn't. They could speak four languages becomes Could they speak four languages and to respond? Yes, yes, they could or no, no, they couldn't Ken and could for permission when asking for permission can and could have the exact same meaning and are used the exact same way. The only difference is that could have a slightly more formal and polite sound, but really, we use them both all the time in spoken English. So how do we form these can and could sentences when asking for something or trying to get permission structure in terms of structure compared to asking questions before nothing really changes. We put can or could at the beginning of the question, like we did before, and we put the person who is making the request or the person were making the request. Four after it, and then we put our main verb in the infinitive. I'll show you a couple examples. Each of these sentences has a small, subtle change in use, so I'll explain that to Hi. Can I use the bathroom, please? We can also say hi. Could I use the bathroom, please? My son hurt his leg. Could we please use your phone or my son hurt his leg? Can we please use your phone with the sentences I just gave you? I was asking if it was all right for me to do something. I was asking about my own behavior and not exactly making a request. So when expressing this, we need to refer to ourselves or yourself. If it's just you, could you please cook this a little longer, or can you please cook this a little longer? Can he wait one second, please? I'm busy. Or could he wait one second, please? I'm busy with the previous two examples. You can see that. I'm saying, could you and could he? And this indicates a request because the subjects refer to someone else or someone who is not part of my group. That indicates that I am asking someone else to do something for me. War for who I'm with. Can I get a soda? Thanks. Or could I get a soda? Thanks. could we get the steak and French fries? Thanks. Or can we get the steak and French fries? Thanks. The most common way to order food or drink is to say, Can I get or can I have followed by the thing you want? It is also just a popular toe. Ask, could I get or could I have if you didn't notice? That's what I said in the past two examples. So if you're at a bar, a cafe or a restaurant, any place with food or drink, that's how you should order the food or drink some more examples. I'm going to give you a few situations. You will see where the person is and what the person is requesting or asking permission to do. Make a request with can or could for each one. I need to use the bathroom, but I need to ask for permission from the person working first. Excuse me, Could I use the bathroom, please? Or can I use the bathroom, please? If you need to get someone's attention, Excuse me is the most popular and polite way. Part of me, at least in the United States, is not as common and like I mentioned before. It's better to be more polite than two seam route. So use, please and thanks at the end. Another situation and eating at a restaurant. And the door is open, but it's very cold outside. I need to ask the waiter to close the door. Excuse me, can you please close the door? It's very cold. Or could you please close the door? Our next example. You are a tourist in the city and need help finding a famous park nearby called Millennium Park. You see a man who appears friendly. Ask him if he knows how to get to the park. Excuse me, sir, Can you please tell me how to get to Millennium Park? Or could you please tell me how to get to Millennium Park politeness when speaking a language that you're learning Even if you're very advanced because you sometimes make mistakes or you don't know something or say something that doesn't sound natural, You might sound route. So when using can or could to make a request, order something or ask for permission. I really recommend that you say please and thanks. Adding this will help show that you are trying to be polite and will help avoid any negative situations when using English conditional sentences. If you're more advanced, you might have noticed that I did not talk about. If sentences conditional sentences that use could have. For example, if I had saved for money, I could have went on a trip to understand all the conditional sentences. The zero conditional to the third conditional go to the conditional sentences if questions and sentences at the end of this course. 58. 8.3 Modals: Should: should is most commonly used to express what is desired or ideal. What is the right good thing to do and what is the bad or wrong thing to do? So we use it mostly to give advice and encourage people or ourselves to express this, meaning we you should in the present simple and the present perfect. Let's start with the present simple present. Simple, positive. We start with the subject, as we always do, we put should after it and our main verb in the infinitive. After that, in the simple positive, usually the ideal good or desired action will be mentioned. Here are some examples you should eat healthy eating healthy is good. It's the ideal thing to do. We should wake up early or we might to be late, that the other options have bad consequences. Bad consequences, like making us late. I should stop going to bed so late here. It means going to bed late isn't good. It's not ideal, so I should stop doing it. Presents simple, naked. Okay, now we're going to be talking about things that are not ideal, are un desired. The bad options or things you shouldn't do in the negative, so things the subject should not or shouldn't do. So subject should not or shouldn't. And then the main verb in the infinitive pronunciation. Just some quick pronunciation here. I should not go becomes I shouldn't shouldn't go. We shouldn't wait. We shouldn't should not wait. Let's look at some present simple negative examples with Shouldn't. You shouldn't spend so much money on clothes here. It appears that this person is spending a lot of money on clothes, too much money, so they should not to do it. It's not a good idea. It's a bad idea, not ideal to spend that amount of money on close. It shouldn't do that. I think it's broken. In this case. We're talking about a thing like a tech device or gadget, and it sounds like it isn't working properly. It's doing things it shouldn't, which means malfunctioning. It should work properly, but instead it's not present simple questions. We ask questions with should mainly for getting advice. So in the positive and negative were generally giving advice or describing what is right or wrong. But in a question, we're asking for these opinions, so now we put should at the beginning and then the subject and then the main verb. So let's turn our simple, positive examples into questions you should eat. Healthy becomes Should I eat healthy? And here I'm asking for advice. Maybe I'm asking a friend or a doctor. What should I do? We should wake up early or we might be late. This becomes should we wake up early In this instance, I'm asking because I don't know. I'm getting another person's opinion before I decide. Or maybe I'm asking myself I should stop going to bed so late becomes should I stop going to bed so late? And I'm not sure. So I'm asking, trying to find out what is right and wrong, ideal and bad. And, yeah, I probably should stop going to bed so late. Present perfect. The use of should in the present Perfect has the exact same meaning about thinking of something as good or bad to do, giving advice also and asking for advice in a question. The only thing that changes is the time we're referring to. So we need to understand how to use the present perfect. If you haven't watched the present perfect videos go to that section the present perfect Let's start with forming should in the present perfect positive. The subject comes first, then should followed by have or has and then the past participle. Let's change our original presents. Simple positive examples into the present. Perfect. You should have eaten healthy. So now the decision is something that just happened and is impacting me now It is something I should have done. Eating healthy was a good choice, but I didn't listen. And now I am experiencing negative effects because of it. We should have woken up early again. This sounds like a regret, an action that very recently occurred in the past and is affecting the current situation. Maybe because I didn't wake up early. Now I'm late for work, school or a flight. Whatever. I should have stopped going to bed so late. Our final situation, where it looks like again. I realized the good behavior that I should have adapted but didn't. And now I suffer because of it. President. Perfect. Negative. We don't change much here. We still start with the subject and then should not or shouldn't followed by have or has an the past participle. Here are some examples. They shouldn't have stolen those things very similar to the present perfect positive use of should, because they're expressing regret about something that just happened and how it affects them now. The main difference is we're focusing more on the negative action that created the negative result. I shouldn't have lied to her more regret. It was a bad decision toe lie. And since we're using the present perfect, there must be some negative consequence. Now I shouldn't have done it, but it sounds like I did. She shouldn't have cheated on the test. She shouldn't have, but it looks like she did cheat on the test. And now in the present, there is a negative consequence. As in most of these examples, we don't know what exactly, but it's understood implied based on the context. If you're having trouble understanding these meanings with the present perfect present simple, go back and review those sections think, should we have another popular way to express opinions about what are the right and wrong actions to take and share advice by saying I think followed by should so think is the opinion of the person speaking and the should is the good or right thing you want them to do. There are a lot of tense combinations you can use with the structure, so I'm going to write a few examples to help you understand. I thought you should have done it. So why didn't you? We think you should go to college in Europe. They've thought about it and have told me I should go to the police. You think I should have invested more money in the company? Ought to. I'm guessing you have seen ought to before, but didn't know how to use it properly or how to say it. English has a lot of these O. U G H words that have a lot of different pronunciations here, though it's pronounced ought. It's like the past tense of to buy, bought, bought ought. And actually, it's the same pronunciation as catch in the past. Two caught, bought ought. Also in general, English ought to, and it's negative form ought not to are pronounced auto and ought nada like the Spanish word Nada. I ought to go now. I ought not to do it. I ought to try it. You ought not a lie to me anyways. Ought to has the same exact meaning as should for structure. It's exactly the same in the positive, for questions and in the negative where it becomes ought not to. In my opinion, it just sounds a little more formal then, should you should eat healthy. You ought to eat healthy. We should wake up early. We oughta wake up early. I should stop going to bed so late. I ought to stop going to bed so late. Must will look at must more later. But for now, just know that must is much stronger than it should. So if I say you should do something, it's a recommendation that I hope you follow. If I say you must do something, I really, really think you should do it. It's more of a necessity, in my opinion. 59. 8.4 Modals: Would: in this lecture, we're going to look at how we use would toe offer request and invite someone to do something. There are other uses of wood and I go over them in the past the if conditional section and the reported speech section attractions. Before we look at the uses of wood let's quickly look at how we pronounce the wood contractions as you hear them in spoken English. I would ID I'd I'd like to go. He would He'd he'd he'd be interested. She would She'd she'd she'd probably have one it would it it it be a good idea. This one's a little trickier. The IT and would contraction if you just look at it, The T becomes basically silent and all we get is it? The T basically become silent and all we pronounce in the contraction is in. So it would becomes it. It it be a good idea. We would. We'd we'd We need to go. You would. You'd you'd You'd be surprised they would. They'd they'd they had to do it would is a great, polite way to offer something to someone. It's a question. So we have to make sure to form it that way. That means would comes first, and then the person you are offering something to and then finally the thing you are offering, I'll give you a few examples. Would you like a piece of pie? Oh, yes, I'd love one. Would he like some coffee in the morning? I know he would. That's a great idea. Would she like a gift card? No, I don't think she would like that. Would versus do and does. It's important to notice the difference between asking. Would you like some pie versus Do you like pie as well, Which he like a gift card? Or does she like gift cards? Here's the thing. Would is for specific situations. It's not in general preference. That's what the present simple with do or does questions are for. So if I asked, does she like gift cards? It means in general all of the time. Is this a gift that she likes to receive? If I ask, do you like pie? It means in general, Do you like pie as a treat or a dessert while on the other hand, would you like pie can mean, like for lunch right now or in The specific moment I'm describing is not a general preference, however, and if I asked, would she like a gift card? I'm talking about a specific circumstance or situation. Maybe it's her birthday tomorrow, and I have to buy her something very quickly, using wood to invite someone we also use would to invite people to do things and to do things with us. It's a great way to make plans or invite someone to do something. How we do this is start with the question word would followed by the person we're inviting than, like two. And the action were inviting them to do. The action is in the infinitive, the base form. I'm going to put in action, and I want you to invite me using this. Form the action, go to a concert. Would you like to go to a concert to go skiing? Would you like to go skiing? Go out to eat? Would you like to go out to eat? Watch a movie? Would you like to watch a movie using wood to make requests? What is super helpful when requesting something, especially when ordering food and drink at a restaurant or cafe? But you can also use it just to express what you would like to do in a particular moment. It's a more polite way to express your desire, especially if you were declining someone's invitation or proposal to do something. Here are some examples. Hi. Can I take your order? Yeah, I'd like the ham sandwich, and she'd like a large coffee. Hey, Sam, would you like to go to the theater tonight? No, I'm sorry. I have a headache, so I'd like to get some extra rest. Hi. How can I help you? Hi. I'd like to know if you are open on Sundays. 60. 8.5 Modals: Have to: have to expresses certainty, necessity and obligation. It is very similar to the more informal expression have got to. Actually, they're really the same. Let's start by reviewing the have to congregation because that's where most people make their mistakes. And then we will look deeper at its use and how it's different than must important note about pronunciation in spoken English have to is most often pronounced half too, so we don't pronounce the V. Instead, we give it an F so it sounds like ahh a f t half to However, it is never spelt like that. That is something completely different. So in spoken English, you will usually not here. Have to you will hear have to or when it said very quickly and still very commonly hafta I have to go. She has to do it so either half to or hafta hafta have to in the present simple I we you they have two or more commonly half to or have to I have to go. We have to see it. You have to understand they have to agree. He she it has to He has to leave. She has to learn it. It has to work have to in present questions turn our previous examples in two questions. I have to go. Do I have to go? She has to learn. Does she have to learn it? It has to work. Does it have to work? You have to understand. Do you have to understand pronunciation? I just want to make sure that you're noticing the very big difference in pronunciation. This is very typical. As you can tell, I naturally do not pronounce the V and have on Lee. If you are speaking very slowly and in a very formal situation, will you pronounce that V sound in my English? In formal and informal situations, I will say half, 2.5 toe in more informal situations. The spelling, however, does not change. Have to in the negative. All we do here is put don't or doesn't before have to in the present simple again our original examples. But now in the negative, let's see if you can make them negative. We have to see it. We don't have to see it. They have to agree. They don't have to agree. He has to leave. He doesn't have to leave. It has to work. It doesn't have to work. How to use have to in the present negative when we use have to in the present negative were saying that something is not necessary. You don't have to do it. So if you want to express that, something is not a certainty, a necessity or an obligation, it's optional. This is how you do it. All we do is at not at the end. So does not or doesn't and do not or don't. So to show that something is optional, we just use the present negative. We don't have to see it, meaning it's not necessary. Don't worry about it. It doesn't have to. Work means it's not necessary, not a huge deal if it doesn't work. And this meaning is the same in the past. Simple. Negative using half to in the past. Simple. The past Simple is much easier, because half to only has one conjugation. I he she it we you they had to. I had to leave early yesterday. It had to happen this morning. We had to do it. You had to run faster toe win again. Here for pronunciation. You've probably noticed a little difference with the two after had it becomes had tough had toe. Hata, If you are speaking slower or in a more much more formal situation, you will still say had to or if you're tryingto emphasized the action. Otherwise it becomes I had toe it had toe, we had toe you had toe passable questions with half to past questions are pretty easy to We put our question where did at the beginning and follow that with our subject than have to and our main action. Think you can turn our previous examples into questions? I had to leave early yesterday. Did I have to leave early yesterday? It had to happen this morning. Did it have toe happen this morning? We had to do it. Did we have to do it? You had to run faster. Toe win. Did you have to run faster to win past simple negative with half two and finally we have the past simple negative, which means we put our subject first, then didn't have to and our main action turn our original pass sentences into past negative . I had to leave early yesterday. I didn't have to leave early yesterday. It had to happen this morning. It didn't have to happen this morning. We had to do it. We didn't have to do it. You had to run faster. Toe win. You didn't have to run faster. Toe win half two vs must First, you can use both must or have to when expressing your opinion, saying what you think is necessary, obligatory or required. Remember, this is subjective. It's your opinion, not a general truth or widely accepted. Here are some examples With this use You must play this game. It's the best you have to play this game. It's the best. You must talk to him. He likes you. You have to talk to him. He likes you. But when it is not our opinion, when it is something objective, meaning factual, not related to emotion or opinion, use have to. Mark has to go to the dentist because he has a tooth infection. It's not what I believe. It's a general truth that you visit the dentist when you have this type of problem. He almost didn't schedule an appointment, but I told him he must do it here. This is what I believe so I can use must in spoken English, At least in the United States. This distinction isn't recognized in spoken English, and I don't think most people know that there is a difference between must and have to go on a test. It's important to know these differences and use must and have to properly. But in spoken English, don't worry about have to in the perfect future and passive. In this lecture, I have focused on the present and past the most common places you'll see half to used. But we can also use it in other tenses, like the perfect and future simple as well as in the passive voice. I will give a few examples to help you understand. And if you have any questions about the perfect future or passive, watch those sections of the course. I've had to arrive early every day this week. It will have to be done before he arrives. I will have to do my homework before bed 61. 8.6 Modals: Mus not: must we primarily use must to express the idea of necessity. Let's start with how to form a sentence with must in the present Simple In the present simple. We start with the subject than must followed by our main verb in the infinitive or the base form. Here are some examples I must go See you later. He must get a haircut. They must talk to him. He must leave now. She must know the answer With all of these examples, the idea of necessity is being expressed that these actions must be done by the people were referring to. It's an obligation, a necessity, a requirement, a note on pronunciation in spoken English and in most conversations or situations, both formal and informal. The T at the end of must is usually not pronounced when followed by over that starts in a continent. From my examples I must go. He must get a haircut. I must talk to him. I must leave. But when the word after must starts with a vowel, we often pronounce the t. I must have done it. You must allow it past simple with must in the past Simple. We don't use must Instead, we use the past of half to which is had to We discussed this in the previous lecture. If you haven't watched it yet, but let's review it right now. First the subject then had two, followed by the infinitive form of our main verb. Let's change our previous examples Press play when you are ready, I must go. I had to go. Remember We don't use must in the past. We use the past form of half to He must get a haircut. He had to get a haircut. They must talk to him. They had to talk to him. We must leave now. We had to leave them. She must know the answer. She had to know the answer Using must in the present Negative. If you want to express that it is a necessity not to do something. That it is the wrong or bad thing to do. We say must not or the contraction mustn't notice that the first T is silent in mustn't. Mustn't Mustn't. Don't pronounce the first T only the second cultural difference between the US and the UK. This is interesting because this is a contraction. We don't use as much as the British, if ever mustn't. Sounds very British to an American in the US, We just continue to say must not re rarely use this contraction. It just sounds very formal and very British. So either way, just add not to the end of must. And if you want contracted to mustn't. If you want to sound more British or aristocratic or just say must not. If you want to sound more American, let's change our previous examples to the negative and press play. When you're ready, I must go. I mustn't go or I must not go. Maybe the wrong thing to do is to leave now, so I will wait. He must get a haircut. He mustn't get a haircut. He must not get a haircut. Who knows why? But for some reason the speaker really things that the guy should not get a haircut. They think it's a bad decision. They must talk to him. They mustn't talk to him. They must not talk to him or saying they shouldn't do it. It's the wrong thing to do. We must leave now. We mustn't leave now or we must not leave now. Here for some reason now is a bad time to leave. Maybe we'll get caught or in trouble. Who knows for what reason she must know the answer. She mustn't know the answer. She must not know the answer. So now it sounds like she should not find out. The answer should not be told her or were saying that it's bad that she already knows it. You might have noticed that in my explanations about why we're using mustn't or Must not, I used should not remember that must is stronger than should, and that must not is stronger, then should not watch the lecture related to should. If you haven't already, don't need to, so must means you should do something. It's an obligation or necessity. Must not means you should not do something. It's a bad idea or decision, But what if you just want to say that something isn't necessary? You don't have to worry about it. This is when we use don't need to or don't have to. I'll give you some examples you don't need to pay yet. I'm saying Hold on, not yet is not necessary yet. You will probably have to pay later, but at the moment, it is not necessary, Not required. The meeting starts at five. We don't need to leave yet, so right now it is too early. It sounds like, at least so we don't need to leave. It's not necessary is not an obligation to leave yet. In fact, it sounds like it's better to leave later. We can also say for the exact same meeting and, as discussed in the last lecture, don't or doesn't have to. So our previous examples change slightly in their structure, but the meaning is the same. You don't have to pay yet. The meeting starts at five. We don't have to leave yet, so often with Don't or doesn't have to and don't or doesn't need to. It sounds like you have another option available or are not required to do something, while on the other hand, if we use must not. It is the opinion of the person who is speaking that you only have one option available. It's necessary that you must or must not do it. It's necessary to do or not do using must to express possibility. We can also use must to express on talk about possibility possible causes or reasons of a situation or action we use must to show that we are pretty sure fairly sure of what or who is behind something the cause of it. When describing this type of situation, we most often used the present perfect which means we will form it this way. The subject and then must have plus the past participle. My car is gone. My sister must have taken it here. I am using must to show what I believe, what I think happened or cause something to happen. And here the thing that happened is my car is missing. My sister must have taken my car. I'm pretty sure that she did. If I want to say that I don't think my sister did it. I'm almost positive and certain and she didn't. I don't use Must have instead I use couldn't have. When she wasn't able, it could not have been her. My car is gone, but my sister couldn't have taken it. So now my car is gone again. But this time I don't think it was my sister that took it. She couldn't have done it. You know who must have done it? My dad my money is missing. It must have been stolen by one of my classmates here. All I know is that this couldn't have been done by my teacher because I trust her. And did you see how I contracted? Must have two must have. That's how you'll hear it. Most of the time in spoken English must have becomes must of must of I must have missed it . We must have lost them. We must have broken it. 62. 8.7 Modals: Imperative/commands: Sometimes we need to use strong direct language that tells someone to do something or not to do something in English. We use the imperative to do that. So let's look first at how to form the imperative. The positive imperative is really easy to form. We just use the base form of our verb. That is the infinitive. And then what? We want someone to dio, Come here. Listen to me. Drive above the speed limit. Wait, I'm not ready yet. Be ready by noon or were going to be late. The imperative in the negative. Making the imperative Negative is just as easy. And we use it when we don't want someone to do something. That's why all we do is put. Don't in front of the imperative to form it. Make our previous examples negative. Come here. Don't come here. Listen to me. Don't listen to me. Drive above the speed limit. Don't drive above the speed limit. Wait! I'm not ready yet. Don't wait. I'm not ready yet. Forming the imperative with have there are two reasons we often use have as a command first . These are expressions related to having a nice time. Nice day nice trip, etcetera. Things related to an event, situation or period of time. Basically, what we are saying is that we hope the other person has an enjoyable fun time. For example, have a nice meeting. Have a nice day, have a nice flight, have fun. Additionally, we use have as a command when offering something basically a way to say, Would you like but a little more forcefully, like they must try something or must do something, Have a seat, have a drink, have a piece of pizza. So in the previous examples, I'm offering these things. But because I'm using half as a command, it sounds more forceful, like I sincerely really want them to do those things and not just tryingto appear polite. Let's finally we can use Let's meaning Let us when we give a suggestion for a group of people, including yourself. Let's go to a movie tonight. So here I'm giving a suggestion for what all of us can do. Depending on your tone of voice, let's can sound like a command or just a suggestion. Let's get some coffee again. It's me and whoever on making the suggestion to and you might have been able to tell by the tone of my voice that it was more of a suggestion or just giving someone idea of something we can do. So maybe I was with my parents and we're trying to do something together. So let's get a cup of coffee. I don't know what to do this weekend. Oh, I know. Let's think about it and we'll decide later here. We can't make up our minds. We are unsure about what to do. So I make a suggestion more as a command, though, to think about it a little bit longer and decide later. Let's in the negative. In the negative, we say Let's not no English speaker ever says Let us not. It is always let's not when making a suggestion or command in the negative as well. Let us is just as rare in the positive because it really as a lot of emphasis and changes the meaning quite a bit. So always contract. Let us toe other let's or let's not make the following. Let's examples negative. Let's go already. Let's not go yet. Let's play a game. Let's not play a game. Let's fly to Hawaii. Let's not fly to Hawaii. Let's take a road trip. Let's not take a road trip making commands with no plus the Jeron. One final way to make a negative command is to put no in front of the Gironde. The Gironde is the same form as the present participle. It is basically the form of the verb ending in I N G. It's also what we use in the continuous tenses. Some examples using no plus the gerund are no running, no talking during the test, no cheating, no asking questions. We can also put the Geralyn first, followed by is not allowed or is not permitted. So we can also say running is not allowed. Talking during the test is not permitted. Cheating is not allowed. Asking questions is not permitted. 63. 9.1 Helping verbs: Short answers: short statements and questions in English. When saying something or responding to a question, you generally have the option to respond or ask in a longer way or a shorter way. The longer way generally repeats a lot of the vocabulary, and the shorter way typically just repeats the main verb. Let's start with the short form. A quick note about etiquette. Short responses can be very nice to use because they're easier. But if you tend to give very short responses, it can seem like you're either annoyed, bored, irritated, uninterested in the conversation, especially if you just answer yes or no to a yes or no question. So be careful when giving such short responses. You want to make sure to explain your responses, ask questions in return or continue the conversation in some way. Really, these are the general rules to any conversation. If you actually want it to continue first, don't be afraid to ask the same question you were asked. Often it's actually expected. Second, give details and examples toe what you said. Don't just say yes or no unless you want the conversation to end. Third, do something, anything. If you want the conversation to continue. Ask another question, continues speaking about that topic or introduce any other topic. The thing is, if you give short answers, the one negative aspect is you now have to continue the conversation more quickly without seeming like you are done with it. This is a conversation skill you will develop so practice and it will get a lot easier. Motile verbs. We just studied modal verbs last section, and they're great for short statements and questions. So let's start with them motile verbs we looked at work can Could, Would Will might have to and must, depending on the situation and meaning we can use a variety of motile verbs. And if we want to, we can exclude the main verb. Here are some examples. Is he buying her a gift? He might be. Or the long response he might be buying her a gift. Are you coming to my house later? No, I can't. Or the long response. I can't come to your house later. Do you think he's still coming? Yeah, he must. Or the long response. He must still be coming. Is he going to do it? He has to. Or the long response he has to do it. So motile verbs are often an option. When responding to a question, You just need to choose the right motile verb that gives the amount of possibility, certainty or necessity that you want to express to be. And to have the verb to be is great and short responses and questions. You just respond with an is or are in the present and was or were in the past and the same for sentences in the present. Perfect. We just respond with have or has depending on the subject. Are you prepared? Yes, I am. Or yes, I'm prepared. Have you responded already? Yes, I have. Or yes. I've responded already. Were you upset? No, I wasn't. Or no, I wasn't upset. Has it already happened this year? No, it hasn't. Or no, It hasn't already happened this year. He's still going to school. Yes, he is. Or yes, He's still going to school. Contraction rule for the short form. You cannot use contractions when using the short form in positive sentences. Onley in negative short forms. Can you use the contractions? Here are some examples. Are you guys hungry? I am. But he isn't or I'm not, But he is. Well, I see you at the party tomorrow. Yes, you will. Or No, you won't. Are you still in school? Yes, I am. Or No, I'm not. Is there enough time to eat? Yes, there is. Or no, there isn't what to put after, Yes or no. As you can see from the previous examples, if your response starts with yes or no, you can use a short response instead of repeating a lot of the same stuff. Just to make sure to remember that you can't contract and positive short form responses on Lee. If you answer in the negative short form responses in the present. Simple when using the present. Simple we used, do or does and don't or doesn't to make short responses to questions. This is for any verb except those words like to be and to have, which we already discussed. Do you like living in New York? I don't like living in New York, but my roommate does the long form responses. I don't like living in New York, but my roommate likes living in New York. Do you support the local team? No, I don't long form response. No, I don't support the local team. Do you watch a lot of TV? No, I don't. Or long form response. No, I don't watch a lot of TV. Short form responses in the past. In the past, we use did or didn't with every verb Except those words like to be and to have. Did you travel alone? Yeah, I did. Or long form? Yeah. I traveled alone. I saw the movie already, but he didn't or I saw the movie already, but he didn't see it. Did they agree to pay more? No, they didnt or no, they didn't agree to pay more. Remember, the most important thing from this lecture is that you don't use contractions when giving a positive short form response. It sounds extremely weird. If you do, it's very incorrect. That's why we're going to do more practice in the homework to help you remember this point 64. 9.2 Helping verbs: Question tags: showing interest and surprise in English and how to use question tags in this lecture, I'm going to show you how to add short questions to the end of your sentences in English. This is extremely common in spoken English, but before we look at them, I'm going to show you how to appear more surprised or interested in a conversation. Yeah, No, this is the simplest way to show interest or surprise. So if you want to appear interested or surprised by something or something someone has done , we use thes we can say, Oh, yeah. Oh, no. Oh, no way. And oh, really? And we can use them in two ways. First, to make ourselves appear interested or surprised, even if we aren't and second, to express how surprised or interested we really are. My boss fired three people today. Oh, yeah, that's crazy. Is your job okay? I'm late because I hit a deer in the road. Oh, no way. How's your car? My sister is fighting with my mom again and my mom says this and my sister says that and oh , really? I hope it gets better. Question takes. We put question takes at the end of a sentence, and they work basically as many questions, small questions that go at the end of a statement. Ah, question taken. Be used to ways, and each one will have different intonations. First toe. Ask a real question that you need an answer to. This will have rising intonation. Second toe. Ask a question on Lee to have someone agree with you or toe add emphasis. This will have falling intonation. Here are a couple examples. It's very nice out, isn't it? Yeah, it's beautiful. He doesn't work in sales. Does he know he doesn't? The 1st 1 was falling intonation because it wasn't a real question. I was just stressing how beautiful it was. The 2nd 1 used rising intonation because it was a real question. You will hear these very often and spoken English, so it's important to understand them. It's even more important that you start using them, so let's look at how we form these question takes. There are quite a few ways to form question takes, but the rules are pretty simple. So let's start with the most important thing, and that is knowing when to use a positive or negative question take if the sentence We're looking at the sentence, we want to add a question. Take two is positive. We use a negative question. Take so positive sentence at negative question. Take so from before that is this example. It's very nice out, isn't it? It's very nice. Out by itself is a positive sentence. Actually, it's a statement. It's the question take, isn't it? That makes it a question. So I'm saying it's very nice. And then my question take here isn't really asking a question. Instead, it's just trying to get people to agree with me, so it uses falling intonation. I can also be using it just to add emphasis to stress how nice it is continuing. If our main sentence is negative, though, we use a positive question. Take so negative sentence Had a positive question take. Do you remember our second example? He doesn't work in sales, does he? Our main sentence is negative. So he was a positive question take. And what we're saying here is that I don't think he works in sales, but I'm not certain. So I had the question take to the end of my sentence to double check to see if anyone else can verify. And because this sentence is a genuine question, I don't know. The intonation rises. It goes up like that. That's how we know I'm asking a real question. Intonation. Intonation is important for question takes. And like I said, if your question take isn't really asking a question instead, it's looking for people to agree with you or to share your opinion and use the question. Take as emphasis. Your intonation falls. It's lower. It lowers when you give the question. Take. It was a bad idea, wasn't it? You should have arrived on time. Shouldn't you have? That's falling intonation. It does not rise with the two previous examples. I'm not asking. I'm really sharing my opinion in either adding emphasis or trying to get people to agree with me. But let's turn them into questions now, and you will see how the intonation rises when we get to the question. Take. It was a bad idea, though, wasn't it? You should have arrived on time. Shouldn't you have? So now the meaning is completely different because it sounds like I'm asking a real question. I'm uncertain. Intonation takes practice and you will have to exaggerate the sound until it feels normal and you remember to do it. So don't worry. Keep practicing, and it will sound natural before you know it. Question takes with helping verbs. Question takes will reuse the verb from the main part of our sentence. Our statement. So if this is an auxiliary or helping for a Blake to have or to be, that is what we repeat. We reuse it. Put a question take at the end of the following sentences and press play when you're ready . They were watching TV. They were watching TV, weren't they? My intonation rose, because for me, it was an actual question. But remember, the intonation can rise or fall, depending on if you are really asking a question or only sharing your opinion or looking for confirmation, they've done it already. They've done it already, haven't they? Here is not a real question. I'm more so emphasizing what I think they already did, Maybe asking for confirmation. He wasn't being polite. He wasn't being polite, was he? Notice how my question take is positive in this example, because my main statement is negative. If the main part of the sentence is negative. The question take is always positive. It hasn't arrived yet. It hasn't arrived yet, Has it in begin? Here is a positive question take because it's following a negative sentence. And in this case it was rising intonation. It was a real question. I didn't know if it arrived yet when using. I am. If our sentence starts with If the main part of the sentence uses, I am, it's important to know that the question take is, aren't I? So I am becomes, aren't I? Here are two examples I am not required to. I am not required to am I? Did I trick you? We started with am Not so we don't use, aren't I? Because that would be two negatives together. Remember if our main sentences negative than our question take is positive. I am too busy for this. I am too busy for this, aren't I? Now we use, aren't I after the positive? I am motile verbs if you're using modal verbs, what we discussed in the last section that is what we repeat and reuse in the question. Take, let's again do some examples together. Press play. When you're ready, you'll be there you'll be there, won't you? First of all, the main part of the sentence is positive. So put the question take in the negative. Second, we have the motile verb will which becomes won't in the question take And finally I'm not sure if they will actually be there. So my intonation rises. He can't have it. He can't have a canny Our motile is can't in this sentence and in the question take it becomes can And here I know he can't have it. And I'm emphasizing that you should read it first. You should read it first, shouldn't you? This is positive to negative. So we start with should and then we repeat it. But in the negative in the question take and it's a real question. You can't do it. You can't do it, can you? We start with can't. So in the take it becomes can and I'm serious. I don't think you can do it. So I have a falling intonation. Main verbs. If we're not using an auxiliary helping verb or a motile verb, then we use, do, does and did for positive question takes in the past and present, and we use don't doesn't and didn't for negative question tags in the past and present. This will be for the overwhelming number of verbs you will encounter when making question takes. You wrote the essay already. You wrote the essay already, didn't you? So it's the past tense, positive In the main part of the sentence, this tells us that the question take will be past tense. Negative. And we have a typical action verb here. We have to write in the past wrote. So we use didn't because it's in the past. She lives in Miami. She lives in Miami. Doesn't she present tense positive with a main verb? So the form of do we use is negative in the present conjugated, for she doesn't. And finally my intonation falls, meaning this isn't really a question. It's about emphasis or asking for verification. They didn't write a book. They didn't write a book, did they? We start with past tense negative, which means the question take needs to be past tense. Positive. We always agree with tents, but change from negative to positive. And here I'm really asking a question. So my intonation rises. We don't believe her. We don't believe her. Do we start negative with Don't? So the question take uses do and it becomes positive and a real question. Do we believe her? 65. LIVE Questions with intonation: topic right now is coming from Raquel. She had a great question from something that she saw on TV on the show. Friends. Someone said they they didn't have any soda. So this doesn't look like an obvious question, right? Because I've been telling you that the question word did or didn't needs to go in the front something like, Didn't they have any soda? And in written English, if you're writing an essay, anything formal, you want to use that. But in spoken English, we have another way toe ask questions, and we don't have to change anything. So it is much easier to use and extremely common in spoken English. All you do is use rising intonation so you can take any statement. Ah, for example, it is sunny out this last of sun. Today it's a statement, and all you do is rise. Raise your intonation at the end of the sentence at the in the last stressed syllable. Or you can actually start to raise your intonation as the sentence progresses to start to show the question forming. So instead of saying it is sunny out, I can say it is sunny out. So at the end, you can your sunny out, and that's your rising intonation. Ah is but how you would normally want to do it, especially in an essay on in quite formal situations, but especially in writing, we want to use the question we're at the beginning, or in this case, we want to use inversion. So is it sunny out? But in spoken English, it is sunny out, or we probably actually contract. It's sunny out because we love contractions in spoken English. Uh, so that's pretty much it intonation. You really have to practice it. It is really pronunciation here, but it is just rising your pitch, your tone kind of up, up getting his, in my opinion, a little squeak year, but really practice by yourself, exaggerated, really exaggerated cause the thing in spoken English for for learners of English is they often don't raise their pitch enough, so I really need to hear the pitch. Otherwise, it sounds like a statement. And as I told Richelle, this is actually discussed that the pitch with the question tags in the motile verb section because this is very similar. So with question tags in the motile verb section, I can say it's sunny out, isn't it? So he's rising intonation, and that shows us that this question tag is actually showing a real question. But if I say it's sunny out, isn't it? That's falling intonation. We use falling intonation with the wh words like who? What, where, when, why and how and falling intonation. Just generally describing fax and statements. It's it's sunny out that's just falling intonation, rising intonation shows us questions. Ah, with wh question words those usually described like statements, information. And even if they are a question, we still use falling intonation. Where is the book Falling intonation? I don't say. Where's the book? It sounds strange like I would have to be very curious, very lost to use that. So with wh question words falling intonation. Why are you here? Falling intonation. But she's here. That's the rising and station here. Here. Really? Practice it by yourself because we want to make sure, especially if you're just trying to use intonation by itself. Toe ask a question. We need to hear the intonation, then, otherwise it sounds like a statement. Not a question. Eso One more example my computer is on. Was that a statement or a question. It was a statement. But my computer is on on right, so really exaggerated by yourself just to make sure that you're getting the intonation, so that when you when you speak with native speakers, it's understood. But, yes, you can ask questions just by adding some rising intonation at the end, and it's a great way we do it all the time in English and spoken English toe ask questions . 66. 9.3 Helping verbs: Agreeing/disagreeing: in English. We often need to show that we either agree with someone or disagree with someone. This could be talking about preferences, what we think or how we feel in relation to how someone else thinks feels or has a preference. Like if I say I'm happy and you feel the same than you can say, I feel happy or I'm happy to or if I feel the opposite, I say I'm not happy in this case. You can say I'm not happy either. Let's look a little bit more at the structures for showing agreement and disagreement. Positive agreement. If you want to agree with someone in a positive sentence, we use to and we put to at the end of the sentence, I'm going to give you a few statements about how I feel things I like to dio and some other stuff in the following examples. Agree with me in the positive and we'll check your answers as we go. I like to play voluble. I like to play volleyball to my sentences. Positive. If you disagreed with me, you would just say I don't like valuable. But in this lecture we're focusing on agreement and since you also like valuable we use to . I'm excited for the movie. I'm excited for the movie, too. We're both excited, so we agree about this and it's a positive sentence. Were agreeing in. So we use to I can sing very well. I can sing very well too. I say that I can sing and you show agreement by using, too, because it's a positive sentence. We can both sing well, positive short responses. In the first lecture of this section, we focused quite a bit on short responses and statements. We can do the same when we are showing agreement. Ah, short form four agreement. I'm going to give some examples but not go into very much detail about the short form rules . So if you need to review watch short form statements and answers that lecture at the beginning of this section, meat to the simplest way to show positive agreement in any situation is just to say me too . You already know we can put to at the end of a sentence in our long response. But we can also just respond with me to to show that we agree. You can also say me as well, but it's less common and more formal sounding. Using our original examples now show agreement by using the short response. We use the object pronoun in these responses. The object pronouns are me him her it we you them. I like to play volleyball. Me too or long response. I like to play volleyball, too. I'm excited for the movie. Me too or long response. I'm excited for this movie to I can sing very well. Me too. Or long response. I can sing very well. Two main verb short responses versus helping and motile verbs. Motile verb Short responses like can could, should would will might in helping verbs like have and to be are put directly into the short responses for agreement in the positive motile and helping verbs go in the middle of so and the subject. So in these short response is showing agreement we start with. So then we put the motile verb and then the subject. Here are our examples from before I can sing, so can I. This is the short form for positive agreement. We can both sing. We always put so first, followed by our motile or helping verb here it's can. And then the subject. I'm excited for the movie. So am I. We are both excited, and here we have so first as always. Then we have the helping verb to be conjugated for I and to finish the subject is I for all other verbs, main verbs or action verbs. We use the same exact structure, but now, with our main verb so so plus main verb plus subject. But with these verbs like watch, play and travel, they are replaced by the conjugated. Helping verb do do can be both a helping verb and a main verb. In this case, for this structure for showing agreement, it's working as, ah, helping verb. So without any actual meaning is just for proper grammar. Let's practice. We're going to use one of our original examples and look at a few new ones, too. I like to play volleyball. So do I. Or long form I like to play volleyball to like is the main verb here. So we replace it with the proper conjugation of do in the present, and it's due in this case. I do 50 push ups every day. So does he. He does 50 push ups to the verb to do as an action or main firm will also be replaced basically by itself with the do form of the helping verb. So here we say, So does he. We ate at an Italian restaurant last night. So did we. Long form. We ate at an Italian restaurant last night, too. By chance Here the subjects are the same, but we're really just focused on the action being the same. So I could have also said so did he. So did I, etcetera. And we must agree with the tents. So in the past, we use did showing negative agreement. If you want to agree with someone in a negative sentence, we use either and we put either at the end of the sentence, I'm going to give you a few statements about how I feel things I don't like to do and some other stuff in the following examples. Agree with me in the negative and we'll check your answers as we go. I don't like to play volleyball. I don't like to play voluble either. My sentence is negative. If you disagreed with me, you would just say I do like to play voluble. But in this lecture we're focusing on agreement. And since you also don't like volleyball, we use either. I'm not excited for the movie. I'm not excited for the movie, either. We're both not excited, so we agree about this and it's a negative sentence we're agreeing in. So we use either. I can't sing very well. I can't sing very well either. I say that I can't sing and you show agreement by using either because it's a positive sentence. We both can't sing me neither. And me, either. Me either. The simplest way to show negative agreement in any situation is just to say me neither or me, either. This is the simplest and the shortest you already know. We put either at the end of a sentence in our long response. Native speakers do sometimes change that, but it's less commonly accepted. Well, we can also just respond with me neither or me, either to show that we agree in spoken English, you will hear both of thes me. Neither is considered more grammatically correct by itself, so make sure to use it on a test for short responses and make sure to use either when at the end of a long response. But in spoken English, both are acceptable. We used the object pronoun in these responses. Remember the object pronouns are me him her it we you them pronunciation note the pronunciation of either. And neither can also be said as either and neither. This is your choice that you can make whenever you want. They're both perfectly acceptable, as you have noticed. Probably during this lecture, I have been using both pronunciations. Sometimes we change them, depending on stress and other times, especially in my case, for this lecture, I have been changing the pronunciation just because I don't want to use the same one all the time. It's completely your choice, and you can use either one whenever you feel like it. Now, using our original examples show agreement by using the short responses that we just talked about. I don't like to play volleyball. Me either or me neither. I don't play voluble either. I'm not excited for the movie. Yeah, me either or me neither. I'm also not excited for this movie. I'm not excited for this movie either. I can't sing very well. Me neither. Me neither I can't sing very well, either. Main verb short responses versus helping and modal verbs in negative motile verbs and helping verbs are put directly into short responses for agreement in the negative motile and helping verbs go in the middle of neither and the subject So before we used. So now we replace it with neither and in spoken English, we often use either as well, so you can choose which one to use. I can't sing. Neither can I. Or either can I. This is the short form for negative agreement. We both can't sing. We always put neither first followed by our motile or helping verb, and here it's can't. And finally the subject. I'm not excited for the movie. Neither am I. We are both not excited, and here we have neither first and we have the helping verb to be conjugated as am and to finish the subject I for all other verbs. Main verbs are action verbs. We used the exact same structure, but now with the main verb. But with these verbs like watch play travel, they are replaced by the conjugated. Hoping verb do do can be both helping for and a main verb. But here it's working as, Ah, helping verb. So without any actual meaning. Let's do some practice. I don't like to play volleyball. Neither do I. Or either do I. Long form. I don't like to play voluble either. Like is a main verb, so we replace it with the proper conjugation of do in the present. I don't do 50 push ups every day. Neither does he or either, does he? We didn't eat at an Italian restaurant last night. Neither did we. We long form. We didn't eat at an Italian restaurant last night either. Again. Here the subjects are the same. But we're really just focused on the action being the same. So I could have also said Neither did he. Neither did I, etcetera. 67. 10.1 Adjectives: in English. We need adjectives to describe things. The number, quality, size, shape, color, origin and purpose, these air, all types of adjectives we use to describe something or someone. Let's start by looking at all of the categories for adjectives and then go a lot deeper into how we use them. Here are all the types of adjectives. Later, in this lecture, I will tell you how we arrange them when we use more than one adjective to describe something. Three books. This is number or quantity. Great house. Great is an opinion. Ah, large dog. This is size thin piece of paper. This is a physical quality, a box shaped design. Here we are describing shape, box shaped, an old purse old. This is describing age. A blue folder. This is for describing color French cheese. This is a proper adjective for origin. This French cheese comes from France. A wood desk would tells us the material an oval shaped opening. This is the type of something we're talking about, the type of opening and finally business English here. Business tells us the purpose. Why are we learning English? It's for business. Now let's look at adjective endings Unlike in a lot of other languages, the endings of adjectives in English do not change. It doesn't change depending on plural or singular. And in English. We don't grammatically have gender, so that doesn't change either. I say dramatically because we do sometimes assigned gender to personal things we own, like a car, Ah, boat computer or other personal belongings that you have a closer connection with are more important to you. But anyways, adjectives never change a Red book to read books and Ugly Red book her too ugly red books, using the verb to be with adjectives when we just have a noun and adjective. The adjective comes first, like the Nice House, that beautiful car, the nice weather. But when we add love herb to be and change the structure of the sentence, the adjective changes places to and comes after the verb to be and you'll see the verb to be conjugated, most likely depending on the tents, for example, the houses nice. That car was beautiful. The weather has been nice. Here are some more examples. Be polite to your elders. The concert was awesome. She's very warm. Are you warm, too? There are some pretty birds over there. Be prepared to leave early verbs and adjectives and adverbs describes how an action the verb is performed. But also some verbs are used to describe a thing, and with those things we use an adjective. These are called attributed verbs. Some of these verbs are to appear, feel, look, smell, sound and to taste. I'll give you some examples with these verbs. You appear tired. I feel happy. It looks great. The soup smells delicious. The music sounds terrible. The coffee tastes bitter, So with these verbs we follow them with an adjective to describe. Ah thing, adjective order. But no matter if the adjective comes before a noun after to be or with an attributed verb, we still have to follow the appropriate order for adjectives. If you're trying to use more than one to describe something, some people disagree. If you look online, for example, about the exact order of adjectives because not everyone agrees, I'm going to teach you this, According to the Cambridge Dictionary. This way, if anyone disagrees with you, just tell them you're organizing your adjectives as taught by Cambridge University. And so you know the order can change if the speaker wants to emphasize add stress toe one or some of the adjectives used to describe the thing or person first adjective determiner. Don't worry about the name. A determiner is something basic, like an article a n. The possessive pronouns like my his her and quantify IRS Most anything that tells us the quantity or number of a thing, so those are always first going further. The definite article. The will come before a specific number and most other quantities will be indefinite, meaning a or an second adjectives related to opinion. There are adjectives that can change, depending on the opinion off. The person speaking. They are subjective and based on that person's perspective rather than objective and factual. So think of beautiful, ugly, smart and dumb. Third, adjectives related to size and height sizes anything like taller, short, tiny or huge, small or big. Although, as you can see with some of these, it is kind of hard to separate objective and factual observation from opinion, fourth condition and state adjectives. So now we're describing it in terms of being smooth or rough, appearing new or old, clean or dirty. Fifth adjectives related to shape shape can be obvious, like round, square or rectangular, but it can also include fat, which really means to be round sixth adjectives of age. Age is pretty easy, like young, old, new or antique, meaning really old. Seventh color color adjectives are pretty obvious, like yellow, green, blue or pink and many other colors to choose from eighth origin. This is always describing the place. Something came from which usually means from a country or other proper noun is like Russian , Chinese American. These are origin adjectives telling us where something comes from. Ninth adjectives related to material. What is it made out of? Metal, wood or plastic? These are types of material 10th adjectives for the type or purpose of something. What is it designed for? And how is it different from similar things? General purpose or, for something specific? Two. Sided or foresighted related to learning English? A lot of people study general English. Other people studied Business. English. 11th purpose. What do you use it for? Is it for cleaning, for cooking, for recycling or for driving these air types of things and their purpose? What to do with more than one adjective when you have more than one adjective after a verb and is usually used to connect the second toe last adjective with the final adjective, for example. The room is bright and warm, or the phone is innovative, small and new using, and is less common when more than one adjective comes before the now like, ah, polite young man here, the adjectives come before the noun, not after, but when the adjective belongs to the same group like both are a color or when describing different parts of the same thing and can be used to separate them. For example, she wore a black and white shirt here we use and because it's the same category of adjective, black and white are both colors, so we use and 68. 10.2 Adverbs: adverbs mostly describe verb actions. They tell us more about the action, how someone did something house something happens or how somebody does something. This is different from adjectives in the previous lecture, which are mostly used to describe or add more detail to announce. In fact, as you'll see later in this lecture, some adverbs are used to modify change, other adverbs and other adjectives. Adverbs are mostly found with an L Y ending at the end, but not always. Let's look at first how we form an adverb from an adjective. Most adverbs will have an L Y ending at the end, and we just change an adjective to an average by adding that ending like sad, sadly frequent, frequently extreme, extremely heavy heavily. Now let's look at some of the spelling rules from the adverbs that I just showed you. Words that end in a why usually have the why replaced by I l. Why in the adverb form, for example, easy, easily angry angrily words that end in L as an adjective will usually end in L l. Why as an adverb, So we just add an extra l Careful carefully, actual, actually as well. There are some adverbs that are both adjectives and adverbs, like hard, fast, late and early, when an adverb does not end in L. Why they are called flat or simple adverbs. There are a few flat adverbs that can also end in L. Why, for example, I can say drive safe and drive safely good versus well to quickly cover Good and well. The most important thing to know is that good is always an adjective. Well is overwhelmingly used as an adverb, though it is occasionally, sometimes infrequently used as an adjective. For example, when you greet someone, you say, How are you? And you can respond? I'm well, well is used as an adjective when describing health and describing satisfactory conditions . Good conditions. However, in spoken English, it's not very common to use well in those ways, and you'll probably just want to use good. So how are you? I'm good adverb Word order Adverbs have three general positions in a sentence. I'll quickly explain them before we look a lot closer at where each adverb needs to go, depending on its use and type first at the front of the sentence before the subject. Earlier, the teacher talked to the students second at the end of the sentence. After the object, the students will talk to the teacher later, third in the middle of a sentence before or after the verb or in the middle of a group of verbs before the verb. He rarely studies after school. After the verb, he speaks softly to her in the middle of a sentence, he had abruptly decided what to do. This word order can be adjusted slightly, depending on the emphasis. You want to give in a sentence what you want, the adverb to highlight or draw our attention to. For example, slowly, she got up from her desk. She slowly got up from her desk. She got up from her desk slowly. Thes three sentences have slightly different stress, based on where we put the adverb slowly types of adverbs. Now that you have an understanding of what adverbs are, let's look at the different types of adverbs In this lecture, I will categorize them according to five topics, which is how they are most commonly categorized. Looking at each type of adverb will also give you a much better idea of where we put them in a sentence. Adverbs of manner, adverbs of manner described how something is done. They answer the question. How some adverbs of manner are slowly or quickly, smartly or stupidly, angrily or happily. Adverbs of manner are usually put after the main verb or after the object in a sentence. Here are some examples putting the adverb after the main verb He ran slowly. He ran quickly. He ran fast. Some examples. After the object, he ran the race slowly. He ran the race quickly. He ran race fast. If there is a proposition before the object, we can put the adverb before the proposition before the verb or after the object. Before the proposition, he walked quickly to the store before the verb. He quickly walked to the store after the object. He walked to the store quickly. If you didn't know, the proposition in those three sentences was to go to the Proposition section off the course. If you have more questions about propositions, adverbs of place, adverbs of place, tell us the location of an action. It answers the question Where behind in front, Down, up, inside. Outside. They are commonly put after the main verb or at the end of the part of the sentence they describe. Here are some examples with the adverbs After the main verb we went outside, we went in the house. We went behind the school here. Some examples at the end of the clause, meaning the end of the part of the sentence we are modifying. We went by ourselves outside. We went with our friends in the house. We went to get our bicycles behind the school. Adverbs of frequency, adverbs of frequency. Answer the question. How often how frequently were infrequently. Some of these are always often usually seldom, rarely and never with just a main verb. The adverb of frequency usually goes before it. I seldom talk to her. We rarely agree on anything. They never bike to school with helping verbs. The adverb still comes before the main verb, but after the helping verb, I have seldom talk to her. We might rarely agree on anything. They should never bike to school. In these three sentences, the helping verbs were have might and should the main action verbs were talked, agree, and bike, when to be is the main verb. The adverb will come after it. I am seldom upset when I'm with her. We are rarely early. They are never happy. Some of these adverbs can be placed at the beginning or the end of a sentence to switch the emphasis the stress. Often I wear boots. I wear boots off adverbs of time, adverbs of time. Answer the question when they help us with when something happens. Some of these adverbs are now soon, later today, this month next month. Most often, adverbs of time are placed at the end of a sentence, but they can also be put at the beginning to put more stress on the time being referred to will open presents later. Later we will open presents with later at the end of the sentence. More focus is given to the action that will happen later. Not so much on the time with later. At the beginning of the sentence is the most important thing. I want to stress that the presence will be opened later. Not now. I will start studying soon. Soon I will start. Study was soon at the end of the sentence. We're giving a description of when we plan to start studying, and it's sometime in the future and doesn't have much emphasis. There is more Focus on the action that will be happening soon. Was soon at the beginning of the sentence. We are really stressing the time that will be in the near future. Soon I will start studying adverbs of degree, adverbs of degree. Answer. How much and to what degree? Some adverbs that do this are very extremely two with two O's enough partially, completely and totally. Most often we put the adverb of degree before the adjective adverb, or verb that they're modifying. Yes, adverbs can modify adjectives and other adverbs. Here are some examples I am completely finished with the project. It's an extremely good book they have partially decided. But there are some exceptions here, specifically with two and very to has two meanings. It can mean as well or also which is placed at the end of the sentence. And it can mean too much or excessive, which comes before the adjective or adverb it modifies. Are you studying politics to Did you miss the bus to It's too short to fit me. You run too slow with the adverb. Very, we put it before the adjective or adverb. It's modifying to show that it happens more intensely or to emphasize the degree. He is very stupid. She dresses very well. I can't understand him very clearly. Multiple adverbs. Finally, when you find yourself using a few adverbs in a sentence, follow this order. First manner. Second place, Third frequency, fourth time fifth degree and if you are using multiple adverbs of the same category, start with the more specific adverb first. 69. 10.3 Adjectives/adverbs: 'as ... as...": as blank as sometimes we need to make comparisons and with, as plus adjective or adverb. And then, as again, we can show that things are the same equal in some way. Here are some examples to start. Ben is as old as Sarah. I'm showing their equal, and when talking about age, that means they are the same age. Maybe they're both 18 years old. My car is probably as old is your house here? It doesn't sound like I'm being literal with my use because we don't have more context. Maybe the person is actually saying their car is the same age as the other person's house We don't know. Or maybe they're just trying to exaggerate the age of their car by comparing it toe older house. I earned as much money as I did last year. In this example. I earned the same amount of money this year as I earned last year. I earned as much as last year, making these comparisons in the negative. If we want to make a comparison between things that are not equal to show they are different, we just add not to the beginning of our as and then adjective or adverb and then, as again, construction. So not as adjective or adverb. And then as turn our previous three examples into the negative and press play. When you are ready, Ben is as old as Sarah. Ben is not as old as Sarah. Now it sounds like they are not the same age. Instead, it sounds like Ben is younger because he is not as old as Sarah. Maybe he's 17. My car is probably as old is your house. My car is probably not as old as your house. Now it sounds like the house is older than the car. It has been cleared up. The house is older. I earned as much money as I did last year. I didn't earn as much money as I did last year. Now it sounds like I didn't earn as much. I earned less money than I did last year using quite and nearly. We can also say not quite as, and not nearly as we used, not quite as to show a smaller difference between two things, and we used not nearly as to show a much bigger difference. The first part of the movie wasn't quite as good as the second part, so not a huge difference in quality. But the first part just wasn't as good as the second part. The first part of the movie was not nearly as good as the second part. Now I am describing The difference in quality is being much bigger. The second part is noticeably better. The first part was pretty bad, as much as and as many as already showed you one as much as example when talking about how much money I earned, we use as much as when making a comparison with uncountable now owns. We use as many as when making a comparison with countable noun. If you are not familiar with the difference between countable and uncountable, mounds, go to the articles and countable uncountable section of the course as much as or as many as something else just means to be equal the same and in the negative. It's to be different. Unequal. Here are some examples I don't have as much homework as my brother, so I'm saying my brother has more homework than me. Homework is uncountable, so we use much. There aren't as many people here as before. Before there were more people here and people. We can count one person, two people, three people. So we use many. He doesn't give as much advice as he used to. He used to give a lot of advice in the past. Now he doesn't. Advice is uncountable. We can say a piece of advice for singular, but otherwise we can't count it. Object pronouns. When we use as to make the comparison, we often refer to another person like here. I know him as well as I know my brother, or I know my brother as well as I know him. I use him because if the pronoun comes directly after, as I need to use the object pro, now the object pronouns are me, him, her, it us, you them. But we have a second option two. Though it's less commonly used in spoken English, we can also say, as and then the subject followed by a verb, I'll give you a few examples comparing these two structures. I don't travel as much as him here. I used the object pro now, but I don't travel as much as he travels, or as much as he does. If you remember the short answer and statement part. We can replace most verbs with the correct form of do or I can choose to repeat the main verb which was travel. He doesn't speak as well as she does or as well as she speaks. Before I give you the answer, How can you reword this to use the object pronoun for she? He doesn't speak as well as her. The same as the final way we can show Two things are identical is by saying one thing is the same as another thing. If we want to show their different, we just say that one thing is not the same as another thing. Here are some examples. My shoes are the same as yours. Meaning we're wearing the same shoes. My shoes aren't the same as yours. Oh, never mind. We're wearing different shoes. I started working here at the same time as you. So I'm either talking about today or when we both got our jobs at the same time. Initially, I didn't start working here at the same time as you. We negate the verb which has passed Simple. So didn't We did not start at the same time either The time we started this morning or whenever we both started working at this company using as and as plus a possibility or ability there was one more as as construction. But its use is completely different. So I'll mention it. Just so you are aware of it. We use this form when discussing the ability of someone or something or the possibility of something happening. Here are some examples its peak season. So we need you at work as soon as possible today, so they need me at the earliest possible moment as soon as possible. Call as many people as you can. So hear the command is telling me to call. A lot of people call as many people as I am capable of calling how many I'm able to. 70. 10.4 Adjectives/adverbs: Enough: enough is great. We can use it in quite a few ways. We can use it to mean as much or many of something that is required or done to a moderate degree. Also notice that the G H here is pronounced with an F sound enough. Anyways, let's look at how to use enough enough with downs when we use enough to modify a noun. Enough always comes before the noun. Is there enough coffee for one more cup? There's probably enough. The person asks if there is enough coffee to fill up another cup. Meaning is there a sufficient amount or, as much as necessary, The minimum required amount? And since coffee is a noun, enough comes before it. I don't have enough money to buy a new phone. In this example. I don't have the required amount of money to do something. I don't have the minimum required quantity. I don't have as much money as is required. Because of that, I can't buy the phone. Let's do it. We have enough time here. We have enough time to do something so we have more than what's required. We have a sufficient amount for that reason, it sounds like the action will happen. Adjective and then enough Enough is also very commonly used to describe adjectives. It has the same exact meaning, but we have to change the position of enough while with now, as we put enough before them with adjectives, enough will always come after them. Here are some examples The water is not warm enough for a bath. The water is not at an adequate temperature. It needs to be warmer in order for me to take a bath. It's not warm enough, and now we have enough coming after the adjective. You're not old enough to drink alcohol. In this example, someone is not the age required to drink their below the legal drinking age. We can also say they are not old enough. The project wasn't good enough, so I started over and hear the person talking. Didn't think their project was very good. It did not meet their minimum standard or the minimum criteria of what was acceptable. So they started again from the beginning. Enough four and enough to when you use enough, we say it's enough for someone or something and enough to do something. Let's quickly look at some previous examples to see this in action. You're not old enough to drink alcohol. We follow enough with an action, so we used to to connect enough with the action. The water is not warm enough for a bath. Enough was followed by a thick a bath. The warm water was four of bath, but we said it was not warm enough for a bath, so we probably did not take a bath for thing. And here the thing is a bath. We could also say the water is not warm enough to take a bath enough. And finally, our last use of enough, which is very different from what we've been discussing, is as an exclamation. We use it to express our strong desire, often impatient for something to stop for someone's bad behaviour, to stop for something that's annoying you, causing frustration, anything that you want to seize, happening enough. Stop yelling! It's so annoying. Stop running around the house! Enough! I can't believe it's still snowing enough. Won't it ever stop 71. 10.5 Adjectives/adverbs: Too: we used to to show an excessive amount of something either much more or much less than what is desired. We can use to plus an adverb or two plus an adjective. So let's start with some examples of this. The volume is too loud. Please turn it down. The volume is too quiet. Please turn it up so you can see from our 1st 2 examples that we used to when describing highs and lows. You run too fast. Eikenberry Lee, Keep up with you. The person we're talking about is very, very fast, much faster than me. And because of that, I cannot keep up. I cannot run at the same pace. You run too slow, you can't keep up with me. Maybe this is the response from that fast person I was just describing in fact, from their perspective, they don't run too fast. I run too slow is not that they are excessively fast. I am excessively slow, too much too many. We can also use to with downs, but we need much or many to be in the middle. We say too much, something with uncountable knowns. We always use much with uncountable. If you need help with uncountable and countable go to the articles and countable uncountable noun section continuing. We always used to many something with countable noun. If you don't know, I will give you a quick idea of countable and uncountable countable noun czar. Things we can count like cars and people. Uncountable noun are more abstract things and ideas we can't count like advice, Islam and luck. Let's do some examples. First, I'm going to give you this sentence without the much or many part. So pause and tell me which one it is before I complete the sentence. Here we go. I don't like living in the city. There's to noise. I don't like living in the city. There's too much noise in the city. There's a lot of noise, and for some people it's unbearable. It's too much. They can't tolerate it. I love living in India, but the big cities there have to pollution. I love living in India, but the big cities there have too much pollution in India, especially in the big cities. There is too much pollution, an unbearable amount, a lot of it, an excessive quantity. We need much because we're connecting to with a noun, and the noun is uncountable. I hate shopping online because there's always too options. I hate shopping online because there are always too many options. Options is countable, so we use many so accountable. Now we need many and too many options to versus not enough. In the last lecture, we looked at enough, and in the positive it means that we meet a minimum requirement, a sufficient amount of something and when negative not enough, means not having a sufficient amount of something lacking. So generally, if you want to express excess to abundant we used to. If you want to express lacking, not meeting the minimum requirement in some way, used not enough when to use four or two after two after two. If what we're referring to is an object or person will most likely use four. For example, I hope this lecture isn't too difficult for you if after two we want to express an action by using a verb will use to in order to connect them. For example, if the part about countable and uncountable announced was too difficult to understand, go to that section of the course using two to show agreement and with a very different meaning. We can also use to to show positive agreement. This is discussed previously in much more detail in the lecture about agreement and disagreement. 72. 10.6 Adjectives/adverbs: The comparative: we need to compare things that are different to show or highlight in what ways they're different in this section. I also show you some other ways to compare things. But the comparative is by far the most popular way to do this. So to start, let's look at the rules and how to form the comparative and then look at some examples, making the comparative with one syllable words. One syllable words like fast, nice, slow, cheap and old are formed very easily. We just add e r or just are to the end. Faster, nicer, slower, cheaper, older. You look older when you wear a suit here. We're showing difference by saying You look older. You look more old when you wear a suit, but we don't say more old. We say older. I want to buy a car that is cheaper than this one, and in the comparative, when we want to show difference compared to something else, we use van. So in this situation, the person wants a car that is cheaper than a different one. So we are comparing the two by using van, and our comparison is focused on price because we use cheaper I want a car that costs less that is cheaper than the other one. You are slower than me. You aren't necessarily slow. Maybe you're actually quite fast compared to other people. But here I'm saying you're slower than me. I'm comparing your speed to my speed. I'm not even saying I'm fast, but I am faster than you. You are slower than me, which means I am faster than you. One syllable words that end in a single continent. One syllable words like old and fast do not end in a single constant. Instead, they have to in fast it's S and t fast and an old it's l and d old. But when a one syllable word ends in a single constant just one like mad, big, fat, hot, thin and sad in the comparative, we double that letter. We double the constant matter. Bigger, fatter, hotter, thinner and sadder. You look a lot thinner than before you started that diet. We know the person being talked about looks thinner without even using Van to compare it to how they looked. Previously, however, we need than to make that comparison without then we cannot compare their thin. This toe anything with. Then we can compare them. Tow anything. They look thinner than they did last week, thinner than their sister, thinner than a pencil. And if this person looks thinner than they appeared before, then in the past they appeared fatter than they do now. Two syllable words ending in. Why, if a word ends in two syllables and ends with the letter, Why, like happy, crazy, ugly, silly and pretty the Why turns into an eye and we add E. R to the end like this. Happier, crazier, sillier and prettier. The eye has the exact same sound as the why, but the spelling changes. That's it. I'm happier than I was at my old job. So it sounds like I have a new job, and I must like this job because it makes me happier working at this one. My last job made me less happy. My last job made me sadder and probably crazier than I feel at this job. Regular two syllable or more words all other words that have two or more syllables. The regular adjectives will not will not take an e. R. Ending. Instead, we put more or less in front of the adjective and put then if making a comparison the adjective does not change like more famous, less beautiful, more boring, less dangerous and more colorful. I like this painting because it's more colorful. The painting I like has more color. It's more colorful. I'm not giving a clear comparison to a different painting or a group of paintings, but it's implied, understood from the context that I am making this comparison. After moving to France, the actor became less famous than his rival here. After the move, he became less famous than a different actor. He lost some of his fame compared to the other actor. The other actor became more famous than the actor who moved to France. We don't know if they're more famous than other actors, but we know how they compare to each other. Most important IV regular adjectives in the comparative, there are a few adjectives that behave quite strangely. Fortunately, there are just a few in the comparative Good becomes better, and a little confusingly so does well. So good becomes better, well becomes better, bad becomes worse, and far can become farther or further today. Both of these have the exact same meaning and both should be correct on any test. Traditionally, though, but not really today farther was used for physical distance and further was used for more abstract concepts of space. I sleep better when at home I sleep worse on a plane. So I sleep better at home than I do while flying. I sleep worse on a plane, then at home. I feel better today than yesterday. Maybe I was sick yesterday or had a headache before. Whatever reason, today I feel better. Yesterday I felt worse than I do today. My new house is farther from the metro than my old house. My old house was closer to the Metro than my new house. So the new house is further away than the old one. Remember, you can use farther or further using than plus an object pro. Now, when making a comparison with Van, we use the object pronoun and not not the subject pronoun the object Pronouns are me Him her, it us You them. So I'm older than them. She's younger than me. You're taller than us. 73. 10.7 Adjectives/adverbs: The superlative: in the last lecture, we talked a lot about the comparative. We used the comparative to describe things, actions and people. For that reason, it can be used as an adjective or as an adverb. Jim is taller than me or Jim runs faster than me. When using the comparative is usually used for a small group of people or things, or just to things or people. That's because the superlative is normally used when comparing three or more things. The superlative is used to compare a lot of things, usually more than three. That's because we use a superlative to compare things to the highest or lowest degree, like best or worst, most pretty or most ugly. So with the comparative examples before, I only compared myself toe one person, which only tells you how tall or fast I am compared toa that one person. But with a superlative, we can compare that person toe a much larger group, maybe even compared Toa. Everyone, like Jim, is the tallest person in the world. He is the fastest person I know, but that's not the most important feature. What's most important is that the comparison is more intense. We can also just summarize by saying between me and Jim, he's the tallest and the fastest. Let's start with how to form the superlative, and I'll give you some examples along the way to help you understand its use. Ah, lot better the the first thing we always need to do with the superlative is put the at the beginning. We always put the definite article the when using the superlative. We need it because we're describing something very intensely, a comparison to the highest or lowest degree. So we use the to specify focus on the thing we're talking about the superlative with one syllable words, one syllable words that end in a double constant like strong, the constants being n and G or two vowel sounds and a single constant like quick, the vowels being W and I, the continent being K will have e s t added to the end in the superlative. When I say double constant, I mean words like dark, strong, smart and cold. They all have to constant sounds following each other. At the end of the word words that end with two vowels and a single constant at the end are quick week and loud. I'm smarter than you. But she's the smartest in the entire class. See how we use the comparative to make a smaller comparison just between two people as well ? It doesn't tell us anything about how smart other people are. Maybe we're both pretty stupid. Or maybe we're both really smart. The superlative gives us that extra information. Whoever she is, she is the smartest in the class. She has the highest degree of smartness. But maybe there's someone else in another class who is the smartest in the entire school. And of course, there are going to be some who are the stupidest. That's to the lowest degree. I wish I was stronger than I am right now. Maybe I should work out more. I want to look like him. He's the strongest person at the gym. We start with an interesting comparison here. I'm comparing myself to myself, and from the way I'm talking, I probably feel like the weakest person at the gym. That's the lowest degree. I'm also comparing myself to the person I think is the strongest at the gym. So in my opinion, he is stronger than everyone else there, But is he the strongest person in the world? We don't know. One syllable words that end in a single constant spelling is the only thing that changes here because in the regular form these adjectives end with a single constant like big, thin, sad and hot. We double that final confident. Here in the superlative. We don't emphasize or change our pronunciation at all. On Lee, the spelling changes so they become the biggest, the thinnest, the saddest and of the hottest. July is the hottest month of the year. There are probably some other months that are pretty hot, too, like May, June and August. But I'm saying that compared to those other months, July is the hottest. It is the most hot, but we don't say most hot. We say the hottest. My boss was the maddest I have ever seen him yesterday. This is an interesting use of the superlative because we're not comparing your boss toe. Anyone else were comparing your boss toe every other time. He was ever angry, and yesterday was his angriest, his maddest. He was never as mad as he was yesterday. Two syllable words ending in. Why, for two syllable words that end with a Y like angry, happy, ugly and busy. We again have a spelling change in spelling. The Why changes to an eye in the superlative, angriest, happiest, ugliest and busiest. But as you can see, changing the Y two and I does not change the pronunciation. Please get me some water. I feel dehydrated. This is the thirstiest I have ever felt, so I am super thirsty. In fact, I'm feeling kind of sick because of how thirsty I am. We often use the present perfect with the superlative toe emphasized the intensity of the description. Here, the present perfect shows us that up to that current moment, the time of speaking, I have never felt so thirsty. Regular two syllable or more words in the superlative, all other words that have two or more syllables. The regular adjectives do not do not take an e s t ending. Instead, we put most or least between the article the and the adjective to describe the highest or lowest level of something. For example, the most beautiful design, the least entertaining movie, The most exciting time of the year, the least colorful painting. I'm really excited about this concert this is the most excited I've ever felt. Like I said, I am excited, really excited, and I use the present perfect toe. Emphasize that to really show my current excitement as compared to that a long time of not feeling so excited. Previously, let's say, yesterday I saw a good movie and I was fairly excited. That excitement I felt yesterday or about anything else in a long time is nothing compared to how excited I say that I feel about this concert, the most important irregular adjectives in the superlative. There are a few adjectives that behave quite strangely. Fortunately, there are just a few good becomes the best. Well, also becomes the best. Bad becomes the worst. This is important because the comparative form of bad is worse. The superlative form is worst with a T, so don't confuse them. And finally, you can choose whether to turn far into the farthest or the furthest. Both are totally acceptable. I feel worse than you because I'm partially responsible for what happened true, but she must feel of the worst. She's the one who caused most of this damage, so I feel worse than someone else. But there's No way that I feel the worst because she feels the worst. Who knows what happened? I performed the worst whenever I don't get enough sleep. Oh yeah, I performed the best when I drink plenty of water. It's funny, though, because no matter how well we perform, she will always perform the best. So here we first describe how we each perform the best or worst according to our own individual performances. But even if I am performing my best, it's nothing compared to this other person. She will always perform the best, even if I am performing my best. You said your house was far from school, but I didn't know you meant it was the absolute farthest. Are we even close? Yeah. Here, the person that I told that my house was pretty far from school didn't believe me that it was so far or really wasn't anticipating that it could possibly be the farthest or the for list house from the school. Possessive pronouns in the superlative. We can replace the definite article, though in the superlative with possessive pronouns like my his her. It's our your their This is my worst design ever. We don't use Le because we've replaced it with the possessive pronoun. The meaning doesn't change, though That is his fastest lap around the track I've ever witnessed. This was his fastest lap. And because we used his the possessive pronoun, we don't use the definite article of ah. 74. 10.8 Adjectives/adverbs: Still / yet / No longer: still yet already and no longer when talking about actions and events we need to describe that things are continuing to happen, happened and finished in the past, did not happen as expected and are no longer necessary or going to happen. We do. Those things was still yet already and no longer still as an adverb is used to show that something continues and we can use it in the past, present and future. It tells us that something is, was or will be the same as it was before on changing. We put it in front of the main verb in the sentence. He still didn't finish the project when I saw him in this example were at my work in the past. And when I saw my colleague, the project he was working on was not finished. It wasn't finished before that either. So I used still to show that this condition continues, and if my boss asked me to check later, maybe it will still not be finished. It's still snowing outside. In this example, it's still snowing. This means that it must have been snowing earlier and guess what? It never stops knowing it started in the past continues in the present moment and will continue to continue. There is no sign that it is going to stop or change. It is still snowing. Yes, we will still be open after nine PM We are open actually until 10 PM so someone asks a question at a business. The person wants to know if the business will still be open after nine in the evening, so the business is open now. But the question is if this will continue, not change, even at a later hour of the day and the answer is yes. The business will continue to be open. It will still be open after nine PM no longer no longer tells us that an action has stopped , does not continue anymore. It's finished and we can use it in the same tenses as still. So the past, present and future. He finished. He's no longer working on the project, so before the employee was continuing to work on the project. But now he's finished. He is no longer working on it is no longer snowing outside. Before it was continuing to snow, it was still snowing, but now it has stopped it is no longer snowing. It's done snowing. No, I'm sorry. We're no longer open today. In the previous example, the person was very lucky because the store was going to be open until 10 p.m. 10 in the evening. But in this example the store is closed. They are not still open. There are no longer open, not even at the time of making the phone call using yet yet is used to show that something has not happened by a particular time, especially a desired time. We use it on Lee in negative sentences and questions we don't use yet in positive sentences and yet always comes at the end of the sentence. It's also most often used with perfect tenses, and British speakers will follow this rule very closely. However, if you've watched any of the perfect tense videos, Americans often ignore the perfect tense like what? The president perfect. We generally use the past simple with the future perfect. We prefer just the future simple, but even for us yet is still an indicator that we probably want to use the perfect tense. So if you see yet, he will probably want to use a perfect tense. Miriam hasn't finished the project yet. Miriam is working on a project, but she is not done with it. She's still working on it so still and yet have similar meanings here, but yet is were negative sentences and for questions still is for positive sentences, though native speakers will also use it in negative sentences. So remember, yet for negative sentences and questions still with positive sentences. It hasn't snowed yet. Maybe it's supposed to snow today, but it didn't start before the moment that we said this. So they have to wait longer. They are still waiting for it to start snowing. Hi, are you open yet? Someone is again asking if a business is open. But instead of asking, Are you still open? They ask, Are you open yet? Remember, we can only use yet in negative sentences and in questions we prefer to use. Still in positive sentences already already is used to show that something happened sooner than it was expected to happen happened earlier than expected before schedule before anticipated. We sometimes use it more generally to mean simply that something happened in the past without relating it to expectations, but it more commonly has the idea of being sooner than you thought or planned. She already finished the project. She's fast, isn't she? In the previous examples, the people were still working on the project. They were not done yet, but now the project is finished. It was already done and completed much sooner than expected. Oh, it already snowed. Look outside the forecast said that it was going to snow this afternoon, but it's only eight in the morning right now and it already snowed. It's note earlier in the day and prior to the time I expected. I'm sorry we're already closed. I was hoping that the business would be open late so I could buy something. But instead they closed much earlier than I expected. There are already closed when I call them. 75. 11.1 Articles: Rules 1-12: articles like A An and VA are really helpful for understanding what we're talking about, better than ounce that we use them with Rule one. When to use Indefinite Article A A is used before singular countable noun is that begin with constant sounds. A quick review of countable noun. It's a noun you are able to count one book, two books, one light, two lights, three lights and uncountable noun is generally something you can't count or is a more abstract idea like philosophy. We can't count that. It can also be another type of light, not a physical light that I just counted but the idea of light. For example, here we can say, light travels faster than the speed of sound that is the abstract idea of light. It's uncountable. A lot of things in your kitchen are uncountable flour, milk, salt and sugar. The other thing I mentioned is that, uh, comes before words with constants. Continents are sounds like or letters like B, C, D E, F, G, K Z and more. She's a politician. You need a new door. I saw a movie. These were countable noun is that begin with constants. So we use Ah, pronunciation note. You can say a And, uh so the first way I pronounced it is identical to the letter A in the English alphabet. The 2nd 1 sounds more like a kind of like when you don't know what to say. Ah, but you can use whichever one you want and we do use them both. Ah, lot and spoken English. So pick one that you like and use it rule to win to use the indefinite article An So we use a before singular countable announce that begin with a constant We use an before singular countable announce that begin with a vowel sound I bought an apple He fought an alligator We saw an avalanche But a noun that starts with a vowel like anger cannot be counted Anger is uncountable It's an abstract idea of emotion, so we don't put an indefinite article in front of it Rule three A and an Onley with singular pronouns You know now that we use a before words that start with a continent and we use an before words that start with a vowel. Ah, phone and ear, but not before uncountable noun is like mustard or happiness. Also, Onley use, uh, and an with singular announce. So if you said, adore a politician, a bump in the plural, these become doors, politicians bumps. We cannot use the singular, indefinite article A or an with plural pronouns. Here are some more examples I saw a person at the party becomes. I saw people at the party I read a book last year becomes I read books last year. Look at the pronoun section of the course to see how you can add more detail. Like saying I read some or many books or a lot of books last year. Rule for A and an with adjectives and adverbs, I've told you we used the indefinite article A or and depending on the noun that comes after it and if it starts with a constant or vowel sound. But if there is an adverb or adjective that comes between a or and and the noun, the article will agree with the adjective or adverb. It won't care about the now. Here are some examples. I saw a movie last night. I saw an amazing movie last night with just movie. I use a because M is a constant sound, however, with the adjective amazing, I need to use an because A is ah, vowel sound. It's a well written song. It's an incredibly well written song. The first sentence has an adjective that does not start with a vowel sound w but with the adverb. Incredibly, we change to an rule five confusing vowel letters. We assume that some letters will always produce a vowel sound. However, that's not true. Like university, young, European and Euro, these words have letters that suggest, ah, vowel sound, but they don't we say, a university, a young person, a European car a year. Oh, so never put an before the year or will sound Rule six. Confusing, constant letters. I just told you that some words that start with vowel letters often produce constant sounds like European and yellow. So before these words we use a, there's also some usually constant looking letters that need an before them. Like our, it sounds exactly the same as the possessive pronoun our It's the same with the letter F by itself, which is also the worst grade you can get in school, and with the number eight, I have an hour to shop before I have to go back toe work an hour. The H is silent, so we need to use an He scored in F on the test. An F is the worst grade. They did bad. I just need an eight of diamonds. Toe win. The card player needs an 82 win an eight rule 78 or and depending on British or American English, there aren't a lot of these words, but there are a couple that will be pronounced with an H constant sound in the UK and a silent H in the US Like with herb in the US, we don't pronounce the H. So, like I just said, Herb, I found an herb to use in the soup. But a British person will say I found a herb to use in the soup. This is why it's important to use. Resource is from the country with the accent you most want to use so that you can start to learn small differences like this. Rule eight A and an to introduce things and types of things. We have been reviewing the use of A and an They are the indefinite articles, meaning they are not specific. Do not refer to a particular thing, but rather anything. And we use them to talk generally about things and type of things before becoming more specific. For example, can I have a cup of water? I am asking for any cup. There isn't a particular cup that I want to use. I want any cup. I'm thirsty. Whatever cup you have available for me to use for drinking water is fine. I want to buy a new car. I want to buy a car. I don't know what exact type or year of car yet, like I don't know if I want a Mercedes or Ah Hyundai. I just want a new car, any car that is new. I own Ah, house. This is new information to the other person. I am not talking about a specific house or pointing at one. I am saying that I own a house. I'm not trying to show you it, but I wanted you to know about it. What we're doing with A and an in these examples is introducing something new to the listener or reader. Rule nine Going from general to specific A and an introduce more general information non specific. We use the to become more specific and to the articles are often used in that order. Here are some examples to help you understand He has a blue car. 00 yeah. It's the blue car right there. I start with ah, because it's a general description, but not pointing at or talking about a particular car as well. There might be many blue cars in front of us, but finally I see his blue car, the blue car. So I am going from talking generally introducing the thing to talking about it. Specifically, I bought you a new pair of shoes. The shoes are in the living room. I start general a pair of shoes to introduce the thing I'm talking about. We still know nothing about them, though they might be in any location. But then I get specific by mentioning them again and where they are, exactly. Look at the moon. If we're talking about the moon that orbits goes around the earth, it will always be definite because it's our moon, the Onley, one that we have. But if you're talking about other planets, you'll probably start with O Moon because it's not specific, and it might even be one of several moons that that planet has. Rule 10 definite article with clauses and phrases. Clauses and phrases often tell us to use the definite article because they tell us that we are talking about something specific. Some examples. Can you give me the paper on the desk? What paper am I talking about? The paper on the desk on the desk tells us about a specific paper. So we use the is not any paper. It's the paper on the desk. Let's do some clauses and phrases examples Now. Did you read memo that I sent you? Did you read the memo that I sent you? We say the memo because it's the one that I sent you. Did you listen to a song that I told you about? Did you listen to the song that I told you about? It's a specific song. It's the one I told you about before. Not all clauses and phrases make the noun specific, though they still give us more information. But don't tell us about the specific thing we're talking about. And here are two examples to help compare. He bought the car with solar panels. In this example, Maybe we're standing on the street and you are pointing at the specific car with solar panels. We see it and are looking at it, So the phrase makes the noun specific. Oh, so this is what the car was. Solar panels looks like Very cool. But what if the person said he bought a car with solar panels? Now I have a general idea of what car he bought. It's a car with solar panels, but it doesn't sound like I can see the car. Nor do I have any idea of what it actually looks like. Oh, a car with solar panels. That sounds interesting. I wonder what that looks like. Use 11 A and an to mean per a and and can also be used to mean per to mean the quantity or speed of something. This is especially common in spoken English. It's more common. Then, using Per, which sounds a little more formal. The tickets cost $120 a person. F one Cars are fast. They can go about 372 kilometers an hour. Use 12. Using the with lists. Use the with words put in an order or rank like in a race. The first place finisher, the second place finisher, The third place finisher. This is rank. Maybe you have a list of things you want to do. Today we call this to do list. And on this list, we have the first thing to do. The second, the third, etcetera. That's the order of the things we need to do. This is the first time I've ever seen you here. The first time this is ordering our experience is the first time I experienced seeing you here. The first day we saw the countryside. The following day we visited and went into the city again. We're just ordering our events, describing a trip that we took. The first sergeant needs to speak with you now. This is rank. There are different ranks or levels of sergeants. And here this is the first Sergeant 76. 11.1 LIVE: Common article questions: you think set. Okay, we're going to talk about articles today. Three points specifically, when you need to use an article, went to go from an indefinite article to a definite article and how a noun can be countable and uncountable. Number one is a cat. When you need to use an article, you need to use an article with a singular countable noun no matter what, and it could be definite or indefinite. But what you should know is that other determine ear's can be used. Instead, determine er's are things like possessive adjectives like my her your question, words like Who's which what, demonstrative like this these and quantify IRS like some many more so with accountable, singular noun. Use an article or a determiner. We use the indefinite articles A and an when we are specific not being sometime not being specific. Not focusing on a particular object, not trying to highlight any particular features used the definite article when you want to be specific, like if you want to point at something or emphasize a feature, look at this image. If I say I see a car, I might be talking about any one of these cars. I use the indefinite article up because we haven't talked about any of these cars previously, and I'm not trying to highlight any specific feature or quality. I might be able to point at something using a or an, but it's only because it's visible. I can see it. I see a car right here. Is there anything special about it? No. So I used the indefinite article. If I say I see a blue car, I'm focusing on it a little bit. There's the adjective blue, but I'm still not differentiating it in any meaningful way. If I see if I say I see a little car, it means I see a specific one. I use the definite article, though, to separate it from the rest of the cars and give it our attention, probably adding detail or more description about it. Some ways to add more detail and description are the blue car, the one I told you about before I see the blue car in the middle of the page with plural announced. The indefinite articles are never used. Most of the time, a plural noun is indefinite when there is no definite article and we put the when you want to specify our group things together. These are various rules. There are various rules for this and I mentioned them in the other article lectures. If I look at this image again and I say I see cars, I'm not focusing on any specific cars. I'm just saying that in general those are the things I see in this image cars, lots of cars. But if I say I see the cars, I must be focusing on a specific group of them and should be able to show you the specific group. Like I see the cars in the corner. I see the red cars. They are finally announced that could be uncountable and comfortable. Most mounds are only countable or uncountable, but some could be both. And the meaning changes when they go from countable toe uncountable. Here's an example. Look at this image. This is fire. We make fire. Fire is important. We cook with fire. In these examples, fire is uncountable because it is an element of part of nature, A scientific phenomenon that can be studied and researched. Look at this image. There is a fire on the building. Now we are describing fire as a burning pile, a destructive burning that damages things. Do you notice the difference in these two sentences? We made fire. We made off fire in the first example. We don't know how much fire we made, but we made at least a tiny amount of that hot element we call fire. If we make fire, we can do a lot of things with it. The possibilities are endless string, often destructive. In the second example, I know exactly how much fire I made because in English to make a fire means to build a fire in a specific and controlled location, we cook things on a fire and stay warm around a fire. If it's really if it's really big, we call it a bond fire. No, I want you to think out loud and describe the difference in meaning for these mounds in the following sentences. One. We need light to read the book to We need a light to read the book. What different kinds of light are we talking about in each sentence? 77. 11.2 Articles: Rules 13-20: article rules 13 to 23. We've already gone over the 1st 12 rules related to articles a n and of the So Watch the previous lecture before this one. If you're ready, let's finish with articles Rule 13 Superlative and comparative. This is also explained in the adjective adverb section about the superlative. So watch those lectures first. If you don't know what the comparative or superlative is, the superlative is words like best, worst, nicest, most terrifying or least scary. It's the most extreme or least extreme form of description and comparison with the superlative. We always use the we went on the most boring trip this year. It's a specific trip, so we need the specifically. It's the most boring trip, so not a good trip. The comparative, the comparative is used to compare it things like bigger, smaller, more or less terrifying. Then something else. And with the comparative, we can use all three articles a and the no. I prefer the bigger bag of popcorn. Why the? Because it's the specific bake of popcorn that I prefer to buy compared to a different one . No, I prefer a bigger bag of popcorn. Now I'm talking generally, maybe, I was asked, Do you want a big or small popcorn? I'm not looking at the popcorn yet. Maybe we are on the way to buy it, so I can't compare specifically. Right now, I'm just comparing sizes in my head. Maybe generally rule 14. No articles when generalizing. We don't use any articles when generalizing or describing fax about uncountable now's and plural countable. Now here are some examples. Determination is a great trait to have. Determination is uncountable, so it will never take a or an. And here it's a generalization, so we don't use of the If we're specific, though we can. The determination of the boys is impressive. Whose determination? The determination of that group of boys. This is specific, not a generalisation. Water is a scarce resource. Water is uncountable, so it never uses a or an, and here were generalizing all water as a scarce resource in the world. If we wanted to make it specific, we say something like the water in your house tastes funny. Now it's this specific water in your house, so we use the definite article, the water that tastes funny at your house. Rule 15 articles win generalizing, I just told you that when generalizing with plural Accountable now owns and uncountable mounds, we don't use the definite article. But we do use the definite article with a singular countable noun when generalizing or describing facts about a few topics. These topics include talking about musical instruments, plans, animals, inventions, currencies and body parts. I play the saxophone. This is general, even though we have the definite article, we always say to play an instrument, so I don't mean this specific saxophone in my hands. I'm saying I can play any saxophone. If you can play the piano, you should be able to play the one at my house during dinner tonight. So if someone asks you, can you play an instrument? If you can, you will use the definite article. I can play the guitar. I can play the piano. I can play the trumpet, etcetera. The oak tree is a beautiful tree, I said the oak tree, but I'm not talking about a specific one. I'm being general and we do this when talking about plants and animals here. The oak tree is a beautiful tree, is saying the same as oak trees are beautiful trees. They are both general. The squirrel is a fast animal. I'm not talking about a specific squirrel. I'm just saying that as an animal, the squirrel is pretty fast. Compared to other animals, the light bulb was an important invention. I am not talking about the light bulb in front of me giving light. I am talking about the invention off the light bulb. The British pound lost value because of Brexit. I'm not talking about any specific money I can count or put in my pocket or wallet. I am talking generally about the entire British currency. The ear is important for balance again, not talking about someone's ear or one of my own ears. I'm saying years are important for every human toe balance better for the same meaning from Rule 14. I can also say ears are important for balance Rule 16 diseases and illnesses. In most cases, we don't use the definite article the with names of diseases and illnesses, for example, AIDS, cancer, malaria. He died due to complications from AIDS. No one in my family has suffered from cancer. However, there are a few illnesses and diseases that require the definite article the flu, the measles, the mumps, the bubonic plague. Bob isn't at work because he has the flu and his son has the measles. And finally, some illnesses require the indefinite article. Thes are primarily for bodily aches, pains, gross and attacks that your body experiences. For example, to have a cold to have a heart attack, to have a tumor, to have a sore throat to have a sore back to have, ah, headache to have a too thick etcetera, going general to specific. But remember the rules we discussed earlier? When we introduce something, it often starts indefinite and then becomes definite and the same can happen when describing aches and pains related to your body. He had a cooled. The cold was really serious. He's suffering from back pain. The back pain has forced him to go to the doctor. She had a heart attack. The heart attack left her in the hospital. Four days rules. 17 direction. If you are talking about direction and the direction north south, East West comes after a verb, there is no article direction. After a verb. No article. Let's walk north and see what we find. The direction north comes after the verb walk. So no article turn right and you will see the mall. The direction right comes after the verb turn, so don't use any article. However, if the direction comes after a proposition, you must use the definite article direction. After a proposition, Use the always don't go to the South in the summer. There's still a verb go, but it's followed by a proposition to so after the proposition, we must use the turn to the left to find the mall. We use the verb turn again, but we also use the Proposition two. So after two and before the direction we used the definite article, the with direction. We just have the choice to use a proposition or not. Rule 18. Talking about ah family. When we want to talk about a family as a group, we add the plural s to the end of the families name, and you put the definite article the in front of their name. We most often make this transformation when talking about doing something with a specific family, visiting them or sharing your opinion about them. Yesterday we went to visit the Browns. There's so much fun so Brown is their last name, but to talk about them as a group of people to include the mother, father, Children or whoever is part of their family. We make their last name their surname, Plural, and add the in the front. So Dan Brown, Sarah Brown, Nick Brown and Carrie Brown become the Browns. And yesterday I had so much fun with all the Browns, we can also say yesterday I went to visit the Brown family. In this example, we are using their last name as an adjective. What do you think about the Smiths? They're the nicest and most polite people I've ever met. In this example, I say the nicest people and who am I talking about? All of the people who are in the Smith Family Rule 19 using the with specific adjectives. There are three parts to rule 19 1st we combine the with certain adjectives, especially nationalities or certain physical characteristics without a noun to refer to a group of people or to make it sound like a community. With these combinations, you need to experiment because we only use Rule 19 with specific adjectives, not all of them. So here are some examples. I helped the blind woman walk across the street here. We're talking about a specific individual. A specific blind woman is just one person, and I used the adjective plus noun to describe this. My organization's goal is to help the blind. This is Rule 19. It's the pussy adjective blind in here. The blind means all blind people in the world. It's the entire community of blind people that exist today. The Dutch person you're talking to speaks really good English. In this example, we're just talking about one Dutch person, one person from the Netherlands who speaks good English. The Dutch speak really good English. Now we're generalizing and talking about all Dutch people. All people from the Netherlands speak good. English is what I'm saying now the community of Dutch people. The second part of Rule 19 is to avoid confusion when talking about a nationality or ethnicity that might be confused with the language those people speak. To avoid confusion. The definite article is used before the nationality or ethnicity to show we're talking about the people or ethnicity, not the language. No article is used. If you want to talk about the language here, are some examples to show you what I mean. I hate English. What are we saying here were saying that we hate the English language. But what about I hate the English. If you hate the English, you hate people from England. You hate this group of people from a part of the United Kingdom. Finally, part three of Rule 19 nationalities and ethnicities that end with a N S. Like Americans, Germans, Canadians and Mexicans do not usually take the definite article. Most other nationalities do, like I just told you about tow. Avoid being confused with the language they speak. The English, the French, the Chinese with the definite article. This means that we're talking with the people, not the language. Americans love pizza. Canadians love hockey. Germans love sauerkraut and Mexicans love tacos. In this example, I'm talking about all Americans, Canadians, Germans and Mexicans. But none of them need the definite article. Will 20 using, though with countries, cities and provinces most countries don't use the definite article. The definite article is only used with the country. When there is a noun in the country's name. Now sounds like Coast Federation, Republic and Emirates. Some examples I live in the US here. I say the U. S because U. S stands for United States States is a noun and therefore requires the definite article even when it's abbreviated the United States of America. The U S. The U. S. A. People from the U. S. Also call our country America. America has no now it's just a name America. So no definite article is required there from Russia. No definite article here because it's just Russia. But Russia also has a longer, more diplomatic name to the Russian Federation Federation is a noun, so it needs the definite article. Russia, the Russian Federation. There are also a few countries that just require the There's not many of these, but here are the most popular of the Netherlands, the Philippines, the Congo, the Maldives and the Bahamas. Now let's talk about cities and states. This rule is simple. Cities and states never taken Article. Chicago, New York City, Miami, Paris, Beijing Bassir A. New Delhi, Sao Paulo, California, Texas, Florida. Finally, provinces and larger regions, provinces and regions sometimes take the definite article most often because there's noun in the name of the province or region like coast territory, region or province. The Southwest Territories, the West Coast, the Midwest 78. 11.2.5 Articles: Rules 20-23: rules 21 to 23. The rules become much less specific for rules 21 to 23. It's really memorization. So at this point, if you continue watching the video, you will probably learn a few important cases. It's situations when to use the definite article or not, but now it's basically just vocabulary. So it's better to learn these words if they're actually things you'll talk about. Don't try to memorize rules 21 to 23. That's a waste. For that reason, the homework will have two sections for rules 1 to 20 where we actually have good rules to follow. And for rules 21 to 23 which is more so vocabulary. So if you want just the rules, go to the homework now and review the previous rules. If you have any questions. If you want to see some of the vocabulary, continue watching Rule 21. Using the with specific places and things, we use the definite article with individual names of these things. Names of oceans, seas, coasts, rivers, swamps, mountain chains, that's a collection of mountains, skyscrapers, institutes, hotels, theaters, bridges, geographic regions, deserts, the sun, the moon, famous pieces of art and architecture, important indicators on the globe and museums. So Rule 21 is for specific examples of these things, not general, because when we're being general with the categories I just mentioned, we still use the indefinite article like, I think he sailed across an ocean. I would like to live next door to a coast so I can serve these. Air General uses specific use is for things like the Indian Ocean, the Guggenheim Museum, the Red Sea, the Gulf of Mexico, the Appalachian Mountains and the East Coast. Rule 22. No article for specific places and things. Rule 22 is basically the opposite of Rule 21 because there are some specific names of things and locations that use no article. These are names of Lakes, Island's beaches, mountains. But here, just one mountain, not a mountain chain. People's first names, streets, names of public squares, hospitals, stadiums, malls, parks Church is the Church of Latter Day Saints, also known as Mormonism, is an exception here. Languages. We only use the before the language. If we're talking about a specific accent or talking about the language as it's spoken in a specific part of the world. For example, the English that we speak in the United States as well. Days of the week, months of the year holidays and most colleges and universities, except when the colleges name is formed, like the college or the university of something, usually of a place like the University of Chicago, the University of Texas. Rule 23. The last rule Rule 23 is four times of the day. These could be tricky. So let's start by looking at expressions for time of day that always use the definite article during the day during the afternoon, during the night, in the morning, in the afternoon, in the evening, the day before the day after. Now expressions that never use the definite article. Yesterday, tomorrow, all day, all night, all week, all month, all year, at noon, at night, at midnight, every day, every week, every month, every year and finally, before adjectives like whole and entire, you can use either the definite or indefinite article. He went there the whole day, or he went there a whole day. He went there the entire day, or he went there an entire day with the or uh or an. It's the same meaning. There's a lot of rules you just learned. So review and check out the homework. 79. 11.3 Countable and uncountable nouns: what are countable and uncountable noun in English. You need to understand the difference between countable and uncountable noun. It's important for knowing how to use adjectives, quantify IRS articles and a lot more. So let's get started. Countable knowns, countable noun are four things. We can actually count with numbers because we can count them. They have a singular and plural form when singular, Accountable now uses the indefinite articles A and an before them. Also, when asking questions related to quantity, you will ask how many followed with the plural form off the countable. Now, how many books do you have? I have two books. How many brothers do you have? I have one brother. There are two cats in that tree. How many? Oh, wait, there's actually three cats. Uncountable knowns, uncountable now owns cannot be counted because they typically describe things that cannot be organized by number. They can be abstract or hard to imagine ideas or qualities as well. Physical objects that are impossible to count due to their size or shape, like a liquid or gas, are also unaccountable. Almost always, these uncountable knowns are grammatically singular, meaning that we use them with a singular verb, and because we can't count them or reduce them to a single amount, we never use uncountable mounds with the indefinite articles. That's a or an A and an R on Lee for singular countable noun. Also, while the question how many is used with countable noun with uncountable mounds, we ask the question. How much for this recipe we need salt, water and milk. It's a strange list of ingredients, but that's what we need to cook with. Salt. Water and milk are also all uncountable, meaning we cannot count them. We can't ask the question, how many? But we can ask the question. How much how much salt, how much water, how much milk we can't say one milk or two milks. We can't say one cup of milk or a tiny bit of salt or a tablespoon of water. He expresses so much anger. Emotions and feelings like anger, are also uncountable. We can't count these emotions. That's impossible, but they still exist and can be expressed in different ways and amounts go to the pronoun section to learn more about how to do this with expressions like a lot of a bit of much and others. I need to earn more money. Money cannot be counted. This is not the now we used to count. Our earnings or salary dollars is countable $1.2 dollars. Cash is not. Money is not. Salary is not. These are very similar ideas. $2. But just because a noun is related to something that can be counted doesn't mean that we can use the noun in that way. So we can say a lot of money or not much money to express some idea of quantity, like a lot or a little. But it cannot be quantified, like the noun dollar can announce that are both. There are some downs that can be countable and uncountable. That's because these mounds have different definitions that are used for very different situations with very different meanings. I'll give you some examples now of popular announce like drinks, food, memory, hair and others that can be both countable and uncountable, depending on the context. Coffee. I would like to order a coffee, please. This is the countable version of coffee. It's expressing a single drink that I am going toe order as well. It could be plural if I want to order more. This is the same with other beverages. We drink like beer, soda, tea and water. We can order these drinks and consume them. My favorite drink in the morning is coffee, but I always drink some water first. Now, coffee and water are unaccountable in this example. That's because I'm talking about them in a very general way. I'm describing them as drinks that people consume all over the world. In the first example I was talking about them is items I can order off a menu, but not here. Chicken. Would you like some chicken or lamb with your rice? In this situation, we're at a restaurant ordering food. We use the uncountable form of the noun related to animals when talking about eating in most situations, eating chicken than it's uncountable. Would you like a chicken or lamb? Now, with this question, we're talking about the entire animal. Now with this question, we are talking about the entire animal. So in this context, maybe we are a farmer buying the end or want to chicken or lamb as a pet, who knows? But most times, if you hear a chicken, a lamb or an animal. It means it is living and breathing. That's when they are accountable to chickens over there. But some chicken to eat with your rice hair. Oh my God. There are like three or four hairs in my soup. Hair is countable Onley when we mean individual strands of it. A strand of hair means an individual piece of hair, so it's such a small quantity of hair that we can count each specific strand of it. Oh my God. Her hair is blue. In this example, the person is surprised because someone has blue hair. Usually, we say someone has a certain color of hair or that their hair is a certain color, like her hair is blue or she has blue hair. This is uncountable when talking about the hair on someone's had their hair color. We can't count it. There's just too much of it time. You only have so much time to finish the project when talking generally about time like the past, present and future. It's uncountable, so we sometimes have a lot of time, and other times we have very little time available. I went to Spain to times here. Time means a specific event a specific moment in time. How many times did I go to Spain? I went there two times, and I hope to go many more times in the future if I have enough time to do it room. My apartment is small. It only has three rooms in this example. Room means the specific locations separated by walls for different activities, like a bathroom, kitchen and living room. We can count these rooms and different buildings have different rooms for different functions. My apartment doesn't have enough room for your stuff. No. Now we're talking about room uncountable, and it means available space. My apartment is small, so there isn't enough room or storage space for these additional things. Memory. I remember his name because I have a good memory. This is memory uncountable and is related to our ability to remember things. Wow, you can remember his name. Your memory is good. This is memory uncountable and is related to our ability to remember things, our capacity or the ability of our brain to not forget. We can't count this. This is just part of our brain that either works or doesn't work well. We also have an expression related to memory. That seems a bit irregular with this rule because we say to have a good memory. So we say, uh, and generally we don't use with uncountable things. This is just another expression you have to memorize. My two favorite memories from the trip were hiking in the mountains and watching the parade . Now this is a memory countable, and it means a specific event from the past, a particular time from the past that we can remember and from my trip, my two favorite times during the trip, or memories from the trip where these two things making uncountable countable There are some downs that many people don't realize are unknown countable like advice, homework, information and luggage. When you learn vocabulary, you want to check that mounds in English are countable or uncountable, and most dictionaries will tell you and hear. The examples I gave you were advice, homework, information and luggage, because these are uncountable now is that we can easily make countable by adding a quantify air like a piece of advice, a piece of homework or ah, homework assignment, a piece of information and a piece of luggage that's to make them singular to make them plural. We don't change the uncountable known that remains the same. Instead, we changed the quantify air. Two pieces of advice. Five pieces of homework or five homework assignments, a few pieces of information and several pieces of luggage. 80. 12.1 Pronouns: Types of pronouns: Hi. I am callin in that sentence. I is the subject pronoun. The sentence was about me. Me is an object pronoun. I was talking about myself myself is a reflexive pronoun, and I did all of the talking myself. Here myself is working as an intensive pro. Now, in this lecture, we're going to look at these four pronouns so you can understand them and even more use them in your English subject. Pronouns subject. Pro Dems replaced, announced that are the subject of their claws. They're part of the sentence. We often use subject programs to avoid repeating the name of the subject again and again and often because it's shorter and easier. Let's quickly review the subject pronouns with various tenses. I'm callin I was born in the US I've traveled. I'll discuss this topic with you about pronouns. He He's Jim. He was born in the UK. He's traveled. He'll throw it. She she Sarah. She was born in Egypt. She's cooked. She'll watch it. It it's a computer. It was made in China. It's been delivered. It will be discussed. We We're a family. We were originally from Norway. We've moved here. We'll try it you. You're a family. You were originally from Mexico. You've moved here. You'll see it. They they're a family. They were originally from France. They moved here. They'll know it. Object pronoun the object pronouns replaced Announce that are the direct or indirect object in a clause. So the subject pronoun the actor does something that can make us use an object pronoun. And when following a proposition, a subject pronoun becomes an object pronoun before I give you some examples Let's look at what the object pronouns are me. I becomes me him. He becomes him her. She becomes her it it stays it. It does not change us. We becomes us you, you stays you. You does not change them. They becomes them. Now let's look at some examples. Yeah, I'll be home. Just call me when you're coming here and what I want my friend to do is call me when they're coming to my house. I'm the object here to call someone that someone being me he's very angry. Someone should talk to him. This guy's upset and I think someone should talk to him to see what's wrong. We always say to talk to someone so someone is the object of the verb talk. So we need to use the object pronoun him. I saw her yesterday. We don't have much information here But we do know that we require the object pronoun and not she. I saw someone so that someone is the object. And so I'll use the object pronoun her. We want to buy it now. What do we want to buy it and easily For us, it is the subject and object pronoun. They say they know us, but I don't know them. We always know someone or something. So after No, we need the object pronoun and we use us because they're referring to the group I am part of. However, I don't know them. My colleague wants to speak with you. Who does my colleague want to talk to you And we don't even have to worry here because you is also the subject pronoun. It doesn't change. I arrived with my friends. They're over there. If you want to take a photo of them, someone is taking photos and I think they should take a photo of my friends. They are not with me at the moment. They are somewhere else at this event. I suggest the photographer takes a photo of them. I use them because they are the object to take a photo of someone or something. Object pronouns and propositions. I also said that when the subject pronoun follows a proposition comes after a proposition. We turn it into an object pronoun. If you don't know what a proposition is, then go to the Proposition section of this course. Here are some examples Stand behind me for a second. I'm making a request for someone to stand behind me Behind here is a proposition. So we used the object pronoun. The gift is for him. Four is also a proposition. So we don't say for he we say for him. Where are my keys? Oh, I'm sitting on them. We've got on here and is followed by a pronoun referring to my keys plural. So we use them reflexive and intensive pronouns reflexive and intensive pronouns used the same pronounce but are used for very different reasons. Let's start by seeing what the reflexive and intensive pronouns are Remember they use the same pronouns but for different reasons I becomes myself. He becomes himself. She becomes herself, it becomes itself. Pay attention. There is no apostrophe after the tea, just itself. No punctuation. We becomes ourselves. You becomes yourselves and they becomes themselves reflexive pronouns. We use reflexive pronouns when the subject of the action is also the direct or indirect object. This is when I do something to myself. You do something that impacts yourself in some way. Here are some examples I burned myself while cooking. Who did I burn? I burned myself. I have to use myself because I am the subject and the object. She blames herself for all the stuff that happened. She blames someone. But who does she blame herself? She blames herself. She puts blame on someone and it's her. The subject does not change, so we need the reflexive pronoun. We hurt ourselves running down the mountain. We hurt someone who did we hurt ourselves. We are the subject and the object intensive, pronounce intensive pronouns at emphasis on the person who did something. They emphasize the subject. Intensive pronouns are not the object of the action, and intensive pronouns can always be removed from a sentence and still have nearly the same meaning just without the emphasis and stress focused on the subject. There are two places we can put intensive pronouns first, immediately after the subject and second at the end of a clause. Here are some examples to explain you were too lazy, so I did it myself. Who did it? Not that lazy person. I did it myself. Myself. Onley stresses the point that I did it and not the other person. I don't think the movie itself is stupid. I just think it's stupid how much money they spent to make it here. I want to make clear to make it obvious that I'm not criticizing the movie, so I stress that I say not the movie itself. This way my criticism shows that it's about the money spent. It becomes more obvious, my criticism. So I stress that I say not the movie itself. This way. My criticism is obviously about the money, not about the movie. You yourself made this all by yourself. I've added a lot of emphasis here, and you can do this if you want to add a ton of stress on the person you're talking about. I put the intensive pro known after the subject and I used by yourself to mean without any help from other people. I did it by myself. Means no one helped me. They moved the furniture by themselves. Means they did all the work. No one helped them. 81. 12.2 Pronouns: Possessive : possessive adjectives and possessive pronounce in English. The most common way to show possession is with the possessive s When we put in s after something with an apostrophe to show that someone owns it or has like Jeff's book. But we also have possessive adjectives and pronouns that show possession like it's mine or it's my book. So let's look at these. Let's start with possessive adjectives. A possessive adjective comes before the thing we are talking about and tells us who it belongs to. Here are the possessive adjectives for subject I that is, if it belongs to me. We use my my books for subject heat. That is, if it belongs to him. We use his his car for a subject. She that is, if it belongs to her. We use her her room for subject it that is, if it belongs to it Probably a thing or animal. We use it. It's software. This is very important. We Onley put an apostrophe before the s when we mean it is in the short form because it is becomes its. But when showing possession ownership with its there is no apostrophe, it doesn't matter at all in spoken English, though, but in writing it is very embarrassing to make this mistake. Even a lot of native speakers do it, too. For subject we that is, if it belongs to us. We use our our family for a subject you that is, if it belongs to you. We use your your shoes for subject They that is, if it belongs to them. We use their their house. Pay attention to the spelling. Here, to the possessive adjective is spelt t h e i r the other there from the it and they're section is spelled t h e r e in spoken English. There is no difference in the pronunciation, but in writing this is another mistake that even native speakers make. What you should notice to from the examples I just gave you, is that the possessive adjectives do not change depending on the number of things we describe. Like a book or several books, we only change the possessive adjective depending on the subject. Now you know the possessive adjectives are my his her its our your And there let's do some examples with, um I will give you a sentence and you put the correct possessive adjective. I lost book. I lost my book. We're only talking about one person in this example. So it must be my book because the subject is I. They said car was blue. Is that it? They said their car was blue. Is that it? The subject is they? So it must be their car. She's asking Mr Fred, If that is pen, she's asking Mr Fred. If that is his pen, she wouldn't ask someone else. If it's her own pen, she must be asking if it's his pen. Mr Fred's. Look at how the cat protects kittens. Look at how the cat protects its kittens for animals. We use its. But if we are certain about the gender or if it's one of our pets, we can use his her instead. Hi, we're here to pick up Children. Hi, we're here to pick up our Children. We are somewhere. Maybe at a day. Care to get our Children possessive pronouns? The possessive adjectives we just looked at Do not replace the now's that they describe. They come right before them. Ah pronoun, however, will replace a noun completely. So with a possessive pronoun, we don't even mention the noun again, The pronoun takes its place, replaces it completely. That's the difference between possessive adjectives and possessive pronounce. Now that you understand that, let me show you what the possessive pronouns are for subject. I that is, if it belongs to me, we use mine. So that is my car becomes that is mine for subject. He that is, if it belongs to him, we use his. So that is, his car becomes that is his the possessive adjective end possessive pronoun are the same for subject she that is, if it belongs to her, we use hers. So that is her car becomes that is hers. Make sure to pronounce the s at the end of hers as a Z. Otherwise, it sounds like a hearse, which is a vehicle for transporting dead people for funerals, for subject. It's well, we don't use the possessive pronoun it is. Still, it's the same as the possessive adjective. But you rarely really never see it used as a possessive pronoun, maybe in an old poem or story, but never in general English, not even informal English. It's extremely rare for subject. We that is, if it belongs to us. we use ours, that is, our car becomes that is ours for subject you. That is, if it belongs to you. We use yours. That is, your car becomes that is yours for subject. They that is if it belongs to them, we use theirs. That is, their car becomes that is theirs. And be careful with this spelling to it is T h E I r s. There is no apostrophe. You don't want to spell it. T h e r e apostrophe s meaning there is. That's very different. This is also another mistake that a lot of native speakers make. Okay, so you now know the possessive pronouns. I'm going to give you the examples we did for the possessive adjectives When you're ready, change those sentences so that they now use the possessive pronouns. I lost my book. I lost mine Possessive pronouns replaced the now and we don't put a possessive adjective end of possessive pronoun together. So we are left only with I lost mine They said their car was blue. Is that it? They said there's was blue Is that it? We replace their car with theirs to show that it's the one that belongs to them is that it is just drawing our attention to the thing. If you want to know more about it, go to the there and it's section. She's asking Mr Fred, if that is his pen, she's asking Mr Fred, if that's his his is the possessive adjective and pronoun, but as a pronoun, it can be by itself. Look at how the cat protects its kittens. Look at how the cat protects its kittens. We don't use the possessive pronoun for its Remember, you're better. Options are just to use the possessive adjective. Or, if you can, like with an animal, referred to it as male or female, so you can use his or hers. Hi, we're here to pick up our child. Hi. We're here to pick up hours without more context. Using the possessive pronoun here sounds really strange, but it's grammatically correct. 82. 12.3 Pronouns: Showing possession: the possessive S is by far the most common way in English to show possession. But we also use of to show possession, but typically not for people. Let's start with some examples. My friend's car is over there. Whose car? My friend's car. The car belongs to my friend. His wife's sister is visiting later. Whose sister? The sister of my wife. Except with people we don't often use of. We'll discuss that in a little bit. Jim's party was a lot of fun. Whose party was it? It was Jim's party. He had the party. It was his showing possession with plural words. When a word naturally ends in an S or when it's plural and ends in an S, we don't want to write another s after that. So instead, all we do is write an apostrophe at the end. What might be easier here and more grammatically correct is to use the of construction. I like the color of the dress, but in spoken English, we really like the possessive s. So we can also just say I like the dress is color. And while we don't write the S, we still pronounce it the dresses color. Do all people in things use the possessive s the possessive s, especially when taking a test should be reserved for people and sometimes for animals. If we have a connection to them, for example, if you have pets, you will likely refer to them as he and she. So you'll use the possessive s because you're not treating them as things. Rather, you're basically treating them as people. And as I mentioned in a previous lecture, we sometimes refer to objects we use a lot and depend on as well as vehicles. We drive with male and female pronouns, so you might use the possessive s with these things, too, like your computer or a car. But otherwise, all other objects, things and places will use of force showing possession. Let's look now at how we form the of construction. This way of showing possession is much more popular in other languages. Where is often actually the primary way of showing possession and ownership while we still use it in English? Fairly often it's generally only for things and places, but to form it we put the thing that is owned or possessed before of, and the thing or person that possesses it after of and almost always with the definite article the And if we don't use the we can also use a possessive adjective like my or a demonstrative adjective like that. Unless if it is a proper now, like a person's name or the name of a country, then we don't use any of them. If these rules sound a little confusing, I'll try to make it easier with some examples. Now the top of that car is ugly, so we're looking at a specific car. That's why we use that toe. Locate it and we can't show ownership if we aren't talking about something specific. Review the article section. If this sounds strange to you, so the top belongs to the car, since we don't use the possessive s with things of sounds much better. Barcelona is the tourist capital of Spain. Barcelona is the most popular place for tourists to visit in Spain. That's what it means to be a tourist capital. The region Barcelona belongs to Spain. Spain basically owns Barcelona, and that's why we use of. But we don't need an adjective or definite article because Spain is a proper noun it's wrong to use them here. That is my favorite episode of this series. I really like this one episode. There are many episodes that are included in the TV series, and they all belong to the Siri's. We use the because it's a specific Siri's were talking about. 83. 12.4 Pronouns: This(these) / That(those): this that these those in English, we need to talk about things that are sometimes close to us and sometimes far away. Often times when we do that, we replace the noun with a pronoun, or we just put an adjective before it for the adjective that something like this, that or these those Let's start with this and these. This is the singular form of these. We used both of them to talk about things that are near us. We can use them with and without a noun, so either acting as more of an adjective or as a pronoun. This is an amazing cup of coffee here. I used this without the Now when we do, this will be followed by a form of to be. If I was talking about the plural, I could have said, These are amazing cups of coffee. Finally, this is used to draw attention to the cup of coffee, to emphasize how good it is or to make it clear that we're talking about that cup of coffee and not a different one. This cup of coffee is amazing here. I don't put this by itself, and because of that, we reword the sentence and put the verb and adjective in different positions. Remember that we always have the choice to do this, and the meaning stays the same in the plural. I can say these cups of coffee are amazing. These seats have a great view of the game. So we're at a game and we have great seats so we can see things clearly. We must be sitting down or just about to, because we use these, which tells us were close. I must also be with someone because I say these talking about my own seat. I would just say this. This seat has a great view of the game. These are seats with a great view of the game. Here we have the same meaning. But we have separated these from the noun seats. So now is acting as more of a pronoun and not an adjective. If we talk about the first seat, it becomes. This is a seat with a great view of the game, introducing people with this and these, we can also introduce ourselves and other people using this and these for ourselves. We used this when introducing ourselves on the phone in an email or text message, but not in person. Hi, this is John. I'm calling to Talkto Lincoln. Hey, this is Devante. I'm writing to see what you're up to. We met last night at the party, but in person, we can introduce other people. This is important when we introduce people using their names on Lee. We use this even if there's more than one. For example, this is Josh, Latisha and Mark. If I introduce people by putting friends or siblings or classmates or whatever and then their names, we use these like this. These are my classmates, Zeira and Steph. These are my friends, Mark and Jim. But if I just put their names, I say this is IRA and stuff. This is Mark and Jim using this when an unknown person calls you if you get a call from someone, but you don't know who it is, most often we will ask who is this? Or to appear more polite. Sorry. Who is this? Hey, how are you? I'm sorry. Who is this? I don't recognize the number. That and those that and those are super similar to this. And these. Except they refer to things farther away from us. So use this with a pen that you can touch. Use that with a pen that you can't reach or is out of view. We also use this and these to refer to more recent events and things that seem closer to us and even more abstract ways. My seat isn't bad, but that seat has a great view of the game. So maybe this is the same person as before, and I see a different seat that is much better than mine. I use that because it's not close to me. In fact, I'll probably use that with any seat that isn't mine. When I'm sitting down, this is my seat. Those are everyone else's seats. As with this and these, we can always choose to use that and those before the noun or separated by the verb to be so I can also say my seat isn't bad, but that seat is the one with the best view. Just use whichever is easier for you. There's a minor change in stress and emphasis, but it really changes just depending on the tone of your voice. Those are seats with a great view of the game just changing our previous example slightly. Now it doesn't sound like our seats are that great. We're really admiring some other people's seats somewhere else in the stadium. We know where our seats are, but those seats, not these ones where we are are really amazing. Using that in conversation on the phone we use this is to introduce ourselves. If you hear an unknown person in the background while talking to someone on the phone or if you have a friend talking on the phone but you don't know with who you can ask, is that someone? So if you think you know who it is, if you think you know who your friend or who that person is talking to, if you don't know who your friend is talking to, you can just ask who is it or who are you talking to that with recent events? We also use that when talking about things that have just happened. Wow, that was amazing. What an amazing performance. You're right. That was the best show I've seen all year. Sorry. I forgot to message you last night. Oh, don't worry. That's all right. We use that's all right. A lot. It just means don't worry about it or no problem using that with things Someone just said. We often use that in conversation to refer to what someone just said. Are you the one who ordered the soup yet? That's me. Lupe has a new boyfriend. Oh, yeah. I didn't know that. I won't be home next month. I'm visiting family. Oh, that's cool. 84. 12.5 Pronouns: One(ones): how to use one and ones in English. One can mean up, signifying a singular quantity of a thing. But we also use one tow. Avoid unnecessary repetition of words, and frequently we put it after which, when asking a question, let's take a closer look. Avoiding repetition If you've seen one, you've probably noticed that it's used to replace now owns. Specifically. We use it to avoid using the same words over and over again. One just sounds better. This also means that one comes after referring to something, or when you're sure that it's understood what it's referring to. It can be singular or plural, so let's look at both. Which one? Which ones? When you are choosing something, you won't often be asked which one you prefer. Or, if selecting more than one, which ones you prefer and when you know you will say this one or that one. If it's just one item and we used these ones or those ones, if it's plural, often while pointing if the thing or things are visible, this is especially useful when you don't know what something is called or forgot. This is the proper use of which, when there are multiple options to choose from. We use which but in spoken English, this can almost always be ignored. And you can use which or what? On a test low, you should follow the proper grammar. Here are some more examples. How do you know which bagel you would like to order? Yeah, the one with the seeds on top. This one right here. Yep. That 11 replaces a singular. Now, in this case, it's a bagel that we are about to buy. The person working asks me which bagel and I tell them by describing it. As of the one with the seeds, I can also say the bagel with seeds, which is perfectly common. But it also sounds nice to avoid repeating bagel so many times to make sure they have chosen the right bagel. The worker asks me this one meaning this bagel and yes, that one. That bagel. Hi. Do you know which bagels you would like to order? Um, yeah, the ones with the seeds on top. These ones right here. Yep. Those ones. So the only thing that changes here is that I'm ordering more than one bagel, but still the same type with the seeds on top. The one when we are referring to specific things, especially things already mentioned in a conversation, will probably say the one for singular and of the ones for plural. This is also especially common if you forgot the name of something or the name of a place and start your description by saying the one or the ones. Here are some examples. I love her new song. Which one? Oh, um the one that has the Qatar at the beginning and some piano in the middle. Oh, that one Here I used the one to start my description of the song Who's name? I forgot. Remember, you can still use the regular announce. You don't have to replace them. So the conversation could also be I love her new song. Which song? Oh, um, the song that has the guitar and piano in the middle. Oh, that song. Are those your books downstairs? The ones on the table? No, I'm talking about the ones next to the computer. No, those ones aren't mine. The one the ones when using one or ones to replace a noun with the description with an adjective before it we put the adjective in the middle of the and one or ones. If it's plural, for example, I like the other one. The smaller 10 I'm sorry. I didn't want the expensive version. I wanted the cheap one. Do you still have the low fat ones or they all sold out. Do you sell Winter jackets were looking for some lightweight ones. Good for skiing? A or an one. The use of the with one is for specific things. When we know exactly what we're talking about or looking at, we replace of ah with a or an if we are not being specific or if we don't know if something exists or not. This is Onley for singular things. This screwdriver isn't the right size. Do you have a different one? I use a different one because I don't know if they have one, so I can't use the because that refers to a specific screwdriver. Do you have a bowl I can use? Of course. Do you want a big one or a small one here? I use of because I have a selection of bulls, but I don't know the specific size that they want so I can also ask, Do you want a small bowl or a big bowl? Some and any ones We use some and any just like a or an except some and any require plural noun. So if we're talking about plural, indefinite objects not defined or specific, will you some or any or any indefinite quantify air that demonstrates quantity? Here are some examples These tools aren't the right size. Do you have some different ones I can use? I use some different ones because I don't know if they have any more, so I can't use the because that refers to some other specific tools I know exist. Do you have any balls I can use? Of course. Do you want some big ones or some small ones here? I use some because I have a selection of bulls available to choose from and the person wants more than one. But I don't know the specific size they want, so I can also ask, Do you want some small bulls or some big bulls? 85. 12.6 Pronouns: Every or all?: every and all both every end. All are used to refer to the total number of something, but they're used in different ways. Every refers to each part or member of a group like every article. While all refers to the complete group all articles, this means that the main difference is that every will be conjugated as singular. While all will use a plural conjugation, let me give you some more examples, as well as some modifications we can use with each of them. Every question is a good question. All questions are good questions. There's really no difference in meaning here. However. Every tells us that we're focusing grammatically on the singular one individual question that is included with all others for all. We are focusing on the entire group, which includes that singular question I mentioned in the first example. So they have the same meaning, but a slightly different way of expressing it. The most important thing from this example is to notice that Weaves is after every question because it's singular and are, after all, questions because it's plural. Every single person on this earth is important. All of the people on this Earth are important in both examples were saying that all people matter, every person matters. We say every single something toe add emphasis to mean in this case that each part of the whole every individual person that makes up part of the world for part of the world population is important. And with all we have quite a few ways to use it. We can say all of the plus our plural noun, all of the people, or just all plus a plural noun, all people. This is discussed more in quantify IRS with of later in this section, we can't do this type of description with every It's just every plus a singular countable noun. All books I read make me smarter. Every book I read makes me smarter. No difference in meaning here, but close your eyes. When I say all books, I want you to imagine a pile of every book you have ever read all together in a huge mess, but with every think of it as each book being separate, unique but still part of this vast catalogue of books you read in the past. That's partly how I think of it, the same meaning but one bunch is everything together. The other is more individualistic in its approach. All day, every day we use all day to answer the question, How long and we use every day to answer the question, How often or how frequently So we use all day and every day quite differently. It's the same difference with all or every morning, afternoon, month, summer, etcetera. Here are some examples It snowed all day yesterday to do something all day means that it happened or is exaggerated toe happen the entire day? 24 hours. So if I say it's note all day yesterday, I'm saying it basically snowed from morning until night. It snowed nonstop. How long it's note. We're not in any way talking about repeated or habitual actions. It snowed every day last week. When I say that it snowed every day Last week, I'm saying it snowed every day. Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday. Sunday. I am not focusing on how long it snowed. Maybe it's note a little on Tuesday, a lot on Wednesday, almost none of Friday, though we just don't know, because that's not what we are describing. I listen to music all morning when I'm getting ready for work, I am saying that I listen to music basically from the time I wake up until I'm ready and off toe work. This is a habit as described from the present simple and all morning tells me the length, which is the entire morning before I arrived. Toe work. I listen to music every morning when I'm getting ready for work here. We have no idea how much music I listen to. Maybe I listen to one song that is really just part of my alarm clock, but maybe it's music when I'm in the shower or driving to work, we don't know. And that's not what we use every morning for every morning just tells us that it happens Monday to Friday sometime in the morning. This is the frequency or habitual characteristic of the action, and since we already have the present simple showing that this is a habit, all that every morning does is emphasize. The habit in this sentence makes it more obvious. Everybody, everyone, everything everywhere, everybody and everyone mean all people. Everything means all things everywhere means all places and just like every by itself, we always use a singular verb After these. Everybody wants to know the answer. Everyone is at the party. Everything was destroyed in the fire. Everywhere downtown is going to be noisy. Every cup of coffee is a good cup of coffee. All cups of coffee are good cups of coffee. If I wanted to change these and use all, it would be all people want to know the answer. All people are at the party. All things were destroyed in the fire. All places downtown are going to be busy. All cups of coffee are good cups of coffee. 86. 12.7 Pronouns: Quantifiers with 'of' or 'the': quantify IRS with of and of Ah, in this section, we have been looking at a lot of terms that describe quantity, some, all any none, and others after these terms, we can sometimes put of and the there used to describe the quantity of a place thing, group or people, but not always. So let's look at when we do use them of and the and when we don't general or specific. The first thing we have to ask ourselves is if we're describing something generally or specifically, Here are some examples, and if you have trouble with this, watching the articles lectures will also help clarify Children don't respect to their elders. Here I am talking about all Children in the world. I am saying that in today's modern world, all kids tend to disrespect people who are older than them. I am generalizing talking about no Children in particular. The Children in this family don't respect their elders. Now I am talking about a specific group of Children, the Children who are part of this family. The tells us immediately that it is not general. This is specific. You need money to survive. This is a general truth, it applies to everyone in the world. Money is necessary. What money? All of it. It is so general. It's the idea of money, not anything specific or for any specific purpose. I forgot my wallet so I don't have the money to pay for lunch. What money is being discussed? We are talking about the money necessary to pay for this food, and it's missing. This money is for one specific purpose. Paying for lunch. It's the cost of the bill the waiter gave us. Quantify air Plus a general. Now we use all any Most some and other quantify IRS followed by a general now so no of and know the because it's with a general. Now these are more general statements that are applied much more largely not focusing on a specific or defined group. And here are some examples. Some teachers are better than others. I'm not focusing on any teacher in particular. I'm talking about any type of teacher teaching any subject anywhere in the world. It is very general. Many bosses mistreat their employees. I'm not talking about my boss. I'm saying that many bosses in many parts of the world are like this. They're not nice to their employees. It's a general assertion, a general truth that I believe in as the speaker. Any city can reduce its pollution. What city am I talking about? We have no idea which city I'm talking about. In fact, I'm referring to all cities in the world because of how general this statement is. Any possible number of cities any city quantifies with of end of ah. But when we're discussing specific things, people and places, we need to use more specific language so we can use off, followed by the definite article of Ah or determine er's like this or my to talk about specific things. Let's turn our previous general examples into specific examples. Now some teachers are better than others becomes some of the teachers at the school are better than others. I am now talking about a specific group of teachers, the teachers at this school and some of them are better than other teachers at the school. Many bosses mistreat their employees. Many off the bosses in the U. S. Mistreat their employees. Before, we were talking about this happening anywhere in the world without being specific at all. Now we have more detail. We're talking about many of the bosses in the US and remember, we don't have to use the if they are bosses I have worked for. I can say many of my bosses mistreat their employees. Or if I heard stories about a company with bad bosses, I can say many of those bosses at that company mistreat their employees. Any city can reduce its pollution becomes any of these cities in New York, can reduce their pollution. We use these because we're talking about a specific group of cities in the state of New York. It's possible for any one of them to do it all of versus all the with the quantify air. All you have two options when talking about specific places, people or things, you can say all of the something or all the something. All the books in this library are outdated. All these lights are the wrong size all over. These lights are the wrong size. The meaning is exactly the same, and you can choose to use of or not using of and an object pronoun. If you don't want to repeat the specific thing, person or place, you're talking about. You can replace them with object. Pronounce these object pronouns are me him her It you, us, them. But in this construction, dealing with quantity, we will only use it us, you and them. All of the books in this library are outdated. We should replace all of them. All of these lights are the wrong size. It's a bad idea to buy any of them. I love that book, but I actually only read some of it. No, not everyone is going to attend, but some of us will. 87. 12.8 Pronouns: Quantifiers with 'some' or 'any'?: some and any we use some in any to describe quantity. We use them when we don't want to be or don't need to be specific when describing a thing or the amount of a thing. Let's start with these examples. I saw some really cute dogs at the park today. Do I remember specifically? How many know doesn't sound like it? Do I want to or need to tell the person I'm talking to how many dogs I saw? No. Do they care? Probably not. This is why we use some. In this case, I didn't see any dogs at the park today, so I saw zero dogs. Too bad, huh? Here any functions as a way of saying none and saying zero sounds to specific and adds too much emphasis for this situation. Using zero would be just like giving the number of dogs I saw in the previous example. It would be too specific rules, so let's go over the rules for some and any. Don't worry, though, because there aren't that many rules and we use the same rules for other words, containing some and any, for example, somebody, anybody, something, anything, somewhere, anywhere, positive sentences with some. The most general rule is that we use some to describe quantity in positive sentences, not negative sentences. Remember, it's a non specific quantity, either because you don't want to or don't need to specify or because you don't know the specific number. I saw some birds in front of my house today. They were beautiful. Is a specific number important here? No. And did I count them? Probably not. So we don't need to be specific in this sentence, and it's positive. So we use some. There are some cookies on the table. Help yourself. Someone is inviting me to eat some cookies. Yum! Do they say How many? No, because it's not important. If they were concerned, they might have said something like Help yourself toe one or two But don't eat all of them negative sentences with any. As a general rule, any is used in negative sentences. And for most questions, there are some exceptions. Sometimes when this rule is slightly different and we'll look at that in a little bit. But here are some examples with any. I didn't see any birds in front of my house today. I was so disappointed in the original example. I saw some, but in this example, I didn't see any. I saw zero nada. It's negative. So we don't use some. Instead, we use any. There aren't any cookies on the table. Your brother ate them all. Remember this example? With some? There were some cookies, but someone else must have eaten all of them. Now I want some, but there aren't any left, so there were some before. But now there aren't any as well. In most questions, we use any instead of some. This doesn't matter if the question is positive or negative. Any is used much more in questions. But we will look at when this will changes in a little bit. Did you see any birds this morning? Yeah, I saw some in front of my house. Are there any cookies? Yep. There are some on the table using any in positive sentences. There is one situation where we can use any in positive sentences. And that is when we mean something. Doesn't matter. Especially when there is a choice. You can come over any time tonight. It doesn't matter. See you later. So here it just doesn't matter. So I use any to show that there is less significance. I hate living in this tiny town. I just want to live anywhere but here. I'm expressing that it doesn't matter where I live. Just not here. I'm so bored. Is there anything to do and rather do anything than stay here at home? Does it matter what I want to do? No. Apparently, anything is better than this very little significance to the activity or thing using some with questions. There are two situations where we use some in questions instead of any first when offering something to someone second when asking for something. This is especially common at restaurants when ordering food and asking someone for something like help or money. Here are examples. Hi. Are you ready to order or do you need some more time? I'm sorry. We need some more time. Would you like some coffee before you order? Sure. That sounds great. Are you busy? Later? Could you give me some help with moving this high? What would you like to eat? Can I have some soup? Is that still available? Hi, boss. Can I have some time off tomorrow? I need to go to the dentist, some and any by themselves. We can also use some in any by themselves, without announce. So in this case, some in any are acting as pronounce. So usually the noun will be mentioned or said first. And then some or any will replace it. Of course, I've got some examples for you. Do you have enough money to pay? I have some if you need it. I don't know if there's any flower here. Do you have any? Can you bring some over? We went to the park toe. Look at birds, but we didn't see any. 88. 12.9 Pronouns: Some / any / no: indefinite pronouns. Somebody, someone, something somewhere. These are indefinite pronouns. They all have some in front of them. And as you learned in the last lecture, that means they obey the same grammatical rules. And so other indefinite pronouns. Anyone, anybody, anywhere, anything are also indefinite pronouns and follow the same rules as any as well. In this lecture, you're going to learn about know where no one and nobody as well as how to use no ah cultural note In spoken English, At least in the United States, we obey most grammatical rules with some and any but with somebody, something, someplace, somewhere we often don't. We use these some words in positive sentences and in questions and negative sentences instead of using their proper any form, the negative. Any words aren't as common in spoken English. This is how things are in the US, although we do use them and maybe to add emphasis. And like I said, this is not for when we use some and any by themselves is on Lee for the words discussed in this lecture. So these changes are acceptable in spoken English. But if you are taking a test, make sure to follow the rules. Someone and somebody thes two words both mean a person but whose identity is unknown. We don't know who it is. Somebody is generally seen as being less formal than someone. So it's more common in spoken English, while someone is a bit more common in written English. But really, there used almost exactly the same and spoken English. So use whichever one you like more. She's on the phone with someone right now, but with who? I don't know with somebody. Somebody crashed into my car and drove away. Someone once said that money can't buy happiness. Anybody, anyone, someone and somebody are used in positive sentences. But we use anybody in anyone in negative sentences and in questions. Is she talking to anyone right now? No, she's not talking to anyone. Did anyone come to your party last night? No. No. One. They didn't try to call anyone, did they? Nope. They didn't. Somewhere anywhere, somewhere refers to a non specified, not specific location. It's a place that exists, but we don't know where it is exactly. It's unknown, and in most questions and negative sentences, this will turn into anywhere. And just like with any. We can also make an exception and use it when we want to show that we just don't really care about the place. They live somewhere in the countryside. Well, we're not going anywhere until we get there. Exact address. Actually, you know what? I don't care. We can go anywhere. Let's go somewhere today to have some fun. We're going nowhere until you finish your homework. Not from our previous examples. You might have noticed that we can't use not before our any words when they are the subject . Instead, we use no one, nobody, nothing and nowhere. We also don't put negative words like no, not never or other negatives in front of these no words. That's because to be grammatically correct in English, we never use a double negative, though you will hear it in spoken English, especially toe add emphasis. Here are two examples of the double negative that are grammatically in correct but still used by many native speakers and spoken English. But just so you know, while this is common for native speakers in spoken English, it should only be used in very informal situations. Not nobody going to work on Christmas on a test and in more formal situations, you should say nobody is going to work on Christmas in informal spoken English. Not nobody adds more stress, more emphasis to the fact that nobody wants to work on Christmas. There isn't nothing we can do about it in spoken English than nothing has a lot of emphasis , really highlights the point that we can't do something. It's wrong, though, if you're taking a test or talking to your boss and you want to remember to say there isn't anything we can do about it Nobody, no one, nothing and nowhere. I just told you that instead of putting not in front of our any words, we use nobody, no one, nothing nowhere and no place besides being a grammar rule to follow. These words tend to sound stronger and add more emphasis. Is anybody coming? No. No one is coming or no, I don't think anyone is coming. No one here is stronger. It also sounds more certain than just using anyone. Hey, do you want to do something? No, there's nothing to do or I can't think of anything to do. So there is nothing to do, which is more direct and immediately expresses your opinion and gets to the point using adjectives with indefinite pronouns. If you want to use an adjective with the indefinite pronouns we just discussed in this lecture, we put the adjective after the pronoun. And if you want to express an action, we put, too, after the pronoun or pronoun adjective combination, followed by the main verb in the infinitive. Here are a few examples to help you understand there's nothing good in the fridge or there's nothing good to eat in the fridge. Do you have anything fun at your house, or do you have anything fun to play at your house? Is there someone waiting at the door, or is there someone waiting to deliver a package at the door? Okay, so we covered a lot of indefinite pronoun rules, positive statements, questions and different types of negative constructions. So please do the homework because I give some important examples about how different the grammar rules can be compared to the rules of spoken English 89. 12.10 Pronouns: Both / either / neither: using both either, And neither both either and neither are used to talk about two things or to people. But they're used in very different ways. Let's start with both both means the two, the two of them together, this one and that one. Together we can use both as a pronoun to replace two things that were already mentioned. Remember, we can't use pronounced replace a noun unless we already know what the noun is, what we're talking about. Do you want the soup or a salad? Well, I'm pretty hungry, so I'll have both. The person wants the soup hand the salad. That's what it means to want both. They're hungry. Are either of your two kids married? Yeah, they're both married. They ask if they are married and not just one of them is married. They are both married, although not to each other. They're married to other people, both with a plural noun. If both is followed by one. Now, the noun is plural, and here's what I mean. Do you like travelling abroad or in your own country? More? I really like both types of travel. Which one do I like? Both both types or both forms. Only one noun comes after both, so I make it plural. Which flavor is better? Chocolate or vanilla? Both flavors are great, depending on the mood I'm in. I like both both flavors. One noun comes after both, and I make it plural, both followed by two now owns. There's another way to use both. In the last example, I was asked if my favorite flavor was chocolate or vanilla, and I combined them to say both flavors. So both was followed. Just buy one. Now, however, I can also say both vanilla and chocolate are great. So with both plus a singular noun plus and plus singular noun again, we're putting more emphasis here on each option or maybe clarifying in case the person didn't understand or believe you. This is a good way to stress each of them individually instead of just saying both are great and you can replace the noun you're discussing with a pronoun if we know what you're referring to. You notice, too, that I said both are great when we connect now owns with, and the verb must be plural both or both of well, they have the exact same meaning and are both followed by a plural noun. However, both of might be more popular in the United States than other parts of the world. Both of the songs sound amazing. Both songs sound amazing. According to good grammar, the should be removed when not using the both of construction. However, in spoken English, it doesn't matter at all, and you'll often hear people say both the songs sound amazing both of with a pronoun. After both of we need to use the object protest the object pronouns are me, him, her, it us, you them. But after both of you'll only use us you them. That's because the both of construction needs a plural object. Both of us were wrong. Both of them are very wealthy. Both of you are root neither. Neither. We don't use both in negative sentences. Instead, we use neither, and you can pronounce it neither or neither. Both are perfectly acceptable, and you've probably already noticed me using both of their pronunciations. Neither means not one and not the other. So if I say I like both flavors of ice cream, chocolate and vanilla, I like both chocolate and vanilla. I like the two flavors, but with neither. I don't like either chocolate or vanilla. The two flavors are both bad. In my opinion, I don't like any of them. And also with either you can pronounce it either or either again. It just depends on how you want to stress or at emphasis in a sentence or which one sounds better in a specific sentence. Let's look a little bit more at neither now neither nor neither. Nor is the opposite of both. And so before I said I liked both vanilla and chocolate. Now I'm saying that I like neither vanilla nor chocolate. I dislike the two flavors. The grammar is important here. When using both, we use the plural. I like both the vanilla and chocolate flavors, but in the negative with nor as well as whenever we use. Or we use the singular. I like neither the vanilla nor chocolate flavor. Singular neither plus a singular now, when neither is used immediately before the noun it refers to, the noun is singular. Neither present was expensive that I bought. Neither team lost Today. Neither car is fast, so none of the two presents were expensive. None of the two teams lost, and none of the two cars are fast. But if I use both, we use the plural. Both presence were expensive. Both teams lost today. Both cars are fast, neither of plus a plural. Now, however, when we use neither of the noun after it is plural and will most likely have the definite article of ah in front of it. Neither of the presence were expensive. Neither of the teams lost today, neither of the cars, our fast with neither. Here we will still use the plural form of the now, but we don't always have thes subject verb agreement, as it should be grammatically so. We can also say neither of the presence was expensive. Neither of the teams lost, which doesn't change, and neither off the carbs is fast. Neither of plus a pro now. And we can replace the noun we use after neither of with an object pronoun, just like with both of, we need to also use a plural object pronoun after neither of so we can only use us, you end of them using neither in short responses, in short responses, both neither and either can also be used when showing negative agreement. I've never eaten swordfish. Oh, me neither. Or me, either. I didn't see that movie. Oh yeah, me neither or me either using the either or either. Neither means not one and not the other. So none of them but either also pronounced either means any one of the two this one or the other one, especially when showing options or alternatives. It's also often used to basically say, I don't care Doesn't matter to me, Annie. We mostly use it in questions and negative sentences either or we can Onley use nor with neither with either we use or because, or gives us a comparison while nor shows us negation that we don't like any of the options , either, or shows us alternatives or a choice between two or more things, like neither nor either, or will also treat its subject as singular because we're comparing different things, not putting them together. Here are some examples Either the green bag or the black bag is nice. I'm saying they're both nice. Any of them is nice if I have to choose, and since I'm comparing them separately, I conjugated to be as is since its singular, either you or Mark has to finish the project. We're not grouping the subjects together, so its singular has. If we use both, then we use a plural subject because we are grouping them together. Both you and Mark half two. And with neither, it's neither you nor Mark has to, because neither also separates so singular. Either we leave at noon or in the evening or tomorrow morning, we can use either toe list as many options as we have available. We can't do this with nor because it's on. Lee used for two things. If you tried toe list more things with, nor it will sound very strange. But with either you can list as many possibilities or alternatives as you want, either, plus a singular now, when either is used immediately before the noun it refers to. The noun is singular pizza or hamburgers. I'm super hungry, so I'll eat. Either. I'm so hungry that I don't care. I will have one or the other. It doesn't matter to me. I'll have either pizza or hamburgers. I don't support either team. If we negate our main verb, don't support. We get the same meaning as neither gear I can also say I support neither team and if I say I support either team, it means I don't care. I will support this team or that team. Either time is good for me. I'm saying both of the times that you suggested are possible. They work in my schedule either off, plus a plural noun. Either of will be followed by a plural now. And that plural noun will usually have a determine er in front of it. Either the definite article, the or a possessive adjective or these or those either of the options will work for my company. I don't think either of my parents will support him. I wouldn't mind having either of those cars. They're both nice, either of plus a pronoun. And when we want to replace the noun with a pronoun, especially to avoid repetition, we can use a pronoun. But it must be an object pronoun and it must be plural. So we can Onley use us. You and them coffee or tea. Mm. Either of them sounds great Right now they're very judgmental. I don't think they like either of us. Either of you can lead the presentation, but only one of you the other person must control the computer 90. 12.11 Pronouns: No / not / none: No, not and none. All of these express indication or the absence of something. But depending on what you want to talk about, like if it's a noun, adjective or quantify air, then we need to change which one we use. So let's get started. So you know when to use which one of thes three use? No for questions. First we use Noto. Answer yes or no questions. That is questions where you can either respond with yes or no. And as I think you know toe answer in the negative we use No. Are you at work? No, I'm at home. Are you hungry? No. I already ate using know before Now owns with no article. This is for singular or plural knowns. If there is no article A n the we use No, There are no reasons why you shouldn't go. Why are no people at work this morning? I see no nice cars to choose from using no before adjectives no can be used before an adjective noun combination I just did with I see no nice cars. But we can't use no in front of quantifies like any much, many and enough. Instead, we use not, and we'll discuss that shortly. There's no good reason. Toe lie. I have no good pots or pans for cooking. I saw no bad messages on my phone earlier. Using not before Noun is with articles no can only be used before now is with no article, neither definite nor indefinite. So if there is an article we use, not before these now moms and it can be definite or indefinite articles. So if we have now owns with articles either definite or indefinite articles, we use not. That's not a reason to skip class. It's not a source of vitamin D. It's not the right time yet using not before. Quantify IRS with quantify IRS like any much, many and enough we use not. That's not enough for the trip. Not much time left. We should hurry. There's not many people here using, not with verbs. Finally, to make a verb negative. It will often be contracted. Shortened, depending on what comes before it are not becomes, aren't is not becomes, isn't am not doesn't change. It stays the same. I am not, Does not becomes, doesn't do not becomes don't did not becomes didn't will not becomes won't has not becomes , hasn't and have not becomes. Haven't they don't know where they're going. I didn't understand. They haven't decided No versus none. I already told you that we use no before announce with no articles we always use No, with a noun, never by itself. However, we can use none to replace the now. So it's a pronoun. We use it by itself. I have no time or I have none. There was no problem or there was none. There are no cars or there are none answering questions with none with questions about quantity related to things or people like asking how much or how many we use. None to mean. Zero Zilch. Nada. How much free time do you have? Oh, none today. I'm very busy. How many do we have Leftover? None. We are all out. How many people are still at your house? None. They all left answering questions with no one and nobody. If you want to give a negative response to a question that asks who we use no one or nobody , there was really no difference between the two of them. They can mean either literally No one zero people and they can mean that it wasn't an important person. Not someone toe worry about or not someone you care about. Who were you talking to at the party? No one. Just a friend of mine. Did you meet new people at the work conference? Nobody. I was too busy in meetings the entire time I was there. Anyone at their house? No. One. They must already be on vacation. 91. 13.1 Prepositions of time, Part 1: propositions of time at for specific times. We most often use at to refer to a specific time an exact hour of the day, usually a time that you can read on the clock. I wake up at six AM I eat lunch at noon. I go to bed at midnight. We will give the presentation at 2 30 at with holiday periods at is also used to talk about the general period of time that surrounds the specific date off a holiday. So, for example, Christmas is on December 25th. That is the specific date we celebrate this holiday. But if we say at Christmas, we are describing the period of time that we begin to celebrate it and finish celebrating it. So at Christmas can mean from the end of November until the end of December, you will also hear some people add time to the end of a holiday name to express the idea of the entire amount of time that the holiday is celebrated like Christmas time. At Christmas, we cut down a tree, visit family and seeing a lot of Christmas songs. And remember, this doesn't mean just the day of Christmas, it means that things we do before it and after it. At Halloween, people watch scary movies and decorate their houses. Then, on the day of Halloween, the kids go trick or treating on. I just showed you how we can use at to describe a period of time that surrounds a specific date. Now I'll show you how to use on for specific days and dates on the calendar days when I say days, I mean Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday and Sunday. These are the days of the week, and when we want to talk about a specific day we use on last week. On Tuesday, I went to the cinema on Thursday. You have to give the presentation. My family is visiting me on Saturday dates. A date on the calendar is a specific day of the month, and we use on when discussing one. So that can be the or little number like the third, the 21st or the 30th. Or we can also include the month. And we have a couple ways to do that. For example, the third of March or the 21st of March, the 30th of March, or and much more common in the US We can put the month first, followed by the orginal number. March 3rd, March 21st March 30th. These are all specific dates. On June 16th I'll be in Florida for a business trip on the 25th. We don't have work because of Christmas. On the third of June, I will be traveling with my family in four months and years in has six important uses with time. So let's start with months and years. If you're ever talking about a month or a year and it's related to time, you are going to use in. We always use in with months and years, and we talk about months and years a lot, so that is important to remember. This is for specific years and months, and we'll discuss how to use in for more general periods in a little bit. I usually go on vacation in January, the first time I heard this band was in like 2014. I graduated from college in 2007 and I started working here in March in for decades and centuries. A group of 10 years is called a decade in English, a group of 100 years is a century. The 19 eighties and 19 twenties are two different decades, far apart in the same century. Notice that to say, a decade in time, we say the plus the specific decade like this, the thirties, the forties, the fifties. You can also say it the longer way. The 19 thirties, the 19 forties, the 19 fifties. The 20th century is every decade, from the 19 hundreds to the 19 nineties. For a century, we say the century, the 19th century, the 20th century and now the 21st century. And guess what we use in with all of the's. World War Two started in the first half of the 20th century. Rock n roll became popular in the 19 fifties. In the late 19 nineties, the Internet became very popular. It was first discovered in the 16th century by explorers. In four seasons. There are four seasons in a year, fall, winter, spring and summer. In the UK, autumn is used instead of fall in the U. S. Fall is much more common, but we sometimes use autumn and whenever talking about one of these seasons related to time , will use in in summer it gets so hot. I always drink lots of hot cocoa in winter, People often clean their houses in spring in plus a period of time. If you want to say when something is going to happen in the future, or make a prediction or estimate about something in the future, use in, I will be ready in five minutes. When does the movie start? I think it starts in half an hour. In five years, technology will be very different than it is today. 92. 13.1 LIVE Time prepositions (In, on, at): in, at and on related to time. So it is not talking about in at a non related to movement, direction and emotion and manner just time for the moment and some of the most important uses. And we're going to start right now with that, so at is most often use specifically for specific times of the day. So right here I have my my daily agenda. What? We can also call this a schedule. Ah, planner. But you can see there are specific hours at these specific hours. We do think so. At 8 a.m. At noon at 7 p.m. You will also notice that in the United States we have a We don't use the 24 hour clock. So it goes from 89 10 11 12 and then 1234 We don't have the 13 14 written that way. Okay, so we used at for these specific times, we say, also kind of more general terms. We say at noon, which would also be kind of at lunch, at lunch, at dinner, at breakfast for some of these we can also use during. But we'll save that for a different lecture Okay. No reason to confuse you. All right, Now. So at with these specific times, there are some exceptions. There's always exceptions. Meaning sometimes we don't follow the rules. For example, we say here we say in the morning, always in the morning. On we say in the afternoon, remember, Afternoon means after post Newt. Because we say at noon, that's the specific time at noon, everything. After that. Before evening, we say the in the afternoon, and we say in the evening in the evening. All right, Um so there is at those were a few of the exceptions. Let's move now to in. All right. I hope you're ready for in now. Here is a calender Focus. February last month in is four months, first of all, so in February, now it is March. So how can I express that in March? We are in March. Right now. We also use in for seasons. So February in the United States is really part of winter. So we are in winter. After that, we will be in spring and then finally in summer, and then we will be in fall and then in winter against so in with months and in with seasons, seasons are the times of the year when the weather changes. I'm worrying this is the sweater right now because it's winter I'm in winter were experiencing with We also use em for years in 2000 and 19 in 2020 that will be in one year , also with decades. So let's say the 19 nineties, we say in the nineties or in the 19 nineties, in the 19 eighties, in the 19 seventies, etcetera, a lot of examples there. We also say generally as expressions to do things in the past to do things in the future. If you're watching this in the future, Hello. Good to see who, Um, but however, if it is right now, we say at present, for example, in the past, I used to go to school. At present, I don't go to school. At present, I no longer go to school in the future. Maybe I will go to school again. Who knows way have some, except actually I want to focus. Well, actually, that was our exception at present. So in past in the past, at present and in the future now, we also use in for what we will, what we will call future talk to show when something will happen from this time looking forward So we can say for example, I will be on Instagram in about 40 minutes. I will talk to you in two days about the aisles. Not exactly today is Look, here's a good example. Actually, we can use this. You can use my calendar. So here is Monday. So in two days 12 it will be Wednesday. If we are in Wednesday, let's say it's Wednesday now in three days 123 It will be Saturday. So we use end when we're talking or gets kind of talking about the future from the present moment. So in 30 minutes I will be on Instagram live in 10 minutes. This live will be finished. Okay, so in can also be used for what we talk, what we call future talk. Now let's move on to our last one, which is also very important. I'm we use on with specific days. So we have on Sunday on Monday, on Tuesday, on Wednesday on Thursday on Friday, one specific are just one important thing to know is that in the United States. We usually say on the weekend the weekend in the Western Hemisphere is Saturday and Sunday , so I usually say I do things on the weekend or on weekends in the UK, they often say at the weekend. So a British person is my bad British accent who Oh, at the weaker I'm not even going to track. But here we say on the weekend, on weekends in the UK, they say at the weekend, a swell we use on for specific dates. These are dates days are Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday. Saturday dates are the specific numbers. So the 3rd February 3rd February 12. So on February 12 on February 15th etcetera. Those are specific dates. Another important thing to know is on holidays. So is there a holiday here? Valentine's Day was last month. That was on February 14th. For some holidays. We kind of celebrate them before the specific day they happen and a little bit after, especially Christmas. Making for Valentine's a little bit. But when we use at, we're talking around that specific date. So if I say at Valentine's that we really don't, it's mostly for Christmas. Um Thanksgiving, maybe even New Year's. That's kind of the holidays in the US at, especially for Christmas. Let's say this was Christmas, if I said at, it would be a little bit before and a little bit after. So when we use at with a holiday, we're really talking about around that time, the whole holiday season or the time you kind of celebrate it. But on is a specific day of the holiday honest, specific day, all right? 93. 13.2 Prepositions of time, Part 2: propositions of time use to. We just looked at the most important propositions of time in at and on. Now we're going to talk about the rest during while from since until before and after. Buckle up, let's do it during. And while we always use during with a noun, no exceptions, it means while something else is happening throughout the duration of another event or action when talking about the past, it's used to talk about two simultaneous events. Events happening. At the same time, though, they don't have to have the same start and and point it has the same meaning as while. But while is on Lee used with verbs, here are sentences using both while enduring to show you how they're used differently during school yesterday, I went to the bathroom three times while I was at school. Yesterday, I used the bathroom three times. We can talk during the presentation to finalize the deal. We can talk while we're listening to the presentation to finalize the deal while commuting to work. I always listen to podcasts during my commute to work. I always listen to podcasts, for instance. I've already gone into quite a lot of detail about four and since in the present perfect 10 section, because they're often, I guess, overwhelmingly used with the perfect tenses. Watch those lectures if you need more information. We used since with a start date, sometimes specific and sometimes more general like since Monday since last year since March 2018. Since yesterday since noon, since a while ago since Tells us when something started, four can't describe the same amount of time, but it's used with a period of time, not the start date. So for two hours for 10 years, for one day for two decades for a long time I have been in France for two years. I have been in France since 2016. I've waited for you for two hours. I've waited for you since 9 a.m. From we use from to describe a past completed action or a future action using a specific start date and using two, or until to describe the date or time that the action ended or will end in spoken English until often turns into till. But both are very common, So use your favorite we can't use since here, because that's always in a perfect tens, even though it also uses a specific start date. So for from two and from until we use past simple past, continuous presence simple, present, continuous or simple future almost everything except the perfect tenses. How long are you in Mexico for? I am here from March 2, or until or till April. How long did you travel? I traveled from 2019 to until till 2020. I was traveling from 2019. Two until til to 20 so you can use to or until or till it doesn't matter. How long have you how long did you? Often when you meet new people, they will ask questions about things you have done in the past and things you have done more recently. So these questions will often be in the past, simple and present. Perfect. So if you hear, how long did you something You will respond with the past, simple or past continuous, and probably use from and to until or till to explain the duration. If you hear how long have you something, you will respond with a perfect tense, most likely present perfect use four with a period of time and since using a specific start date before and after before, means prior to the action or event proceeding after means following the action or event later, we can use both of them with downs and before verbs. With down's, we put the action or event after before and after. So we put before and after before the now let me show you before work. I always drink coffee after work. I always take a shower. Before the movie I used to the bathroom after the movie, I washed my hands before I was 18. I couldn't buy cigarettes after I was 18. I could buy cigarettes before and after with verbs we also use before and after with verbs . But when we do, we have two options for how to form the sentences. We can say before or after, plus subject plus conjugated verb like Oh, call you before I go to the store. Or let's do it after I return from work. Or we can say before or after, plus the I N g form of the verb, the gerund I'll call you before going to the store. Let's do it after returning from work. We don't state the subject before the I N G form, but it's understood thanks to context 94. 13.3 Prepositions of place, Part 1: propositions of place. Propositions of place can tell us where something is the physical location. Let's start by looking at how we use at in and on for location. At a point at tells us that something is located at a specific point or location. It's an exact location. For example, if you're at home at work, at the bank, at the store, at the train station, at the entrance, at the exit or at your desk. These are some specific locations we can mention, and it's important to realize that this can mean inside of these specific locations or buildings or directly outside of them, or in a space that is considered to belong to them. Where are you? I'm at the store. See you at work tomorrow. I'll meet you at the stadium. Common expressions with at at home, at school. At work, you'll notice we don't use a possessive pronoun like my. These are general expressions, and we understand that it's your home school and work events like a sporting event, concert and party we use at for these types of things. So if someone asks where you are, you probably respond. I'm at a concert, however, if they're attending that concert with you, they're probably asking for your exact location so that they can find you. In this case, they're asking where you are in the stadium, since you are in an enclosed space pages. When looking at a page like you do when reading articles or books, we say at the bottom, off the page and at the top off the page. If it's in between, the top in the bottom will say in the middle of the page in in enclosed spaces, in tells us that something is inside of something or surrounded by or closed off by different sides or walls. Most often we're talking about physical walls or barriers like the sides of a box and the walls of a cup or building. And when it is a physical, usually smaller space, we can also use inside. Otherwise, we might use inside for some larger places, like inside the house, but usually just to add emphasis. But in can also be more abstract, like in a country or in the city we don't use inside here. The's places kind of have walls insides, but they are imaginary and decided based on politics, and not really walls most of the time. Where are my books? I put them in that box over there or I put them inside that box over there. Where do you live? I live in Seattle, in the United States. Marx in his room. He said he's hungry because there's no food in the fridge and he's upset because there's no room for his car in the garage or in the driveway. You could technically use inside a few times in the sentence. Also, however, it would sound strange because the expressions we use inside with in this example are normally not stressed or emphasized expressions within some uses of in our more abstract or don't follow the regular rules. Here are some sleep. If you're talking about sleep or getting rest, we say that we are in bed. Think of it as being under your blankets, but if something or someone is on your bed, we will talk about on in a tiny bit. We're talking about something or someone being on top of your blankets or sheets. A few other ones you have to memorize are in hospital if you're in the UK, but in the US we say in the hospital. For both of these expressions, in hospital or in the hospital, it means you are the patient, staying at the hospital for an extended period of time. But if you're there very briefly or visiting someone, you will say at the hospital. So I'm at the hospital visiting my friend who's in the hospital. Birds and planes are in the sky. Things and events happen in the world. We read stuff in a news paper and in books. We look at things in a photograph and in a picture we ride in a car and in a taxi. And when talking about something being half the distance between two things, we say it is in the middle, like the U. S. Is in the middle of Mexico and Canada, or it's between Mexico and Canada on for location. On always refers to a surface what is on attached to or touching the surface. If you have a table, your plates go on the table. If you have a floor, you walk on the floor. Your chair is on the floor Most of the time. We can also say, on top of you set your books on the desk. You set your books on top of the desk. Let's watch TV on the couch. Remember that we set things on your bed, and maybe you sit down or lay down on your bed for a few minutes. This means you are on top of your blankets and sheets when you sleep, though, you lay under your blankets and sheets. That's when we say to be in bed, and it's really the same for the couch or sofa because a couch has cushions, but we always sit or lay on top of them. If something is in your couch, it means it fell under or between the cushions, like coins or other smaller things, like crumbs from things you eat while sitting on the couch. Put your backpack on your desk. Don't put it on the floor. There's ketchup on my shirt. I must have spilt when I was eating expressions with on first expressions related to travel . We ride in a car, but we ride and travel on a bus on a train on a ship and on a plane. I can't hear you. I'm on the bus right now. I usually read on the train it's hard to get comfortable on a plane. Buildings in a building. There are different stories or levels of the building, and it's always to be on a floor or on a level in the United States. When you enter a building, we call that the first floor the floor when you first enter. But in the majority of countries outside of the US, when you first walk into a building, it's the ground floor and the floor or story above. That is the first floor, then the 2nd 3rd etcetera, sometimes in the US and often confusing. The first floor is marked G on an elevator meaning ground floor, which confuses many Americans because it's more common to see a one instead, which means first floor. Some buildings only have one floor, while skyscrapers and high rises can have more than 100. You can say either story or floor. It's exactly the same, and we use both. Just know that in the US we say apartment. And in the UK, they say flat when talking about a shared building with individual living quarters. I live on the third floor. Let's take the elevator because she lives on the third story. It's a three story apartment on. When going places, there's an expression we can use to mean to different things. The expression is on the way. First, we can say to be on the way to mean that you already left for a place you are already in your car walking, taking the bus or whatever and are in some part of your journey to another place. We can also say on the way to meet a location, person or thing that you will encounter during your journey. I already left. I'm on my way. See you in 30 minutes on your way to the store. Can you stop at the school? It's on the way, so it won't take much extra time after work. On my way home, I ran into Susan TV and Mobile devices. Finally, when talking about things on our phones, computers, TV and other things that have a screen we use on, basically these images are projected. They appear on the screen of these devices. That's why we use on. I watched it on TV last night. What are you looking at on your phone? The sun's making it hard to see what's on my screen. 95. 13.3 LIVE Prepositions of place 1: was Mr Box. Also we are doing or I'm sorry. So we are going to use this box, Mr Box and this rolled up ball person right here to a list straight. The most important propositions of place in on and at. Let's start with that. Let's pretend this is my house. I use it at to tell you where I am. Now. Let's say this is my work. I'm at work. It is the exact location. However, it's important to realize that at is the general area in and kind of around a place so at can mean inside my home. Or like right outside my lawn, in the building where I work or standing outside maybe smoking a cigarette so at means in the space that is considered and and the space considered to be belong to it outside of it now in in is more specific than at in specifically tells us that something is in side inside, like inside this box. It is surrounded by these sides inside the box, outside the box, in the box, out of the box and remember, use in for cities and countries. I live in the US in Chicago, where do you live? And if on expression we use when we want to participate in something is I'm in This isn't grammar, but it's ah, great expression. We say I'm in because it comes from the phrase over to participate in something because Mr Fox back So we just eliminate the verb and use the proposition in. Do you want to see the new movie tonight? Yeah, I'm in. All right, now on Let's get ready. Use on when talking about a surface. Alright, Often we can say on top of to ah, on the side of this box, on top of my head on my shoulder, on top of the camera This is above or over the box this is on for on top of so on is kind of like sitting on something, which is a good way to think about another expression. We have to be on it. To be on something like a task means that it is your responsibility and you will handle it . Who wants to meet the new client during lunch? Me, I'm on it. So that's a little review of in on and that I think that's it. Oh, no. Well, of course, if you have any questions, let me know and we can discuss them next time 96. 13.4 Prepositions of place, Part 2: propositions off place, part two. So we just went over the most important propositions of place in, at and on. But we have some more that we need to discuss so that we can describe location with ease by meaning near close to when using by with location, it means close to near. If my house is by the park, I'm saying there close not far away. So by varies, depending on what you're talking about. If I say my phone is by my computer, this is a very small distance. But if I say the town I live in is by Chicago, I'm saying there close compared to other cities but a bigger distance. I am by the grocery store, So meet me there. Are you busy? Right now? Let's hang out because I'm by your house. The gym isn't by the cinema, though, so I don't really want to go all the way there after I work out next to end beside, if not being exact or exaggerating a little bit, we can say that something is next to something else to mean. It's close or nearby. However, if that is not the most important use and it is more of an exaggeration to be next to something. Or besides, something means that the other thing is to your side, literally to your left or to your right. So if I'm sitting down and someone is sitting in a chair to my left and there is someone sitting in a chair to my right, these people are next to me. I can also say they are beside me. The meaning of beside is always this, but next to can be used just to mean close or nearby. Hey, you're calling to talk to Lynn. She's standing right next to me, or she's standing right beside me. Where is the bus for the trip? Oh, it's beside the parking lot on the left side, if you have trouble, is next to the stadium. While not super close but pretty close between for the last example, I said that people sitting directly to my left and right were next. To me, that means I am in the middle another way. We can say this is by saying I am between them. This is the space that separates that divides two places, people or objects. So let's say I live in the middle of in the middle distance between my work and the cinema . So I lived between my work and the cinema and between your fingers. You hold your pen or pencil when taking a test or writing notes between the walls of your house is everything you own. Where do I live? My house is kind of between here and the train station. Between you and me, I think she's lying. We say between someone and someone else to mean that the information is a secret for just those two people. The birthday boy will sit between his mom and his dad behind and in front of. If you are behind something, that thing is in front of you. It is directly ahead of you further forward than you are. If something is behind you, it is further to the back of you. So next to end beside literally meant to your left and right in front and behind literally mean ahead of you and to the back of you and to give you some vocab. If you are not where you should be with a project assignment or you're doing badly in a race, we can say you are behind. To be behind in this sense means to be falling behind to be arriving late and it's usually to be behind on something or on doing something. Where's my brother? Turn around. He's behind you. Quick, run to the stop or we'll miss the bus. I see it behind us. I'm sorry. I can't go to the movie tonight. I'm behind on my work and I need to catch up under below Under end below Mean beneath lower than something else. However under is the opposite of on. So we sit on our bed. But we sleep under our blankets So under can also mean covered by something. That's why under is the antonym The opposite of on below is more general. It just means lower than something the same as beneath. Is it on the desk? No, it fell under it. Is it above or below the cloud? The drone. It just flew below it over and above. If something is over or above something else, it is higher than the other thing but not touching it. If it's touching and higher, we say on top of or just on something. If you see birds flying, they are above or over you also overhead. Ah, plane is above everything on the ground. So are the clouds most of the time, at least, except when it's foggy. But your cup is on your desk or on top of your desk. It's on Lee over your desk if you throw your cup in the air, but I don't recommend it. Where is the jet? I can't see it. It's over that building. Look, look! An eagle. It's above the tree. 97. LIVE: Prepositions of Place 2: Let's do propositions of place. Part two Starting with bye bye is used to mean that something an object is close to or near . Something noticed that we say near plus the thing. But we say close to and then the thing. This is important. Don't put too Afternoon, Mr Box is near me. I'm near Mr Box. I'm close to Mr Box. Mr. Box is close to meet Were close to each other We're near each other and of course, distance is always relative. So me personally, I'm not close to Canada. That's a different country far away. However, the United States, as a country is very close to Canada. The country's our neighbors. They are not only near each other, they are next to each other. So now next to and the side The standard definition of next to and beside is that one object is directly to the left or right of another object, literally to the side. Like here Mr Paper is next to Mr Box or Mr Paper is beside Mr Box so beside does not have to after it is just beside and the thing additionally beside is generally more formal sounding next to is more common in spoken English as well. Besides, within as at the end is completely different and not a proposition of place. It's used to add more information to a statement and finally next to is sometimes used to mean that something is close or or nearby, very similar meaning. Toe by that we just look down. Let's move on to between. If Mr Box and Mr Paper are on both sides of me, I am in the middle. Another way to say in the middle is between So you can say in the middle of something or between something we always put off after in the middle when followed by an object. Mr. Box is between you and me, Mr Boxes in the middle of you and me behind and in front of when you're watching this video , I am in front of you. I am directly ahead of you. Further forward, your screen or monitor is also in front of you. If something is behind you, it is further to the back of you. You have to turn around to see it. So this wall is behind me. So in front of something and simply behind something under and below under is the opposite of on. So if so, Mr Paper is on Mr Box, meaning that it is physically sitting on top of the box. Or Mr Paper is under Mr Box, meaning that it is physically sitting below, or at least close to touching. If we want to be more general, we use below because below just means lower than something beneath. So Mr Paper is below Mr Box and you were here anywhere, lower above and a but over and above. When I say Mr Paper is above or over Mr Box, I'm saying he's higher and not touching. That's on anything that is in the sky and not touching. The ground is over and above you. Buildings, ceilings and other toe constructions are also above and over. You, like this ceiling is above me. Okay, so we looked at a lot of examples with propositions of place. So now I want you to write some example sentences, using as many of them as you can and use all the propositions you can from parts one and two. Propositions can be tricky, and in some expressions they don't follow the rules. So start writing your examples. You can make mistakes with me and not make any mistakes using English in real situations. 98. 13.5 Prepositions of movement: propositions of movement. Propositions of movement are also called propositions of direction. In this lecture, I'm going to discuss the differences between across and through a long and around in an out of onto end off, up and down, over and under and more across and through. Both of these propositions described movement from one side to another, but with across you don't go through. Anything across is used. When the area is open, no obstacles or barriers with through the movement passes in and out of another object, like a door wall, window clouds, anything that you have to enter and exit. Some things are meant to be gone through like doors, but other things, like a window or glass. If something goes through them, they break in spoken English. In the United States, you will sometimes hear people use through to mean across. It's pretty normal. However, you never hear people use across to mean through you're on that side of the parking lot. Okay, I'll walk across to meet you. Don't move. So there are no barriers here. A parking lot is a big, empty space with cars. And to meet my friend, I will walk to the other side. He tried to throw the stapler at me, but he missed and it went right through. My cup is completely smashed. You can't go through a cup without breaking it. So the person tried to throw something at me so I could catch it. But they threw it poorly and it went through my cup. My cup is broken, though. I love it. When planes fly through clouds, you can't see anything. A cloud is an object and you can go through it quite easily. The cloud doesn't break because it's not a solid unlike my cup. In the previous example, we're walking through the park right now to have a picnic. This one's a little tricky, but the thing is, Ah, park usually has an entrance and an exit, so we go through it. We also say toe walk through a forest because again there's usually a point where you start or enter and a point where you stop or leave along and around to move along. Something is to follow a specific path, basically following a line or direction to move around. Something is to go around an obstacle, go in a circular direction to avoid it. It's important to remember to go around something is talking about avoiding something. To go along in a direction means to purposefully go that direction. For example, some people like toe walk along a body of water like a lake. They want to follow the path of the lake. It's nice to be by the water. The view is great. You can go swimming and do other activities. But if you're trying to go somewhere, the lake is probably in your way. It's an obstacle, so you have to avoid it and you drive around it so it depends on what you're doing. And if you are working with the object or against it. Somebody was standing still on the sidewalk, talking on their phone, so I had to walk around them. This person was an obstacle. They were in your way, so they were working against you. Because of that, you have to walk around them, take a detour, go off your regular path tow, avoid them by making a circular movement. I was driving along the highway when some road construction started, so I had to drive around it and find a different way to get to your house. That's why I'm late. So I had a pass. I wanted to follow the highway, but then an obstacle appeared. Road construction. I had to drive around the road construction to find a new path that I could drive along in to end out of. To go into something is to go from the outside, the exterior to the inside. To go out of something is to leave the interior and enter the outside space the exterior. So after work or school, you arrive home and go into your house. When you have to go grocery shopping, you go out of the house to go into the supermarket. It's the same for anything else that we can use in and out of with. Put coffee into a cup food into a bull. Get into your car. Put something into a drawer and the opposite. Pour coffee out of a cup. Eat food out of a bowl. Get out of your car. Take something out of a drawer so often we use different verbs. Depending on if we're putting something into something or taking something out of something , what did you put into the drawer? Take it out of there. Is that my phone? He went into the store 30 minutes ago, and he still hasn't come out. I don't want to go into it. It's an emotional topic for me. And finally, we use into, ah lot in abstract ways with Fraser Verbs here, when talking about a topic to go into it, means to discuss it. To go into detail onto and off. To go on to something is to move onto the surface. On top of it, we often simply use on instead of on two and off means removed from the surface. Taken off, put onto something taken off of something so into and out of refer to closed spaces like the cup and bull examples onto and off referred to more open spaces like a desktop or a table. I went onto the stage to perform my solo, but I was too nervous and quickly ran off stage, she said. She put my keys on the table, but I don't see them. I see she put her backpack onto it, but that's all I see. Maybe someone else already took them off the table. Get your feet off the couch. They're so dirty up and down when talking about physical movement. Up means upwards higher and down means and downwards, lower as well in more abstract ways, like talking about prices or your salary. Thes things can also go up and down. Stop running up and down the stairs. It's too loud. The stock market was going up for most of the year, but now it's going down with the bad financial news. I can drive up and see you this weekend if you're free over and under to go over something is to pass it by going above it to go under. Something is to pass it by going beneath or below it. Maybe you are throwing a ball in your backyard, but you throw it poorly and it goes over your fence. You want to quickly get the ball so you jump over the fence. Some people have dogs as pets, and what dogs will often do is dig under offense to escape so they don't jump over the fence. They go under it, hold on one second, were about to go underground and the coal quality is going to drop. There's a nursery rhyme about a cow jumping over the moon. I don't think I can jump over this hurdle. It's too tall to towards and away from. To go to a place is to go there. I'm going to France. That's where I will be. To go towards a place means to get closer move nearer towards doesn't mean going somewhere completely. It's more about moving closer to it. So if I say I'm going towards France, it doesn't sound like I'm going there. But maybe pretty close. Maybe I'm traveling to the UK from the U. S. So I'm going to the UK and that means I'm going towards France in the direction of friends . The opposite of towards is away from. So as I fly to the UK, I'm moving away from getting farther from the U. S. As you move towards one thing, you move away from something else. The cat is very shy, so move towards her very slowly. If she seems scared, slowly move away. I finished the first part of the project. We're moving towards our goal. This means we haven't accomplished our goal. But we're getting closer to finishing quick. The criminal is getting away from us. Drive towards the bridge. He will try to escape somewhere around there. Back to. To go back to a place is to return there. That means you already went there in the past and returned to your starting point. So let's say I visited India a few years ago for a month. I was there for a month and I returned home. Now, a few years later, I want to go back to India. I want to return there for our vacation. We're going back to our favorite hotel in California. We haven't been there in several years. Do you plan on ever going back to Ukraine? Shoot. We forgot to buy milk. I really don't want to go back to the store just for that, so I will wait. 99. 13.6 Prepositions of manner: propositions of manner, propositions of manner. Tell us how, why and what happened. The most popular ones are by, with and without. But let's start with on on Holiday. This is to go on vacation and to be on vacation to be on holiday notice that vacation and holiday our singular. If we talk about the holidays, this means the three fall and winter holidays in the US that's Thanksgiving, Christmas and New Year's. Sorry, I'm not in the office right now. I'm on holiday. I will call you back as soon as possible. My family always goes on holiday in this summer on television, I mentioned this quickly before things are on TV. We watch shows on TV as well, with most technology like phones, cellphones, radios, computers and tablets. We use on most of the time to be on the phone on your computer, listening to something on the radio on your tablet online on the Internet, on a Web page. If it's a tech and gadget, you probably want to use on cultural note because a lot of people visit New York, you might hear New Yorkers say that they wait for something on line. Every American outside of New York City and New Jersey, as well as every English speaker outside of the U. S. Will say toe, wait in line or waiting in a line for all of us outside of New York and New Jersey, toe weight online means to be waiting for something on your computer on fire. If something is on fire, it's burning. It's engulfed in flames, so hopefully your house doesn't start on fire. There aren't many things you purposefully want to catch on. Fire the entire forest caught on fire when a lady set her mail on fire to start a bonfire. Don't smoke at a gas station. You can make everything start on fire on time. To be on time is to be punctual. The opposite of being late is not early, though early is ahead of time. On time is at the exact right moment, and to be late is to arrive or finish something after it is supposed to happen. I don't know how you always arrive on time. Even though you take public transport. I'm always on time or early, never late. Now let's look at how we use the proposition at starting with age if we want to describe the age we did something we can say to be and then the age or we can say at with the age we never use with or have with age, not in English. He bought a house at 30 so here we have at and the age he bought a house when he was 30. So here we are using the verb to be to be and then the age 30 at with a temperature. Different things happen at different temperatures. Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius at a cold temperature. You wear a jacket at a warmer temperature. You wear less clothes. We can also say when it's warmer or when it's colder, but with a specific temperature used at the oven should be at 200 degrees Celsius to make the pizza at a specific speed. If you want to mention what happens at a specific speed, use at as well notice a trend were using at to show cause and effect. When you travel at a speed faster than the speed of sound, there is a sonic boom. It's really loud. If you drive at 60 MPH, you might get pulled over by a cop. OK, now let's look at the most common proposition of manner by using by with a method of transportation we used by to explain how someone went somewhere. Did they go by bus by car, by bike, by plane, by train? How? But if you walk somewhere, we say to go on foot, though you hear native speakers sometimes say by foot, we've got plenty of time. Do you want to go to the meeting by taxi or by bus? Um, it's really nice out. Why don't we go on foot? Since there's no rush by to show the author or performer we always use by when expressing who created something, wrote a book, performed the song painted a painting, etcetera. I heard of this book before, but who's it by It's by Mark Twain, who performs this version of the song I Know it's originally by the BG's. This version is performed by some new singer I don't know by in the passive, and of course, we used by in the passive to show who the action was done by who performed the action. So go to the passive section. If you have questions about that. Let's switch now toe with and without we use with. To show that more is included can be more people or more things like drinking tea with friends or having a tea with milk. So you drink the tea while spending time with Ah friend, and you put milk in the tea so we do things with or without other people. Maybe you grew up with both of your parents or without one of them, or possibly without either of them. You can order a sandwich with mustard or without get it with meat or without meat. You can do an activity with additional extra tools. Cut paper with a scissors, attach pieces of paper together with glue appearance when describing someone's appearance. We use with and without to describe what they're wearing and physical characteristics. So I'm talking about that guy with the brown hair, a moustache and tattoo or that girl over there. No, that girl with long hair, the one with short brown hair. When describing physical characteristics and closing, we don't usually use without. Instead, we negate with with not not the one with blue shorts, not the tourist with a map, not the guy with the mustache, not the guy with the tattoos, verbs and about. We use about with verbs to show what something is related to what it is concerning regarding or in respect to. It shows us what the subject is on. For that reason, we talk about something or someone we're talking about. King Henry, the fourth in class. Don't speak about that topic in front of Children. Did you hear about what he did? It's crazy. How do you know so much about ancient history now owns and about? We use about in the exact same way, after a noun to describe what the thing is related to or discussing. I just finished reading a book about classic cars. I have a question about the test tomorrow. I watched a programme on TV about bacteria. Can you give me any information about the parade next week? Proposition Plus I n g form of the verb. The Jerron. The most important rule with propositions is to remember that if you put a verb after a proposition, it will be INLA gerund. I n g form. So to be good at doing something fed up with arguing sorry for making a mistake, Ready to leave the party after having one mawr drink, get in trouble without doing anything. Think of selling your car. Thank you for inviting me. Depend on Always use on after depend. This proposition never changes. If you don't know what it means to depend on, someone means to rely on someone to need their support. And we do things depending on a situation meaning what we do is determined by a particular situation. Here are some more examples. I depend on my job to pay the bills. Whether we go to the park or not depends on the weather. I can't tell you what I'm doing next week yet. It depends on this project I'm working on. There are many uses of on as a proposition, so I can't tell you if you are right or wrong. It depends on the context of the sentence. Look with at four or after the meaning of look changes completely, depending on the proposition that is used with it. Here are some examples look at to look at something is to give it your attention, specifically using your eyes to examine it. Look at that colorful bird in the tree. I'm looking at your test right now, and it doesn't look good. Look for to look for something is to search for something to try and find something. Excuse me. I'm looking for bathroom cleaning supplies. Can you tell me where I can find them? I've been looking for my phone for over an hour and I still can't find it. Look after toe. Look after someone is to guard, keep them safe and take care of them. They are under your protection and surveillance. The meaning changes slightly, depending on who you're talking about. But if you work as a nurse, you have to look after your patients. If your baby sitting your little neighbor's kids, you're just making sure they don't do anything their parents wouldn't allow toe look after something is primarily to keep it safe. If your friends go on vacation, they probably need someone toe look after their house. That means to make sure that no one breaks in or steals anything. Say, speak and tell. I'll give you the rules quickly, and then a few examples to highlight the differences. We say something to someone about something or someone like I said, what I heard to his mother about what happened at school. We speak to or with someone about something or someone. Laura, can I speak with you about your dad? And we tell someone something or tell something to someone? I already told it to you or I already told you it. Here's a couple more. Can I speak with your parents about the trip? I need to say something to you that might make you upset. I will tell you what happened after work. Rapid fire. Okay. I'm calling this next part rapid fire because it's a bunch of quite random verb and proposition combinations that you have to memorize Fillmore phrase. Oh, verbs. Thes are quite common expressions. And they are mistakes that I hear pretty frequently. So don't try to memorize all of them at once. Learned them gradually over a long period of time. That way they're easier to study and memorize. Here we go to be afraid or scared of something. I'm afraid of the dark. He's afraid of talking to him, to be angry with or at someone. My mom's angry at me for not doing my homework. They're angry with us for arriving late to be different from something or someone. I'm different from my brothers. I want a blue paint, but they gave me a different color from what I wanted to be fed up with someone or something. My computer keeps freezing. I'm so fed up with it. He got angry because he was fed up with her to be good at something to be bad at something . I'm pretty good at playing video games. We're really bad at putting puzzles together to be interested in something. I'm interested in hearing your story. The kids aren't interested in politics to be married to someone. I have been married to him for 20 years. He's married to a doctor to get married to someone. We will get married next year. She hopes to get married to someone and start a family to be nice or kind to someone. You should be nicer to your relatives. They weren't very kind to me to be nice of someone to do something, to be kind of someone to do something. It was nice of you to give us a ride to the game. It's really nice of you to take care of your parents to be sorry about or for something. I'm sorry about forgetting our anniversary. I'm sorry for being late. I feel sorry for someone. I feel so sorry for the people begging in the street. I feel sorry for him. He's so greedy. 100. 14.1 Reported speech: reported speech. We use reported speech to say what someone said in the past to report what they said. It's used mostly to relay to pass on information to someone else. Let's imagine I'm having a conversation with my friend Mohammed about work Later, Mohammed is talking to someone else who knows me and is sharing what I said. Mohammed will use reported speech to share what I said earlier. We use a lot of different tenses with reported speech and modal verbs can be tricky. Let's start with the most common part of reported speech said that you know something is reported if you see the subject and then said that followed by the subject again. And finally, what the person said the that in the sentence is optional. We can also use the verb to tell, so that would be the subject, Plus told, plus the object pronoun for the person who was told. Plus that and the subject again. And finally what they said again that is optional. So I can say she said that she was busy or she told me that she was busy. I can also say she said she was busy. She told me she was busy. I'll give you a few more examples of this essential part of reported speech. What did Marc and Lisa tell you? They told me that they were upset. Will Tiina go to the meeting? She said that she would go. She bought her tickets. She said she has. So all the possible options are. I said that I I told her that I he said that he he told her that he she said that she she told her that she I said that it I told her that it We said that we we told her that we you said that you you told her that you They said that they they told her that they of course though the object pronoun can change in these examples. Now let's look at how to use different tenses in reported speech. In all the following examples, it will be my friend Mohammed reporting what I said to someone else. So Mohammed will use he to refer to me present simple and continuous. I work too much. This is something I told Mohammad. And now he's reporting what I said in reported speech. The present simple usually changes to past simple. So it becomes, he said, that he worked too much. I'm working too much. This is what I said. It's the present continuous and in reported speech, it will become past continuous. He said that he was working too much. One important note, if the information you are reporting is still true, when you say it like if I say I'm working too much, you can use a present tense in your reported speech if it's still true today. So he said that he works too much or he said that he's working too much. These mean that I continue toe work too much past, simple and continuous. I worked too much at my old job. I say this to Mohammed in the past. Simple in reported speech, the past simple usually becomes past perfect. So Mohammed reports. He said that he had worked too much at his old job. I was working too much at my old job. I say this to my friend. In past continuous in reported speech, past continuous usually becomes past perfect continuous. So Mohammed reports, he told me that he had been working too much at his old job present perfect and past perfect. I have worked too much this week, so I said that in the present. Perfect. And now Mohammed reports it in the past. Perfect present. Perfect changes to past perfect. He told me that he had worked too much this week. I had already worked too much when the boss asked me to stay late here. My original statement is in the past, perfect the past Perfect does not change in reported speech, it stays the same. So most says. He said, that he had already worked too much when the boss asked him to stay late. Motile verbs. We often have to use motile verbs like can will and must in reported speech. But they're not difficult. So here's quickly how toe learn them. Will Won't would, wouldn't in reported speech will changes to would. Hey, Mark, I will see you at the party. Mark reports to a friend. He said that he would see me at the party in reported speech. Won't changes to wouldn't. Hey, Mark, I won't see you at the party. Mark reports this to a friend. He told me that he wouldn't see me at the party in reported speech. Would and wouldn't don't change. Hey, Mark, I would go to the party. But I'm busy. Mark reports to a friend. He said that he would go to the party, but he's busy. Can Can't Could. Couldn't in reported speech can and can't changed who could and couldn't. Hey, Mark, I can go to the party tonight. Mark reports to someone else. He said that he could go to the party tonight in reported speech could and couldn't stay the same. Hey, Mark, I could go if someone gave me a ride. Mark says he told me that he could go if someone gave him a ride shell and should in reported speech Shall becomes would Hey, Mark, I shall go to the party tonight. See you there. Mark says he said that he would go to the party tonight in reported speech. Should stays the same. Hey, Mark, I should go to the party. But I'm not Mark reports. He told me that he should go, but he's not, might and must in reported speech. Might does not change. Hey, Mark, I might go to the party, Mark says. He said that he might go to the party in reported speech must stays the same to him. Mark, I must go to the party or I'll get yelled at mark reports. He told me that he must go to the party or he'd get yelled at reporting verbs. If you don't want to always report exactly what someone said Word for word. There are very nice reporting verbs that you can use instead, depending on the situation. Some of these are offer, decide, threaten, deny and explain. Here's my original statement. It was my decision to leave early. Here's our reported speech. Using one of these verbs, he decided to leave early. Original statement. If you ask me one more time, I will hurt you. Reported speech. He threatened to hurt me if I asked one more time. 101. 14.2 Reported speech questions: questions in reported speech. I told you in the last lecture what happens when we tell someone report to someone what someone else said? Or did tenses change, as do pronouns and verbs? Now let's look at how to use questions in reported speech. Yes, no questions. Ah, yes. No question is a question you can answer by simply saying yes or no. As a response, though, we typically reply with more than that when reporting a yes, no question we use if or weather in spoken English. We also often say whether or not it has the same meaning. A reported question looks the same as a positive affirmative sentence. It does not look like a question or use a question mark. Here are some examples Trayvon asks Sarah about her weekend. Did you have a good weekend? What did he ask her? He asked her if she'd had a good weekend, or he asked her whether she'd had a good weekend. And finally he asked her whether or not she had had a good weekend. Maria asks Andy what he does for work. What do you do for work, Andy? What, did Maria ask Andy? She asked Andy what he did for work. Remember, we don't have to use the past if what we're asking is still relevant or important right now . So we can also say she asked Andy what he does for work. Sandra asks Angela if she can repeat her name. Can you tell me your name again? What did she ask? She asked Angela if she could repeat her name. Question words. When there is a question word like who? What, where, when? Why, how the question word is repeated in reported speech. However again, the sentence looks like an affirmative sentence. So we don't need the auxiliary verb. Callen asks. Can as how he got toe work. How did you get toe work today? What did he ask? He asked, has how he'd gotten toe work? Lynn asks Cody what time it is. What time is it? What did she ask? She asked Cody what time it was read, and Madeline asked Melinda when they can watch TV. When can we watch TV? What did they ask? They asked when they could watch TV 102. 16.1 Basic word order: sentence structure. I put this section at the end because if you've been following this course from beginning toe end, I've basically explained all of the sentence structure, all of the word order that you need in English after this section. There's also more of the complex sentence structure, which is clauses conjunctions as well as conditional sentences. But let's review sentence structure and word order a little bit more right now, as well as looking at objects indirect and direct subject plus verb plus object, The subject usually comes before the transitive verb or action, and the verb or action is followed by an object. I like science. The subject is I verb like, and the object is science. She never wears green. Close the subject is she adverbs like never are explained in the adjectives and adverbs section. And then we have our verb. Where and our object close, they're going toe, borrow some flour. The subject is they. The verbs borrow, and the object is flower, place and time, where and when something happens, will come after the subject and verb the place. Answering the question where normally comes before the time the time answering the question when usually comes after the place. This is the most common structure. But I go in much more detail about this. In the adverbs lecture, we go to school every day. This is subject verb location time. You have been working at the same company for 30 years. This is subject. You been working? Location is the company and time for 30 years. I never eat a big breakfast in the morning. We have the general same structure subject for a time. But now we also have an adverb of time, never between the subject and verb. Like I said before, I go to the adverb and adjective section toe learn a lot more about thes adverbs as well as where to put them in a sentence in direct objects. Indirect objects caused the order of sentences to change a little bit. And indirect object is something or someone that is affected by the action of the transitive verb, but not the primary object of the verb orders and commands the imperative often have indirect objects. Let's look at some examples. Give him the money. The object of give is the money and indirectly we give the money to him often times to indicates an indirect object. They showed me the damage. What's the direct object? What did they show? It's the damage and they showed it to me. Now let's look at two general rules. Forward order when using sentences with indirect objects Indirect objects with two or four Here the word order becomes subject verb Direct object and then in direct object. And two or four will come before the indirect object. I gave it to him. This is subject I verb gave direct object it and then indirect Object him. They paid $50 to the store clerk subject They Hoover paid the direct object $50 then the indirect object The store clerk. We finish the project for her. This is the subject. We the verb is finished. The direct object is the project. And the indirect object is her indirect object. Without two or four Now the word order becomes subject verb indirect object and then direct object. Now we don't have to or four before They clearly showed us where the indirect object waas instead, The indirect object almost seems to be in the direct object position compared to before. But you have to ask yourself Who or what is the direct object of this action? And who or what is the indirect object of this action? Some examples compared to the previous structure, let's present him the prize. We're not presenting a person. We're presenting the prize to someone, so we can also say, Let's present the prize to him. Give him the money we're not giving. Someone were giving money to someone with indirect objects. We often have this choice. It's also the imperative, so we don't put the subject before give. If you haven't learned the imperative, you confined the imperative much earlier in this course, demand her the money. Another imperative. It's an order, so it's verb in direct object and then direct object. This is an example of how this order of indirect object and then direct object can sound strange. It's usually safer to use the other order, which here would be demand the money from her. It makes it clearer, more obvious, what we're talking about 103. Parts of speech | 1: We're starting here with parts of speech, so if you're an advanced student, you might want to skip this section and go to the specific grammar you need. But if you don't know what the parts of speech are in English, let's start here because it's helpful when studying grammar so helpful. There are eight eight parts of speech in English, and what they do is tell us the importance and purpose of different words in English and how we use the grammatically the eight. The eight parts of speech are now is pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, propositions, conjunctions and interjections. Let's start with verbs because I start the course by focusing on verb tenses. The tenses are the different ways we talk about the past, the present. In the future. A verb can show us three things. One an action. An action is something we do like Right now you're watching this video. What you are doing is watching to a verb can show existence or being. This isn't an action. It's It's a state of being like right now you are a student of English is not a single action. We can see. It's a state of being that started in the past continues now and will continue until you finish studying English completely. Three. Ah, verve can also be a helping verb, also called an auxiliary verb. When used as a helping verb, there isn't much meaning. The verb is mostly their help. Connect the different parts of speech together, like in our previous example, you are watching. Ah, video. The verb to be is changed to our only to show us the tense of the sentence present. Continuous tense, but it has no real meaning. It's just helping us put the sentence together. Motile verbs like can could should would are discussed in their own section and describe possibility and probability when talking about the construction of a sentence. The predicate is the part of the sentence with the verb action. So in you are watching a video, the predicate is watching a video. No, let's talk about now. Owns noun are the names we give to people, places, things and ideas. We often put articles before a noun. Articles are a and the, but they're not always necessary. Go to the article section to learn more about them Now, as can be singular plural. Oh, countable and uncountable. That's also explained in the article section. In this course, you don't learn a lot of new knows because that's vocabulary and this is a grammar course. What I'm teaching you is how to use them, their functions and roles in a sentence now our most commonly the subject of a sentence, meaning the person or thing that does something. And the object meaning the person or thing that the action effects or changes pronouns a pronoun replaces a noun, takes its place, takes its place on acts as a substitute. I just used a prone out in the last sentence it to replace. Now we have different types of pronounce that can show ownership, refer back to the noun to add stress or emphasis and help locate. Now's with demonstrative like this. These and those 104. Parts of speech | 2: now. Adjectives, adjectives change, modify, specify and described announce and pronouns we were just talking about. They are great because they allow us to add more detail and clarify what we're talking about. Announcing pronouns are our canvas. What we're what we paint the language on. Adjectives are the many different colors of paint we can use to make something beautiful. Let's move on to adverbs. Adverbs have a similar uses adjectives, but adverbs never modify now's or pronounce. They modify verb actions, other adverbs and even adjectives. Most commonly, they answer these questions in the sentence where, when, why and how something happened. They also describe the condition of the action and the degree meaning the intensity adverbs often end in l. Why, but not always, and the dreaded meaning feared propositions. Ah, proposition is a word like end at on behind that comes before a noun or pronoun to form a phrase phrase, just meaning a part of a sentence that modifies or changes another word in the sentence. Because of this, a proposition is always part of what we call a proposition all phrase. But don't worry about these terms too much. These proposition, all phrases basically work like adjectives and tell us how things happen and where they happen. We also have specific proposition rules related to time, movement and manner. Like I work on Friday, it's behind the couch. He went to the store. Those air all explained in the propositions section. Let's move on to conjunctions now. Conjunctions help us combine. Combine different parts of a sentence. They are necessary to make complex sentences. Ah, complex sentence just means a sentence with more announce and verbs and often different subjects doing things in the same sentence instead of just one subject. Popular conjunctions are and but or while and because conjunctions are great because they tell us the relationship of mounds and actions, like if something happened as expected or unexpected. They also let us compare different actions off different subjects, like I did my homework. But he didn't do his homework in that sentence, but showed us who did in action and who did not do in action. And finally, interjections interjections are the he sees part of speech to understand, and all they do is show emotions like excitement, surprise or anger and interjection is almost always followed by an exclamation point this. The dot, dot dot Best of all, interjections don't follow any grammar rules. We just put them in a sentence. Super. They're great to use. Huh? Um, and won't I guess that's it. So if you've got any other parts of speech questions or a video request for the next alive to send me a message 105. 17.1 Conjunctions: and, because, but, or, so: conjunctions are with join different parts of this sentences together. Let's start with the most popular conjunctions and the conjunction and is used for two main reasons. First, to say that one action follows the other in chronological order, meaning earliest first and then later and so on. Second, to say that something is the result of something else as well to connect generally related pieces of information that have a positive relationship. I'm going to give you three different sentences, and I want you to combine them with. And I arrived home from school. I ate a small snack. I arrived home from school and a a small snack. You don't have to repeat the subject, since it is clearly stated twice, though, if you want to for emphasis, you can. This is also the order of events. First, get home second eat. He bought a new phone. He called his friend with it. He bought a new phone and called his friend with it. Calling his friend is a consequence of buying the phone, and they happened in the order of first buying the phone and second calling his friend again. We don't need to repeat the subject if it doesn't change, I'm single. I live in a big city. I'm single and I live in a big city. We're connecting some generally related pieces of information, giving personal details about the speaker. We can repeat the subject if we want to, and that's what they did in this example. Using and to make a list. If you want to create a list of three or more things or actions, you use a comma. Two separate all items in the list, except for the last item before the last item or action in the list you use and with no comma. If the list has just two things use and by itself turned the following actions and things into a list. Remember, we don't want to repeat the subject that much. It gets very redundant and a little annoying. I went to school. I attended my class. I returned home. I took a nap. I went to school, attended my class, returned home and took a nap. I need to buy oranges. I need to buy bananas. I need to buy bread. I need to buy oranges, bananas and bread. We also don't repeat the verb. If it doesn't change. So avoid repeating the subject and verb when possible because we use because to show the reason for something, why something was done because can be used in the middle as well as at the beginning of a sentence. It just needs to come before the part of the sentence. That explains, Why gives the reason for an action tried to use because at the beginning and in the middle , with the following sentences, I ran outside. Someone was yelling for help. I ran outside because someone was yelling for help because someone was yelling for help. I ran outside. When because is at the beginning, we use a comma because it's the dependent clause. This will be explained later in this section. The car wasn't working properly. I took the car to the mechanic because the car wasn't working properly. I took it to the mechanic or I took the car to the mechanic because it wasn't working properly. Notice that I don't repeat car. Instead, I replace it with a pronoun tow. Avoid being redundant, but you don't have to. But the conjunction but is used to show contrast, how things are dissimilar and different kind of the opposite of and but often shows us that something in the second part of the sentence is different than expected as well, but can be used to mean accept or, with the exception off, I'm going to give you some sentences. Combine them with, But it was snowing outside. It wasn't very cold. It was snowing outside, but it wasn't very cold. In the first part of the sentence, we're told that it was snowing, which makes us think that it will be cold out however we use. But to show that it was actually surprisingly warm, he said that he loved her. He cheated on her. He said that he loved her, but he cheated on her. To cheat on someone is to be unfaithful in a relationship. So we showed difference between his verbal statement of love and his true behavior. If someone says they love someone else, you don't expect them to cheat on them. We use. But to show that his second action was unexpected or use, or to state that only one possibility is attainable to show that there is only one option. This is the opposite of how we use and in a list using and in a list tells us everything we need or is used to basically say one or the other one of the above. The rules for using or in a list are exactly the same as, and so when you're listing more than three things put, or before the final item or action, if it's on Lee to just use or to separate the items again, I'm going to give you two sentences. Connect to them with or you can have a piece of cake. You can have a cookie. You can have a piece of cake or a cookie and just like with, and we don't need to repeat the subject of the verb. If they're the same, your wallet might be in the car. Your wallet might be under the bed. Your wallet might be by the counter. Your wallet might be in the car, under the bed or by the counter. Make this list nicer by eliminating the possessive your and might be. It's understood after the first time we say it so so tells us what the result of something is because tells us the reason why something happened. Now we're focusing on the result The consequence of an action. Here's our final group of sentences for you to rewrite for this lecture using so good luck . Someone was yelling for help. I ran outside. Someone was yelling for help, so I ran outside. Does this look familiar? It's our example from because because told us why we ran outside. So tells us what the yelling made us decide to do. The car wasn't working properly. I took the car to the mechanic. The car wasn't working properly. So I took it to the mechanic. Our same because example again, we're just changing our focus because told us why we took the car to the mechanic. So is telling us what we are going to do, what the result is, and I don't repeat car again. Instead, I used pronoun it using different conjunctions Together, you can use a variety of conjunctions in the same sentence to express more complex thought . Try using various conjunctions from this lecture to combine the following sentences. I woke up early. I was hungry. I made something to eat. I woke up early because I was hungry, so I made something to eat. I woke up early Why? Because I was hungry. And what's the result of that? So I make something to eat. Lisa had dinner at my house. Mark had dinner at my house. I burnt all the food. Lisa and Mark had dinner at my house, but I burned all the food we used. But because the outcome is not what we initially think will happen if the food was delicious, we could instead say, Lisa and Mark had dinner at my house, and it was delicious. 106. 17.2 Conjunctions: Though, although, despite, in spite of: although even though, though despite and in despite of our great conjunctions to use to show contrast or difference to make a main statement in a sentence seem unexpected or surprising, there uses are very similar, but the grammar is quite different in spite of and despite both mean not affected by something regardless, or even though something happened, something else still happens. They could be followed by a now pronoun and the i N G Jeron form of the verb that acts like a noun. Finally, they can also be used with a subject and verb if followed by the fact that let's look at all four uses in spite of or despite, plus a now, let me give you an example. Sentence. A teacher is unhappy with two students. She gives them a warning to stop, but they disobey her anyways. They disobey her after being warned. Here's how we can express this with despite and in spite of in spite of the warning, they disobeyed the teacher. Despite the warning, they disobeyed the teacher, so even though they were warned, they still disobeyed the teacher, the teacher warned them previously, but that did not stop them from disobeying her always in spite of something and always despite something. In this example, we used a now in spite off, despite plus a pro. Now, now, let's imagine these two students are leaving school toe walk home. A teacher tells them, It's going to rain. You should get your jackets out of your lockers. Do that, or you will get wet. But these two students don't care. They ignore the advice and walk home in the middle of a downpour getting really wet. Despite what the teacher said, the two students walked home in the rain without a jacket. In spite of what the teacher said, the two students walked home in the rain without a jacket, so they ignore the advice. They don't pay attention to it. They do something, even though it means something else will happen. In this example, we use a pronoun what to refer to the advice the teacher gave them in spite of and despite plus the Gironde in spite of and despite can both be followed by the I N G form of a verb to this is the chairman. So here are some examples. Despite waking up late, he did not rush to get to work in spite of waking up late, he did not rush to get to work. So in these examples, the person wakes up late. But they don't rush. Who knows why? But you would initially think that they would try to get ready much faster. Despite being the youngest, he was stronger than everyone. In spite of being the youngest, he was stronger than everyone. So one would initially assumed that because he's younger, he will also be weaker. But that's not true, because despite his age, he's really strong in spite of what you might think because of his age, he's the strongest were using despite and in spite of, to show that it's unexpected and that what you thought in spite of or despite plus the fact the meaning is exactly the same. Here we are showing that an unexpected result or consequence is achieved in spite of what happened prior to form this, we say, either in spite of the fact and then the subject and verb or we say, despite the fact that and then the subject and verb here are some examples. Despite the fact that she was promised a promotion she didn't receive one in spite of the fact that she was promised a promotion, she didn't receive one same meaning. And what we're saying here is that something was expected to happen. It was basically a fact that it was going to happen, but the result was different than anticipated. She was supposed to get a result, the promotion, but it didn't happen. She was not promoted, although, though, even though, although though, and even though roaming the same thing as despite and in spite of. But after, although, though, and even though we always use a subject and verb, the subject can be a noun or pronoun, and the verb can be in any tense that you want. The grammar does not change at all when using, although, though, or even though there's only slight differences in meaning. So let's look at that, although and though, although in Low are exactly the same, the only difference is that although is slightly more formal, it makes sense because in spoken English we prefer shorter words and expressions. So, though, is obviously more common in spoken English, it's shorter and easier to say. The difference low is minimal. You'll hear both of them in formal and informal situations. Here are some examples to help you with that and to clarify what I mean when I say that they need to be followed by a subject and verb. Though he lied to me, I still trust him. Although he lied to me, I still trust him. Remember, the grammar doesn't change and, although is generally just considered a little more formal, the subject is he and the verb is lie in the past. Simple. That's our subject and verb that we use after that. We always use after, although, though, and even though, and what we're saying is that he lied to us, but it doesn't make us trust him less. Despite his lies. We continue to trust this person, but who knows if that's a good decision? Probably not, although they will stay with us the whole month. I don't think they will get bored, though they will stay with us the whole month. I don't think they will get bored so again. Same meaning, really and after, though, and although we need the subject, that's they, and then the verb that's will be so future simple a month can be a long time to visit someone and stay with them at their house. But this person is saying that though, or in spite of it being a long time, they don't think their friends will get bored. They're saying, Yeah, months might be a while, but we don't think the results will be negative. Maybe they have a lot plan to do. It's nothing to worry about, though. In spoken English in spoken English, we use, though a lot at the end of a sentence. And when we do, it means. But we don't use, although, or even though this way this is Onley. For though in spoken English she was really pretty super mean, though, meaning she was pretty but really mean. I thought you said you were coming, though this just means, but I thought you were coming. So it's unexpected. Apparently, the person cannot come any longer, even though even though has the same meaning as though, and although the only difference is that it is more intense, more emphatic, stronger. It's not really a lot stronger, but it's the only difference between the other two conjunctions. The grammar is the same, too, so it's followed by subject and verb. Really, in most situations you are fine using, though, although, and though use which everyone you want just to make sure the grammar is correct. But remember, in spoken English, Onley, though, can come at the end to mean but as well even can be used with win and if even when and even with and then the subject and verb. Even though I told her to wake up early, she didn't listen to me, although I told her toe wake up early. She didn't listen to me, though I told her toe wake up early. She did and listen to me. So for all three examples, I told her toe wake up early. But she didn't. She did not follow my advice. She did not do what was expected. It is an unexpected result, even though is slightly more intense, because we sound a little bit more surprised than if we used although or though and comparing, although and though although is just a tiny bit more formal because because is the opposite of all the conjunctions we looked at in this lecture so far, because is supposed to give us a logical expected conclusion toe actions, but with the O. Although even though despite and in spite of we get unexpected conclusions to actions, here are some examples He failed the test because he didn't study because shows us the logical result of inaction or, in this case, a lack of action. He didn't study. So what's the result? He failed the test and why? Because he didn't study. Obviously, he passed the test. In spite of never study. Here we have the opposite. Generally, you assume that if someone doesn't study, they will fail. But in this example, the person didn't study, but somehow they still managed to pass the test. 107. 17.3 Conjunctions: If, when, in case: if and in case are used in similar sentences but have very different meanings in case is used to talk about precaution, doing something in advance to avoid something bad in the future and preparing for multiple possible outcomes. If means that one action is dependent on happens because of a second action on Lee with the other event win is most commonly used to refer to the moment when, exactly the moment something happens or a moment in the future, let's take a look in case in case is used to show precaution to show that someone is doing something to prepare for a possible outcome. It also means that these actions are done in advance without a guarantee that the other event will happen. That's very different than if sentences where you do something on Lee, if only when a different event happens in case is followed by a subject Enver we don't use will with in case. Instead, a present tense verb is used and that will give us actually the meaning off the future tense. So use the present tense to me in the future. Don't use will bring an umbrella in case it rains should I bring an umbrella? Why? Because it might rain. So the umbrella is a precaution. It's to be safe and not get caught in the rank. We don't know how likely it is that it's going to rain, but it's a good idea to be prepared, whether it rains or not by bringing an umbrella. No one wants to get stuck in the rain without one of these, and the subject is it here. And the verb is rain. Bring some extra money in case it costs more than he told us. There is the possibility in the future that something is more expensive than we remember. To prepare for that, we will bring extra money in case to be safe. So even if the price is not higher, we are prepared. Either way, we're prepared for it to be cheaper or more expensive and hear our subject is it again and cost is our verb. Just in case, if we still put a subject and verb after just in case, it means something has a smaller possibility of happening, not as likely. So changing. Our previous examples. We get bring an umbrella just in case it rains se meaning it means to rain or it might rain . So it's a good idea to bring an umbrella. But now it sounds like it's less likely to rain or maybe even much less likely to happen. Bring some extra money, just in case it costs more than he told us because of just we don't really think it will cost more than we were told. But it's often a good idea to be on the safe side. We want to be a little bit precautious. It doesn't seem like it's likely to happen, but just in case the prices higher than we thought, let's bring some more, just in case we can also use, just in case by itself, basically to mean if anything happens to see what's happening or if anything has happened, it usually comes at the end of a sentence and is often used to say or justify why you're doing something in case cannot be used this way by itself. Yeah, bring your boots. You know, just in case you should call your teacher to see if you left your backpack there, just in case I'm going to call her just in case. In case of plus now in case of is always followed by a noun, and now we are talking about what to do if a specific situation happens in that situation is our noun for this use. It's in case of plus a noun, and the meaning is very similar to if, in case of rain, bring an umbrella in case of fire, use the emergency exit in case of a tsunami. Find a safe shelter if if, as a conditional tells us that an action or event depends on something else occurring, the one action will only happen if the other action happens. It's a condition for something to happen, a necessity. One thing won't happen unless the if happens to. This is very different than in case, because we use in case to take precautions, to be careful and to be prepared for events that are possible toe happen but are not guaranteed toe happen if is used to show that one thing will only happen when another thing happens, the action needs the other action or event toe happen. First, it's conditional on the other action, let's see how much if changes the meaning of our previous examples. Bring an umbrella if it rains with. If we are saying that someone should bring an umbrella on Lee if it is raining basically we're saying Is there rain? Yes. Okay. Then bring an umbrella. Or is there rain? No. Okay. Don't to bring an umbrella with in case we're prepared for situations of rain and no rain but with if we are only taking one action that is dependent on something else. So here with if maybe it's not raining when we leave. So I don't bring the umbrella because I was on Lee going to bring it if it was raining at the time we left. But it starts raining later. Perhaps. Well, I should have brought the umbrella in case that happened. Bring some extra money if it costs more than he told us with in case it sounded like we were still at home preparing to go out. And we're being cautious, ready for any situation by bringing more money to the place we are going. However, with if here it sounds like we did not prepare, we are just about to see how much the thing costs. Let's say, is more than we thought. Now we will have to go and get more money. That's because if is not used to prepare for multiple possible outcomes, if is only used to prepare one specific outcome, Bob will go to your party if you give him a ride. In this example, Bob will go to his friend's party. But there is a condition. There is something required. Someone must to give him a ride. Maybe Bob can't drive and walking is not an option. So he will go to the party. But there is a requirement. Is going to the party depends on a different action happening. Someone giving him a ride. He will Onley go to the party if someone takes him there. This lecture was used to look at how we use if to show that one action depends or is conditional on another action. If you want to know how to make the conditional. If sentences like If I had a $1,000,000 I would buy a boat that is in the next section win we've seen when a few times. But as a wh question word toe. Ask about the time that something happens. Now let's look at how to use it as a conjunction as a conjunction. It means at or during a time. At the moment something happens. It's used to show what was or will be happening at a specific time. If wind comes at the beginning of a sentence, we use a comma to connect the different parts of the sentence. But when it comes later in the sentence, we use no comma. The comma rule is the same with after before, and while here are some examples when you feel hungry, eat a healthy snack, eat a healthy snack when you feel hungry. So at the time of feeling hunger, the moment it happens, eat a snack. When he called me, I told him I was busy. I told him I was busy when he called me, so I received a call at the moment I received it right When I received it, I told them I was unavailable when plus the future, when can be used to talk about the future too. But listen. The verb after win remains in the present. Simple or present perfect. The verb in the other part of the sentence will be used in the future tense. I'll give you some examples to make this clear so we can say I will call you when I arrive or when I arrive, I will call you. I use the future simple, but not with my win verb. I use the future simple in the other part of the sentence. That's the other clause. We'll talk more about clauses later in this section. When you've woken up, I'm going to make you some coffee and breakfast. I'm going to make you some coffee and breakfast when you've woken up. At the moment you do something, wake up. I'm going to do something for you. This rule is almost exactly the same for after before. Until and while they can also talk about the future but won't use future tenses, their verbs can only be in the present. Simple. I will talk to you after you wake up or after you wake up. I will talk to you before you go to bed. They'll stop by your house or they'll stop by your house before you go to bed. I'll be home until they returned from their trip. While you're in class, I'm going to pick up lunch or I'm going to pick up lunch while you're in class. 108. 17.4 Conjunctions: Unless, as long as, providing: unless as long as provided, unless means, if not as long as provided and providing mean if or on the condition that on the condition that something else happens, let's start with, unless to see how to use it to get the if not meaning, unless can be used with the present past and past. Perfect, just like when in the last lecture, when talking about the future, we use the present simple with the unless verb and again, just like when. If, unless starts a sentence, the second part of the sentence will have a comma. If, unless is used in the middle of a sentence, there is no comma. That is because the dependent clause is coming after the independent cause. You'll learn more about clauses in a little bit unless has some of the same uses as the conditional sentences were going toe look at in the if conditional section, the grammar with conditions can get tricky. So if you have any trouble, don't worry. We'll look at that in much more detail. But here are some, unless examples, you will gain weight unless you exercise more, or unless you exercise more, you will gain weight. We use the future simple, but not with the verb after, unless our unless verb is going to stay in the present when talking about the future. So what are we saying? The person isn't exercising. They will gain weight, except if they exercise more, they need to exercise more or they are going to get fat. Unless he was upset, he would talk to me or he would talk to me unless he was upset. What's happening here? He is not talking to me. But why? Well, because he's upset, apparently Onley. If he's in a good mood, does he talk to me? I wouldn't have taken this class unless the other one had been full. Unless the other one had been full, I wouldn't have taken this class. What happened here? I enrolled in the class. I would not have enrolled in the class, though, if I had the option of taking a different one. We also learned about if sentences in the last lecture that mean that one situation depends or is conditional on another situation, unless is basically if in the negative, if not so I'm going to rewrite our previous examples to use, if not instead of unless you will gain weight. If you don't exercise more. If you don't exercise more, you will gain weight. Same exact meaning You exercise or you will gain weight. If he wasn't upset, he would talk to me or he would talk to me if he wasn't upset. I find this easier to understand with if he's upset. But if he wasn't upset he would talk to me. I wouldn't have taken this class if the other one hadn't been full or if the other one had into painful, I wouldn't have taken this class. I took a class, but it wasn't my first choice. My first choice was full. It had no room for me to join. Don't worry. We'll look more at this complex grammar in the next section of the course as long as providing and provided. You just learned that unless means if not now, we're going to look at the opposite conjunctions to say if in the positive, which also means on condition that the first is as long as and we can also say so long as they are completely the same and you can use whichever one you like more next we can say provided or providing After these two, we can include that or provided that or providing that that is optional. You don't have to use it. And it's used primarily for emphasis. So to say, if or on condition that you can also say as long as so long as provided or provided that providing or providing that tenses when talking about the future, the verbs that go with these conjunctions will be in the present tense, just like with Unless so, we can use the present past and perfect tenses after these congregations. But on Lee, the present is used when referring to the future as well. When the conjunction comes at the beginning of a sentence, we use a comma. When it comes in the middle. We don't use a comma. I think we're ready for some examples. I'll keep the first example the same to show you how similar all these conjunctions are flying is the best way to travel, providing that it's a long trip, provided it's a long trip. Flying is the best way to travel. Flying is the best way to travel, so long as it's a long trip as long as it's a long trip. Flying is the best way to travel. The order of the sentences can be flipped or changed for each one of them. I just wanted to show you how the comma rule works as well. That is optional with provided and providing. So I can use it when I want to. Finally. So long as and as long as are exactly the same. You have access to the bar provided you're here for the wedding. Are you part of the wedding? Well, if you are, you can get drinks at the bar. If you're not no drinks, we will go to the park tomorrow as long as the weather is nice. Only if the weather is nice will we go to the park. It's a condition overrule, almost providing. He's moving to France. You can have his old room. You can have his old room. But on Lee, if he moves to France so long as I'm alive, you'll never succeed. If I'm still alive and breathing, I will never allow you to be successful. 109. 17.5 Conjunctions: As, when, like: as win and like, as is usually used when referring to time. But it can also be used to mean because and to make comparisons. When tells us about consequent events and like is primarily used for making comparisons, let's start with as and when, As is most commonly used to mean that something is happening at the same time as another action, the two things happen simultaneously. At the same time, however, Win tells us that one thing happens right after another. For both of them. When used at the beginning of a sentence, they need, Ah, comma. But when used in the middle of a sentence, there is no comma separating each part of the sentence. Some examples. As we ate, we talked about plans for the business. We talked about plans for the business as we ate the sounds like a business meal. So we eat and talk about business at the same time. When we got to the restaurant, we ordered food and talked business. We ordered food and talked business. When we got to the restaurant. First we arrive at the restaurant. Wind tells us that we did something else after we got there, not at the same time. It's one action first, then another. What else did we do? We ordered food and discussed business. As you're walking down the street, you will see a stop side turn right there. You will see a stop sign as you're walking down the street. Turn right there. These actions are happening at the exact same time walking and seeing. We always do that. Unless you're blind. When you get to the stop side, you will see a blue house. You will see a blue house when you get to the stop side. Now the actions don't happen at the same time. First we arrive at the stop sign. So we stop. Then we will see a blue house. It is one action followed by another action. We're not doing them at the same time. I fell as I was walking down the stairs. Or when I went down the stairs, I fell. Now these meanings are more similar because we use as doing something to describe that we were in the middle of an action when something else happened. That's closer to the meaning of when which describes one action and then another. So when using as plus past continuous, the meaning becomes closer to win and not focused on them happening at the exact same moment. Just as right win, right as as is normally used to describe, how multiple actions are happening at the same time. But we can also say just as with a meaning very similar to write Win. And both of them mean that one action happened at the exact moment something else happened for the same meaning we can also use right as all of these described one action being immediately interrupted or followed by a different action. I called you just as you arrived home. I called you right when you arrived home. I called you right as you arrived home when, as is the same as because as can also mean because in fact, we use since two mean because as well, because is much more common when used this way and since and as both sound more formal and are used to add more emphasis, you're more likely to use because rather than as or sense because I was tired, I went to bed as I was tired. I went to bed. Since I was tired, I went to bed since the teacher was absent. We went home as the teacher was absent. We went home because the teacher was absent. We went home like is the most popular method of making comparisons. It means that something is similar to something else or the same as something else. When we are making comparisons, it's used as a proposition, which means it creates certain grammar rules. It could be followed by a noun pronoun or the I N g form of verb. The Jerron. My brother, is like me. We enjoy the same things. I'm saying. My brother and I are similar. I use me because this is a proposition, So we need the object pronoun after it. Your dog is huge. He's like a wolf. What does their dog look like? Like a wolf. So I'm using like plus a Now these shoes are so comfortable, it's like walking on air for something to be like. Walking on air is an expression that means something is really comfortable. So the shoes are super comfy. We use walking because after a proposition we used the i N g form of the verb as versus, like when using as to describe actions or conditions. It must be followed by a subject and verb, and we use it for two reasons. First, to describe doing actions in the same way and second, to describe something as being the same. Unchanged. I'm going to give you a couple examples and you tell me if it's used one or two. No, you're singing the part wrong. I need you to sing just as I showed you. This is use one. We're describing an action being done in the same way or in this case, ideally done in the same way. I haven't visited their house in years. I doubt it's as big as I remember. This is used to work, describing it as being the same or in this case, our doubt that it's going toe look the same as for profession. When describing what you do, you can say that you work as something that something is where you say what you do. It's the noun I work as a lawyer. This means I am a lawyer, but like is different when used here. It means how you feel, so you can also say I work like a lawyer, but you're saying that may be because of how much you work or because you have similar duties. You assume this is what it must be like to be a lawyer, but you are not one. You just feel like it. How a person or thing feels, looks or sounds like is the most common way to express how a person thing or action looks, sounds or feels. But we can also use, as if and as low, to express the same meaning with as if and as though there is more emphasis, more stress but most of all, just not as commonly used for all of them. The verb look, sound or feel comes first and is followed by like as if or as low. And then the description of the person thing or action. Your phone looks like it's about to die. Your phone looks as if it's about to die. Your phone looks as though it's about to die. If an electronic device looks like it's about to die, it can mean two things. First, the battery is very low and needs to be charged or second. It's very old and should be replaced, so I'm saying I need to charge my phone or buy a new one. I feel like I don't have a choice. I feel as if I don't have a choice. I feel as though I don't have a choice. How do I feel? I feel like I don't have any options it. In the previous examples, we mentioned the subject before, like as though, and as if. But we can replace the subject with it, or use it to draw attention to something this is covered in the it versus their section. It looks like your party is a huge success. It sounds as though they're having a lot of fun upstairs. It feels as if you're not happy in this relationship, using other verbs with like as if and as low, you can use other verbs to feel, look and sound are just very common in the structure. Here are some other verb examples. He's walking like he has to pee there, singing as if they were trained by monkeys were studying as though our lives depended on a good grade 110. 17.6 Clauses: Independent or dependent?: independent and dependent clauses. This is important for a few reasons for example, knowing when to use that which, who and who's and to better understand how sentences are structured. In some previous lectures in this section, I was telling you that if something came at the beginning or in the middle, we either did or didn't use commas that will be explained in these lectures about clauses. Let's start simple, though, and I'll tell you the difference between an independent clause and a dependent clause. What is a clause? A clause is a combination of words containing a subject and a verb like here. She laughed. This is one clause. We have the subject and verb, she laughed, but he didn't think it was funny. Now here we have two clauses separated by a comma, independent and dependent clauses, also known as main and subordinate clauses. There are two clauses in this sentence. He saw a woman and who was angry. The first clause he saw. A woman has a complete meaning and can exist as a complete sentence. By itself. This is what is considered an independent clause because it can exist independently. But what about the second clause that cannot exist independently in our example that was who was angry. This clause depends on the other clause for its complete meaning because it depends on the other clause. We call it a dependent clause. Here are some more examples After I read the sentence, pause the video and guess which part of the sentence is independent and which is dependent . He sent a lot of letters, but no one responded. He sent a lot of letters is the independent clause. But no one responded is the dependent clause. I had a teacher who was a very smart I had a teacher. Is the independent clause who was very smart is the dependent clause Because he was late. The meeting did not start on time. The meeting did not start on time Is the independent clause Because he was late is the dependent clause. So a dependent clause can also come first in the sentence. When I get home from work, I like to watch some TV again. The dependent clause comes first here. The Independent Clauses. I like to watch some TV 111. 17.7 Clauses: Relative clause 1 (who, which, that, what) : clauses with that which and who a relative clause is important to know what person or thing or the type of person or thing is being discussed. It's also sometimes referred to as an adjective clause, but here, let's refer to it as a relative clause. The reason that some people call it an adjective clause is because it adds mawr information . Let's get started so you can find out what exactly. I'm talking about talking about people when talking about people. We have two choices. That and who. Also, if you're giving an animal human characteristics, you can also use who, however, as you will see in the restrictive and non restrictive clauses lecture. Sometimes you must use who. So if you want to be safe and not worry about making mistakes, just always use who when talking about people. And we can't use subject pronouns like he or she on Lee, the relative pronouns who and that I'm going to give you some sentence fragments describing people. And then I'm going to combine the fragments into a sentence, using the relative pronoun who to make a complete sentence. I saw a kid he was eating. This becomes I saw a kid who was eating, or I saw a kid that was eating who and that refer to the kid and provide more detail about him. They have a neighbor. She works at a bank. She works at night. This becomes they have a neighbor who works at a bank at night. Or they have a neighbor that works at a bank at night. So the sentence by itself can just be. They have a neighbor, but that tells us nothing about the neighbour. We use who or that to describe the neighbor in more detail. I need to speak to the employee. I have an interview with her thes two sentences become. I need to speak to the employee who I haven't interview with or I need to speak to the employees that I have an interview with. These two sentences don't work by themselves. So instead we use a relative clause to specify the employee. I need to speak with talking about things when talking about things. You can use that or which again, no subject pronouns like it or they on Lee. The relative pronouns that or which that is much more common and sometimes used incorrectly by native speakers, even when which is required when which is required is also explained in the restrictive and non restrictive clauses. Lecture. Let's do some practice with objects and things. Now where are the headphones? The headphones were on the table. This becomes where are the headphones that were on the table? Or also, where are the headphones, which were on the table? So I am talking about headphones and to describe them so the person knows which pair of headphones I was talking about. I say that were on the table that refers to the headphones. Is that your cup of coffee? The cup of coffee is on the counter. This becomes Is that your cup of coffee that's on the counter? Or is that your cup of coffee, which is on the counter? If you wanted to share no additional information, you could have just said, Is that your cup of coffee? And then the person would ask which cup of coffee and you respond the one on the counter. But don't waste your time with that. Instead, use a relative pronoun toe. Add more detail to the thing you're describing in a subordinate clause this is the bet. It's the bed you told me about. This becomes This is the bed that you told me about. Or this is the bed which you told me about. We use that or which to explain that it's the one I already talked about the object of our discussion. When the relative pronoun is the subject, when we use that which and who as the subject of our relative clause, it must be used. Let's review our previous examples to show you what I mean. They have a neighbor. She works at a bank. She works at night. This becomes they have a neighbor who works at a bank at night or that works at a bank at night. In this example, who or that is our subject in the relative clause. So we must use one of them. It sounds very strange without it. Our next example. Where are the headphones? The headphones were on the table. We saw that this becomes where are the headphones that were on the table or which were on the table here? The headphones are our subject in the relative clause, and we refer to them with that, or which, because they are the subject. We must use one of the relative pronounce that or which when the relative pronoun is the object. When we use that which and who as the object of the verb in our relative clause, it does not need to be used. Let's review our previous examples to show you what I mean. I need to speak to the employee. I have an interview with her. This becomes either I need to speak to the employees who are that I have an interview with . But the employee is the object, not the subject in the relative clause. So it's optional to say who or that that means I can also say I need to speak to the employee I have an interview with I is the subject who are that is the object. This is the bed. It's the bed you told me about. This becomes this is the bed that or which you told me about. In the relative clause, you is the subject. So that or which is optional because it's the object. So we can also say this is the bed you told me about. Note on propositions. In general, English propositions are generally put at the end of the relative clause, and the pronoun can be included or excluded in very formal English, very formal English. The proposition is put before the relative pronoun, and when this is done, the pronoun must be used. It cannot be excluded like we did in the above examples as well. That is replaced by which and who is replaced By whom? Here are our previous examples again change to this very formal style of English you probably don't want to use and which I almost never use. Remember, if you make this change, if you use this more formal structure, you must use the relative pro. Now I need to speak to the employee with whom I have an interview. This is the bed about which you told me. Just remember this structure right here. The one I just showed you were we changed. The position of the proposition is extremely formal, so formal that we almost don't use it at all in contemporary modern English 112. 17.8 Clauses: Relative clause 2 (whose, whom, where): clauses with who's whom and where. I just showed you that we use who and that when a person is the subject or object of the relative clause, like he is the guy who or that travels a lot. Now you will learn how to use whose instead of the possessive adjectives like his her and there, for example, he is the guy who's travels sound very interesting as well, the formal use of whom and how to use wear when talking about locations. First of all, who's is only showing possession for people and sometimes animals if we're giving them human characteristics, whose replaces the possessive adjectives, his her and there in relative clauses. And here are your examples. That's the girl I borrowed. Her book, This becomes That's the girl whose book I borrowed. In the relative clause, the possessive adjective disappears and is replaced by who's There was a show about a dog. His barking sounded like a human speaking. This becomes there was a show about a dog whose barking sounded like a human speaking. A dog barks. It's how it communicates, and barking is the now and because I'm characterizing the dog as a human I can use who's if I want. I met a family at the airport. Their flight was canceled. I met a family at the airport whose flight was canceled. What flight was canceled? Their flight. But in a relative clause, there becomes who's whom. Like I mentioned in the last lecture, whom is very formal and is completely removed from everyday spoken English. And like I also told you, I never use it. It's just too formal. Instead, I use who, but you'll likely need it for a test, and you might see it in reading or listen to it. I already told you that we can use it with propositions, but that in everyday English propositions usually come at the end of the clause. Here's another example. This is a man I was telling you about him regular English. This is the man who I was telling you about. In sense of the man is the object who is also our objects, so I can choose to use who or not that results in. This is the man I was telling you about, or this is the man who I was telling you about very formal English. This is the man about whom I was telling you notice that the proposition about goes in front of whom, instead of going at the end of the sentence and here's whom without a proposition Tia is a person. I like her. Dia is a person whom I like, where we use where in the relative clause to add descriptions, two locations and places. Here are some examples We went to a park. There was a swimming pool. We went to a park where there was a swimming pool where refers to the park and joins our modifying clause. Our description. There was a swimming pool. This is the city I grew up here. This is the city where I grew up. What is special about this city? What are we saying about it? We use where to explain that this is the location of my birth. It's where I was raised when Win works similarly to wear but is used with dates and times specifically a noun phrase that usually starts with a definite article, like the years when economic growth was high. The hour when most people get off of work but can also be indefinite a time when you can relax a day when things get busy, there is a festival. The day it takes place is Saturday. The day when the festival takes place is Saturday, one day a month. We have a pep rally at school. We don't have classes. It's a day wind. We don't have classes. 113. 17.9 Clauses: Restrictive / nonrestrictive: restrictive and non restrictive clauses. We've been looking at how to form relative clauses. We've been using them to add information to denounce that come before them and to finish now we're going to look at two types of relative clauses. Restrictive and non restrictive, restrictive and non restrictive clauses modified, announced in different ways. And we have small grammar differences. A restrictive clause tells us who the person or thing is by giving essential information that must be included. A non restrictive clause gives us additional information that is nice but not necessary. It can be excluded if we choose. Let's compare similar sentences in restrictive clauses and non restrictive clauses to see the difference in meaning and grammar. The person who discovered electricity was Benjamin Franklin. This is a restrictive clause. The relative clause who discovered electricity was Benjamin Franklin tells us specifically who the person waas. It is essential information that tells us who we are talking about as well. Noticed that the restrictive clause uses no commas. The person who discovered electricity was Benjamin Franklin. This tells us it's a restrictive clause and that all information is essential, so restrictive clauses use no commas. Additionally, we can say the person that discovered electricity was Benjamin Franklin in a restrictive clause. You can use who and that when referring to people, The person we talked about who discovered electricity was Benjamin Franklin. This is a non restrictive clause. The relative clause who discovered electricity does not give us essential information. It gives us additional complementary information. We don't need the information in the relative cost, but it is nice to know more. Hear the sentence makes sense without the relative clause. The person we talked about was Benjamin Franklin. The relative clause is non restrictive, so we can erase it and still have our full meaning. Also notice that now we use commas. The person we talked about Comma, who discovered electricity comma was Benjamin Franklin. The non restrictive clause is surrounded by commas. This tells us that it's not essential. It's extra info or detail, but we don't need it. We can't use that anymore. In a non restrictive clause, you can Onley use who, when referring to a person or discussing an animal like a person, I have a chair that is made of wood. This is a restrictive clause, and for things that means we can use that in which so I can also say I have a chair which is made of wood. We also know it's restrictive because there are no commas. And finally, without that is made of wood. We lose all essential meaning. I have a chair which is made of wood for work. This is a non restrictive clause and for things in a non restrictive clause, we cannot use that. So here our only option is which I also see comma surrounding our relative clause. So we know immediately it's non restrictive. Now the focus of our sentence is I have a chair for work. The description about being made of wood is not the most important thing in this sentence. The most important thing is that it's for work. They ate at the restaurant that I suggested we have our final restrictive clause example and the relative pronoun is an object in this sentence. That means we can also say they ate at the restaurant, which I recommend it, or we can remove all relative pro knows. They ate at the restaurant. I suggested if it was a person we were referring to with who we could also choose to include it or not Again, we immediately know this is restrictive because no commas they ate at the new restaurant, which I told you about yesterday and our final non restrictive clause. And this time the relative pronoun is again the object of the verb. But when the relative pronoun is the object of the verb in a non restrictive clause for things and people, it must be included as well. We cannot use that if talking about things or people instead, we can only use which with things and who or whom for people and hear our most important information is they ate at the restaurant saying that I told you about it is just additional information so not essential. 114. 18.1 'If' conditionals: 0 conditional: zero conditional conditional sentences Tell us if and with the zero conditional when one event will or will not happen because off or depending on something else, it's much easier to explain with examples. So let's do that and get started with the zero conditional. We use the zero conditional when a result will always happen. It's basically a fact, a fact of life we're not talking about a specific situation or experience were saying. Generally in general, this will always occur how to form the zero conditional. So to form the zero conditional, we have two clauses. If you don't know what a clause is, go back to the conjunctions and clauses section first. The first clause is if plus a subject and verb in the present Simple. This is the dependent clause. The second clause is another subject and verb in the present Simple. This is the independent clause. The order of these clauses can always be switched for any conditional from zero 23 Here are some examples to clarify the form and use of the zero conditional. If it rains, you get wet. So we have If plus it rains. It is our subject and to reign is our verb. This is the clause that tells us what happens first. The second clause depends on this clause to happen. And this is what happens if it rains. You get wet. This is a fact. You don't get wet unless it rains. It must rain for you to get wet. We can say something basically the opposite to If it doesn't rain, you don't get wet. And remember we can switch the order of the clauses. You get wet if it rains and you don't get What if it doesn't rain? Did you notice what happened when I changed the order and put the if clause second, There is no comma Onley, use a comma When the dependent clause comes first you get a sunburn if you stay in the sun too long. The sunburn on Lee happens if something else happens and that is staying in the sun too long. There's no comma here because the independent clause comes first. But if we switch it and put the if clause first we get. If you stay in the sun too long you get a sunburn president simple and present. Simple as always, with the zero conditional its effect. And for people with paler skin like me, it's very true. When you have fun, time seems to pass quickly. Remember, when can replace if when used in the zero conditional. So if you have fun, time seems to pass quickly has the exact same meaning. And of course, you can also say time seems to pass quickly when you have fun. So the common rule is the same here to. And what are we saying? Time goes quickly when you're having fun, right? And when you are bored, time seems to pass very slowly. We can Onley replace if with when, with the zero conditional, none of the other condition ALS can do this. 115. 18.1 LIVE 0 conditional: today's topic. We are talking about condition ALS specifically the zero this hero conditional. Okay, it's calendar. Good to see you is conditional Time we are going to talk about the zero zero conditional. All right, who knows? Can anyone tell me when do we use the zero conditional? While I wait to see your answers, I will tell you how we form the zero conditional to form the zero conditional we can say or we do say we have the simple present. Plus if, uh plus actually presence, I should write it as a present. Simple present, simple if and present simple. We can also say if plus present simple comma. We need this comma. Ah, this is explained in the clauses section of why we need to use this comma as well as with some of the conjunctions comma and then the present simple again General truths. Alice. Perfect. So this is how we form it, and I will give you some examples. Um and then Onley Onley for the zero conditional. Can we use win? This is the Onley conditional if sentence where we can use win instead of if, when or if In the zero conditional All right, let me give you some examples. And then So here are some examples. And then we will, uh, do some practice and look more at the meaning. Okay. So, for example, if it rains or I use this example a lot, let's use a different one. If you are tired, you forget things. Here. This is what we use. The zero conditional for it is to state something that is generally true all of the time. So if you are tired, you forget I'm not talking about tonight or if I'm feeling tired right now, I am talking. Whenever anyone feels tired, they forget things. It's a general fact. The general truth. This is the zero conditional. And you notice that I formed it. How did I form it? If you are tired, comma, you forget things. I can also say when you are tired, you forget things. And I can also say you forget things when you are tired or ah, you forget things. If you are tired, notice here. No comma. All right. You forget things. When you are tired, you forget things. If you are tired. So these are for general general truths. They should happen. If you study, you will pass. Nope. That is the first conditional. That's the first conditional. If you are loved, you are happy. Perfect. Loot me. Lash Excellent example. If you watch a lot of TV, you will lose your eyesight. That's the first conditional you're using. Will you? Weren't you guys for the zero conditional zero conditional is only present simple tents. We do not use the future. Simple. Just the present. Simple. All right. If you are worn out, you need rest. Perfect. Julio Rihab, We're just about to finish the live lecture, But nice to see you. We are working on zero condition. ALS went that When the teacher teaches, I tend to lose my interest. Excellent. Yes, it's a general truth. If the teacher talks for a long time, you get tired. We're not talking about a specific day or a specific teacher were saying in general This is what happens exactly Esra It is to talk about facts. General truths. Let me If you feel sleepy, you need to sleep. Good example. If you drink coffee, you feel awake or you will wake up. Uh, I will give you another one. I remember you can use win with the zero Onley With this is the only conditional sentence. With the zero conditional, you can use win instead of If you cannot cannot do this with other condition als Onley the zero conditional. If you can't do this work, don't do it. Yeah, that works. If you exercise, you are healthy. Maybe healthy. Er I mean, you still have to eat. Well, get enough sleep. Another stuff. If you don't stop to learn English, I will be fluent. No, no future. Simple Michael. Just the present. Simple. All right. Ah, here are some more examples. Um, if you drink water, you are hydrated. See? It's always true. And then we could say, you know, when you don't drink water, you are not hydrated. This is a general truth. It's always true. It's not talking about now or tonight or yesterday or tomorrow. It's always so. It kind of has the same meaning in that sense, kind of like the present. Simple is all of the time. It's a general truth. It's it's recycled and doesn't really change. When you help someone, you feel better. Exactly. But remember Vittoria, when you help someone comma, you feel better when you start with if or when what's up? Speak like David. Everyone check out hashtag speak like David. Check out his channel. Our channels on instagram David is that instagram? Check out David's channel. Hashtag speak like David. I'm going to put a link to David's channel later today. But some really good. Some really good stuff on that. Some really good English videos. Um but you guys, that is it. Ah, If you drive carefully, you are safe. Yeah, that works of strange sentence. But remember, we need the comma If you drive carefully comma, you are safe. You guys remember check out Speak like David. I believe that's how his channel is felt Some great English video. Um who knows? David, if you eat too much sugar, diabetes is on your way. Perfect. Let's end there. That's the perfect example. You guys life lesson for today if you eat I love this example If you eat too much sugar, Diabetes is on your way. This is so true. I love it. This is the best example you went? Who was that? Who was that? That was the best example today. Legend legend Satya Is that how you say it? Awesome example. All right, so that was it. Thanks for the examples. Was a lot of fun, and I will see you later, but by 116. 18.2 'If' conditionals: 1st conditional: the meaning of the first conditional is still quite similar to the zero conditional. However, the first conditional is focused on a particular person or event and not generally focused like the zero conditional. Let's start by looking at the differences between zero and first conditional how to form the first conditional for the first conditional the if clause is the same if plus present simple, So the dependent clause is exactly the same. But now, and for the second and third condition ALS as well, we cannot use win. We only use when to replace. If, in the zero conditional in the zero conditional, you can use win or if it's completely your choice for the independent clause, we use the future. Simple will followed by our main verb in the infinitive. If it rains, you get wet. That's what we said for the zero conditional. This means when there is rain outside, when it's raining and you go outside, you will get wet at least a little bit. Maybe a lot, but it's impossible to avoid getting at least a little wet. We are not talking about a specific day or time of the year that it rains We are saying that whenever it rains, you get wet. If it rains, you will get wet. This is now the first conditional, and the biggest difference is that we're talking about a specific situation. That's what will tells us. We need more context to really show you the difference. And that's also what we can do now with the first conditional. Add more specific detail for specific moments. If it rains tonight, you will get wet. You see the difference even more now. I'm talking about what can happen tonight. We're still saying, If it rains, that means it is not a 100% certainty that it will rain. Maybe it's a lower chance. Or maybe it's a higher chance. We don't know in this example. All we know is that tonight a specific moment in time, I will get wet. If it rains, you get a sunburn if you stay in the sun too long. This was our zero conditional example. It's a fact, especially for me, because I very pale skin. So I always need to wear sunscreen. It doesn't change. Maybe it's not a fact for someone with darker skin, but for me it is you will get a sunburn if you stay in the sun too long. Now we're in the first conditional you will get a sunburn. So maybe we are planning to go to the beach later today. It's a beautiful, sunny day. This is basically a warning from my friend telling me to be careful today because the sun is very bright and there is a risk of getting burned. But my friend is only talking about today this specific trip to the beach and what is possible toe happen, though not a certainty, for example, that the sky is cloudy tomorrow, my friend probably won't to give me the same warning. In fact, instead, he might say You won't get a sunburn at the sky is cloudy When you have fun, time seems to pass quickly. We're back to the zero conditional. We're not talking about a specific event. This is a general truth that everyone knows and experiences when you have fun. Time flies When you have no fun, time seems stuck and eternal. If you have fun, time will go quickly back to the first conditional Now First we can't use win, remember? So we use if and because we're using the first conditional. We must be talking about a specific event so we can add some more specific detail if we want. Let's do that now to this sentence. If you have fun at the party, time will go quickly. Okay, Still not a super common statement, but it works, and we're trying to compare it to the zero conditional. Let's imagine I don't want to go to this party, but if I go and don't try to have fun, the party will seem toe last forever. However, if I go to the party and at least try to have fun, it will seem toe end sooner. With the first conditional. We're now talking about a specific event and what might happen in the future related to it . It's not guaranteed. I'll have fun, but we're talking about what will likely happen if I try to have fun with the first conditional things aren't guaranteed, but they do have a fairly high probability of happening 117. 18.2 LIVE 1st conditional: the first conditional and when we use it. So, first of all, we use the first conditional when we want to say that something is possible in the present and also possible in the future. So things are possible in the future and the present, and we form it by using. If so okay, we say for except there's two ways we conform it, we can say if plus the subject and then the present simple. And then our next cause is subject will and the infinitive. When we form it this way, we need a comma. Two separate over two clauses. The if clause is dependent so it can't exist by itself. And then we have our independent clause which starts with the subject will and then the infinitive. We can also always turn our clauses. I'm sorry our if conditional around. So we can also say subject will infinitive no comma. And then if the subject and the present symbol, we will do a lot of examples in the second. So don't worry about Dex is about to get a lot easier. Okay, so here are some examples that I have, and then I'm going to explain in detail how we're using them to me in the first conditional and compare it to the second conditional. The first example I have is if I win the lottery, I will quit my job. Something if I win the lottery meaning it is possible that I am will win the lottery. That is what that clause means. The if clause I'm saying it is possible the next clause I will quit my job. This is saying that in this condition, in the condition that I win the lottery, I will quit. So the depend I'm sorry. The independent clause the will is dependent. It is a condition that could only exist with the If, um, this this one is also usually said in the second conditional because it is very unlikely that we're going to win the lottery. I would love to win the lottery, but it is not going to happen. That's why we usually use the second conditional because the second conditional is for things that are impossible now or very unlikely in the future. So I can also say if I won the lottery, I would quit my job. Uh, and that would mean it's very unlikely I don't think it's going to happen when we use the first conditional were saying We think it is likely good chance of happening now or in the future. Let's look at a second example. We will leave later if the plane is delayed. So I switched the order of the clauses. You can do that all of the time with any conditional sentence. So what we're saying is it's it is possible that the plane will be delayed or it's possible the plane is delayed and in the condition in the condition that the plane is delayed. We will leave later and because we are in the first conditional were saying that it's possible there's a real possibility off the plane being delayed and because of that we will leave later. Now if we put this into the second conditional, what we are saying is Ah, we don't think it's likely to happen and then the sentence would become we would leave later if the plane was delayed. If we use the second conditional, we're now saying we don't think it's likely to happen. Maybe it's even impossible for it to happen but it just has a very low probability. First conditional high probability or not necessarily is possible is possible. And depending on how you talk about it, you could mean that's very likely. Or, you know, just average papa probability. But with the second conditional, it means very low probability, just not likely to happen or even impossible in the present. Let's look at another example. The other example I have is, If you don't study for the exam, you will fail. The test is saying it is possible you don't study for the test is always possible that we don't study right. A lot of people don't study, and in this condition, in the condition that you don't study, you will fail the test. It's likely when I say in this condition, that is the if clause Theo. If cause is creating a condition and what comes after, can Onley happen? If the condition actually happens and in the first conditional, it means that it's very likely. So if you don't study for the exam, you will fail the test, I'm telling you, let's say, for example, you told me I'm not studying because I think it's a waste of time. If you don't study for this test, you will fail and it's just it's a likely, you know, cause and effect. But if we put it in the second conditional, it would become, You know, if you if you didn't study for the exam, you would fail. So now I'm saying I think you'll study. You're a smart person, you know? It's a good idea and I'm telling you, you know, if you didn't do this, then this other thing would happen. So second, conditional for things that are unlikely to happen, I think you're going to study. That's why I'm using the second conditional or impossible now. Ah, we have another example in the starting in the first conditional, I will be upset if India loses the cricket match. Now I'm using the first conditional because I think there's a real possibility. So let's break it into pieces. First up, it is possible that India will lose the match in this condition in the condition that India loses the match. I will be up set. So let's say in this situation, with the first conditional, the Indian cricket team is just not playing well this year. It's been a tough year. Injuries and other problems. But if I use the second conditional to say I would be upset if India lost the cricket match now I'm saying it's unlikely that India will lose the match now. In this case, it sounds like India's probably paint playing very well. It's very unlikely that they will lose and I probably won't get upset cause they probably won't lose. So we need the if toe happen for, for our independent clause to actually be able to exist. But always remember in the first conditional, we're talking about something that has a realistic chance of happening. There's a real possibility we use the second conditional to talk about things that don't really have ah, hi pop, high possibility or probability off happening and that is the most important difference between them. 118. 18.3 'If' conditionals: 2nd conditional: the second conditional has two main uses. And while the grammar has us using the past, we're actually talking about predictions that probably won't happen in the future and things that are impossible right now. Let's take a deeper look how to form the second condition with the dependent. If Klaus, we use the past simple. In the independent clause we used wood, plus the infinitive form of our main verb was versus were in many languages. There is a mood that changes the form of a verb, especially in English, for situations where we use the second conditional to talk about unrealized impossible situations. That mood is called the subjunctive. In some languages, the subjunctive is important, but you don't need to worry about it in English because we don't use it anymore. Only if you want to use it. And for the second conditional, you can. Well, you probably should, anyways, on a test. I just told you that we formed the second conditional with, if plus the past tense in the first part of the sentence and then would and the infinitive . So for I I can say if I was young again, I would do better in school. It's not using the subjunctive low, so technically it's grammatically in correct. With the subjunctive was becomes were if I were young again, I would do better in school and guess what? This change only happens when using the verb to be with subjects. I he she it in the past tense in the second conditional. This is the only time we really use the subjunctive in English and in spoken English. You will hear most people say, If I waas, some people do say, if I were both are totally all right, totally correct when speaking. But when taking a test or writing an essay, use were used. The subjunctive. Okay, let's talk about uses now and give some more examples. Use one things unlikely toe happen. The first use is similar in meaning to the first conditional, but has a much, much lower chance of happening almost impossible again. That's why it's grammatically correct to use the subjunctive so discussing future events and actions that are so unlikely to happen that they arm or like dreams or things we can only imagine in our head. If I want a $1,000,000 I would buy a yacht toe win is the present tense. The past tenses irregular one and the second part of our sentences would plus by in the infinitive because this is so unlikely to happen. We don't use the first conditional. We use the second conditional for these things that have such a small chance. And while we're using the past tense, were actually talking about the future, not the past, were predicting what we would do in the future. If I had lunch with Barack Obama, I would ask him what it was like to be president. I'm not going to be having lunch with Barack Obama. It's more of a fantasy than reality. So I use the second conditional. It's just really unlikely to happen, but if I did, I would ask him some questions. However, if I'm Michelle Obama, his wife, I'll probably use the first conditional because I will probably have lunch with Barack Obama sometime. Maybe it's not guaranteed today, but being his wife, it's much, much more likely to happen. And as you can see with condition ALS to and soon to be three, knowing irregular past tense verbs and participles is very important use to impossible in the present and giving advice. The grammar isn't changing for use to but the use definitely is. So we were just talking about things in the future. That probably won't happen. But what I would do if they did happen. Now we are going to talk about things that are impossible in the present. But what we would do if they were riel. If I were you, I would quit my job. We start with our If clause if I were you now this is impossible right now because I am not you. But I am imagining something I would do if I were you. What would I do? Quit my job. Do you see how I'm using the conditional here? I'm giving you advice. I'm putting myself in your shoes. I'm telling you what I would do as you may be before you told me callin I hate my job. What should I do? And I responded. If I were you, I would quit my job and find a new job I enjoy The second conditional is great for asking for and getting advice. Finally, we can also form this sentence this way. If I was you, I would quit my job. If she were taller, she could be a model. Now this is also something impossible In the present, she can't be taller. She is as tall as she will ever be, so she can't be a model. But we're talking about something impossible and what the result of it could be. This is called a hypothetical. It's saying what could happen if something not true were to become true? And the sentence can also be said this way. If she was taller, she could be a model asking questions. The second conditional is the most popular for asking questions, sometimes fun questions like. If you could be any animal, what animal would you be? Or serious questions like If you had the power to change anything in this company, what thing would you change most often when asking the questions? You need to ask the whole question or you won't be understood. That means both the dependent clause if plus past, simple and the independent clause would plus the infinitive. But when responding, you Onley need to repeat the independent clause, the part with wood and the infinitive. Because the independent clause can exist by itself, the dependent clause can't. So if you have a quick response on Lee, give the independent clause. However, if you don't have a response or need more time to respond, you can reply with both parts. I'll give you a couple examples. If you could travel toe any planet, what planet would you travel to travel to Mars? Here I only respond with the independent clause, and it seems like because I know exactly what I'm going to say very quickly, the choice is always yours. If you're not sure you understood the question, then repeat the part of the question you didn't understand as a question. If you were a new salesman again, what advice would you give yourself? Wow. If I were a new salesman again, I would tell myself, toe work hard here I sounded stumped, meaning I didn't have a good answer right away. So I more slowly answered the question and I repeated the if clause to to give me more time 119. 18.3 LIVE 2nd conditional: let's start with the use of the second conditional because this is where the grammar actually confuses. Ah, lot of people. We have two reasons to use the second conditional. Use one to talk about events we don't think will happen in the future. So we're discussing a later moment in time and what we think has a very small chance of happening. It's it's not very likely toe happen. Here's an example. If I had the money tomorrow, I would go with you to that nice restaurant. I'm talking about going to a nice restaurant tomorrow. I want to go, but it's not likely. Why? Because I probably won't have enough money. It's almost certain I won't. That's why I say, if I had the money we're using the past simple had, but we're actually talking about the future. The past simple just shows us that the future situation is very unlikely in the second conditional, and after that, we describe in action that is only possible with money we don't have. I probably won't have the money, but if I did, I would go to the restaurant used to talk about something that is impossible right now, cannot happen at this moment. This is most often used when giving advice to someone. Here's an example. If my boss was like yours, I would quit my job. Why is this situation impossible right now? Because we don't have the same boss. I don't have your job so we don't share the same boss. I'm also giving advice. I'm telling the person that I what I would do in that situation if I were them. But it's impossible to be another person. So you see, we are using the past simple in the If Clause, but we're never talking about the past. Second Conditional can only be talking about an unreal situation right now or an unlikely situation in the future. Let's quickly review the grammar. It's if plus subject, plus past simple comma subject would and infinitive. Or we can change the order subject plus would plus infinitive. Plus, If the subject was passed simple, we only put a comma when if starts the sentence now, your homework is to message me at least one example for each use off the second conditional 120. 18.4 'If' conditionals: 3rd conditionals: the third conditional is the most difficult for most people because you have to use the past perfect would have and the past participle. So if you're not comfortable with these things, go back much earlier in the course and review. Anyways, let's start by looking at the uses for the third conditional. The third conditional has two main uses. First, to talk about regrets, things you don't feel good about from the past and would like to have changed in the past and second to discuss situations that didn't happen. But imagine the results of those situations in the past and what could have happened? The most important difference between the third conditional and conditional 01 and two is that the third conditional is on Lee talking about the past. Everything is in the past for the third conditional. The second conditional also talks about impossible things, but only in the present or near future. The first conditional is only for the future and the zero conditional talks about things that just never change. We'll look at some examples to really help you understand how to use the third conditional , but first we need the structure, how to form the third conditional. First we have the if clause with the past Perfect. This is also the dependent clause Second, we have the subject Plus would have or could have and then the past participle of our main verb. This is the independent clause. So basically it is subject Plus would have plus the past participle. The really nice thing about the independent clause is that you conjugated nothing would and could stay the same have stays the same. And you Onley need to know the past participle for the main verb you want to use. We're ready for some examples. Now, after you hear the example, pause the video and try to explain in your own words why we're using the third conditional before I explain it. If I had studied grammar more, I would have gotten a better grade on the test. The if part of the sentence the if clause tells us what we did not do. I did not study grammar as much as I should have. It is my regret. So here the third conditional expresses regret remorse. But if I did study more, if I had studied more, I would have gotten a better. Great. The Independent clause. The part of the sentence that starts with Wood tells us the imaginary outcome of the action . That didn't happen. I'm expressing my regret. And what could have happened if I acted differently? Remember in the third conditional Nothing. Israel, nothing actually happened. That's why we very often use it to express our regrets, our sadness or anger about things we or someone else didn't do. She would have arrived to the airport on time if you had called her toe. Wake her up. Okay, so first I change the order of this sentence. Remember, we can do this with any conditional sentence. But when the If clause comes second, we don't need the comma. We can also say if you had called her toe wake her up comma, she would have arrived to the airport on time. So this woman did not arrive to the airport on time. But why? This other person was supposed to call her toe, wake her up, but they didn't. So this is an unreal imaginary situation. That didn't happen. That's the if clause in this sentence making the phone call. Then we imagine what might have happened if that phone call were made, she would have arrived on time. But that didn't happen because the phone call never happened. If I hadn't committed the crime, I wouldn't have been sent to jail. This sounds like regret. I feel bad about something I did in the past. What did I do? I committed the crime, and because of that I was sent to jail. But I'm imagining what could have happened if I never committed the crime. If I didn't commit the crime, I would not be in jail now. But that's not reality. The truth is that I committed the crime and now sit in jail. This is something I feel bad about. I wish I could change, but I can't. I am thinking about how my life would be different in the past if I did not do something. Asking questions. The second conditional is also great for asking hypothetical questions related to the present and future. The questions that are used to get someone's opinion like if you were me, what would you do or understand them better? The third conditional is also used for hypothetical questions like if you had had the money at the time, would you have gone on the trip with us When responding to these questions? You just need to respond with the independent clause. But you can also repeat the if clause the dependent clause. If you want to. It's especially nice to repeat it. If you need extra time to think. Would you have chased the thief if you had witnessed the crime? No. Definitely wouldn't have. Or would I have chased the thief if I had witnessed the crime? Well, I think I would have. This is what hypothetical questions are for asking about things that aren't riel usually to get someone's opinion. And when discussing the past, it's common to ask these hypothetical questions related to history and past events.